Africa tours from Cox & Kings by Sarah Tastsidis, Tasteful Travel

Cox & Kings

AF R I C A 2019-20 Group Tours & Tailor-Made Travel

Africa â&#x20AC;¢ 2019-20

XXXXXXXXXX

Inspiring travel for over 260 years

Why entrust your holiday to Cox & Kings? • Our extraordinary heritage – founded in 1758 •

Award-winning holidays

In an age that has witnessed an explosion in the popularity of travel, when new travel companies appear and disappear with bewildering frequency, Cox & Kings is, above all else, a travel company you can trust. Our experience, knowledge, service and business ethics are all underpinned by more than 260 years of heritage.

• Big company value & small company service

Cox & Kings’ illustrious history is extraordinary, not just in its longevity but in how it has reinvented itself as the world around it has changed. You can read more about our company’s story online at CoxandKings.co.uk/history.

• Equal expertise at organising small group tours and private tailor-made travel

A common strand running through the entire history is the spirit of innovation, which has remained a driving force for the business to this day. Our company may be old but it’s full of youthful energy.

• The best guides to bring a destination to life

I am proud that we continue to build on the tradition of high quality service, attention to detail and innovation that made our founder, Richard Cox, so successful 260 years ago. I very much hope that this brochure will inspire and that you will entrust your next adventure to Cox & Kings.

What we offer to Africa & the Indian Ocean

• The expert advice of your personal tour consultant

•

Private tailored travel

•

Small group tours

• Special group tours for solo travellers

Peter Kerkar Managing Director

020 3930 5008 CoxandKings.co.uk

Design & production: Cox & Kings Travel Ltd Printing: Buxton Press Photography: iStock, Shutterstock, Bigstock, Alamy, Getty Images, Robert Harding, Cox & Kings Travel Ltd

•

Family Adventures

•

Luxury train journeys

•

Multi-country itineraries

•

Exclusive safari experiences

•

Self-drive itineraries

INTRODUCTION

Contents by Region

Small Group Tours

South Africa

Introduction

Group tours • Private & tailor-made travel • Family Adventures • When to go • Multi-country tours

South Africa

South Africa: Cape to Kruger • NEW

Superior tour • 15 Days & 12 Nights

Namibia

South African Odyssey • NEW

Non-exclusive group tour • Standard tour • 16 Days & 13 Nights

Splendours of South Africa

Solo Travellers tour • Standard tour • 14 Days & 11 Nights

• Self-drive

Botswana

Private tailor-made travel • River cruises

Zimbabwe, Zambia & Malawi

Private tailor-made travel

92 Madagascar

Ultimate Namibia • NEW

Non-exclusive group tour • Standard tour • 14 Days & 11 Nights

Namibia: Untouched Wilderness

Standard tour • 13 Days & 10 Nights

Ethiopia

Madagascar

travel

Sudan

Group tours • Private tailor-made travel

124

62 64

Group tours • Solo Travellers tours • Private tailor-made

118

Namibia

travel

Group tours • Solo Travellers tours • Private tailor-made

106

Superior tour • 10 Days & 7 Nights

Group tours • Family Adventures • Private tailor-made travel

A Taste of South Africa

travel • Rail journeys • Self-drive

Group tours • Solo Travellers tours • Private tailor-made

Kenya & Tanzania

Group tours • Solo Travellers tours • Family Adventures • Private tailor-made travel

150

Uganda & Rwanda

Tailor-made travel

156

Mauritius, the Seychelles & Mozambique

Luxury resorts

162

Important Information

Madagascar Wildlife Adventure

Discovery tour • 16 Days & 13 Nights

102

Madagascar: Untouched Wilderness • NEW

Solo Travellers tour • Discovery tour • 12 Days & 9 Nights

Ethiopia 112

Ethiopian Odyssey

Discovery tour • 14 Days & 11 Nights

116

A Taste of Ethiopia • NEW

Solo Travellers tour • Discovery tour • 9 Days & 7 Nights

Sudan 120

Treasures of Ancient Nubia

Africa • Documents & health • Airline upgrades

Discovery tour • 11 Days & 8 Nights

170

Cox & Kings Holidays Explained

Kenya & Zimbabwe

Tour categories • Accommodation ratings • Our prices

Booking conditions • Travel insurance • Details on travel in

130

Kenya & Victoria Falls

Superior tour • 13 Days & 11 Nights

Tanzania 140

Highlights of Tanzania

Non-exclusive group tour • Superior tour • 10 Days & 7 Nights

144

Tanzania Wildlife Safari • NEW

Solo Travellers tour • Superior tour • 10 Days & 7 Nights

XXXXXXXXXX

SUDAN Khartoum

Addis Ababa

ETHIOPIA

UGANDA

KENYA

Kampala

Nairobi Kigali

RWANDA

SEYCHELLES TANZANIA Victoria

Dodoma

MALAWI

ZAMBIA

Lilongwe

Lusaka

Port Louis

ZIMBABWE

NAMIBIA Windhoek

Antananarivo

Harare

MADAGASCAR BOTSWANA

MOZAMBIQUE

MAURITIUS

Gaborone Pretoria

SOUTH AFRICA

Maputo Mbabane

SWAZILAND

Maseru

LESOTHO

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

Escorted Group Tours Designed by Experts

• Small Group Sizes We keep our groups compact and manageable, with an average group size of 14 and a maximum of 26 (a maximum of 18 for Solo Travellers tours). • Local Tour Managers We employ local tour managers for their in-depth knowledge of the places, people and culture, which in turn supports the local community. • Excellent Value for Money For those seeking a premium touring experience, comparing all inclusions, Cox & Kings tours offer superb value for money. • High Quality Accommodation We take great care in our selection of accommodation. Typically, we feature well-located, 4- and 5-star character hotels. • C&K Signature Experiences Each tour includes a number of exceptional experiences, revealing hidden wonders and cultural secrets.

• All Entrance Fees Included All sightseeing entrance fees included where possible as well as local taxes. • Balanced Pace Opportunities to relax or explore independently are built into most tours. • Tailored to You We are delighted to organise extensions before or after your tour, as well as room and flight upgrades. • Flight Flexibility Flights are included as standard with the option to choose an alternative airline (where available), add regional flights or join the tour on a land-only basis. • Solo Travellers Tours This brochure includes a selection of tours specially created for individual travellers (see page 170 for further details).

• 24-Hour Emergency Support While you are away you will have 24-hour phone numbers for both our local representatives and our UK emergency phone. • Full Holiday Protection We are members of AITO and ABTA, our air holidays are fully ATOL protected and we follow British Foreign & Commonwealth Office (FCO) advice regarding destination safety (see page 164 for details). Please see page 4 for a list of all the group tours featured in this brochure. If you would like to find out more about how our holidays operate, please refer to Cox & Kings Holidays Explained on pages 170-171 of this brochure.

INTRODUCTION

Private Travel Tailored for You

• 100% Flexibility All our itineraries can be tailored to suit your needs, or we can create an itinerary for you entirely from scratch, no matter how complex your requirements. • Planned by Experts Throughout the planning process you will be guided by your personal tour consultant, who will design an itinerary around your particular interests and requirements. • Support on the Ground At each new destination on your journey, you will be welcomed by a Cox & Kings representative who will accompany you to your hotel and ensure you are happy with all the arrangements. • Private Car Travel For road journeys, you will typically be driven by private car, allowing the flexibility to make stops en route. Where suitable, we can arrange car hire. • Private Guides An English-speaking local guide will accompany most sightseeing excursions, so

you can ask as many questions as you like, based on your particular interests. • C&K Signature Experiences We can arrange a whole variety of experiences, from less-explored routings, wildlife talks by specialists and interactive drumming to watching a sunset performance of the whirling dervishes, nuba wrestling and wine tasting in South Africa’s oldest vineyards. • Wide Choice of Accommodation Whether it’s a sophisticated city centre hotel or a ‘back-to-nature’ wilderness lodge, we can cater to all tastes and a range of budgets. • Multi-Country Itineraries We are experts at combining multiple countries in a single journey. • Family Holidays We arrange seamless itineraries that include experiences to inspire older and younger generations alike. • Private Groups If you are a member of a club, society or simply a group of friends with a common

interest, we can create an itinerary to suit the particular interests, dates and budget of the group. • 24-Hour Emergency Support While you are away you will have 24hour phone numbers for both our local representatives and our UK emergency phone. • Full Holiday Protection We are members of AITO and ABTA, our air holidays are fully ATOL protected and we follow British Foreign & Commonwealth Office (FCO) advice regarding destination safety (see pages 164 for details). If you would like to find out more about how our holidays operate, please refer to Cox & Kings Holidays Explained on pages 170-171 of this brochure. There is also a wealth of additional information about the countries featured in this brochure in the Africa and Indian Ocean sections of our website, reached via the ‘Destinations’ link. Please visit CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

Family Adventures Inspiring Travel for Generations Cox & Kings family holidays are specially created for families seeking adventure and discovery without compromising on comfort and peace of mind. All families are unique, so the ideas we have put together in our Family Adventures range are intended purely as suggestions – our specialist tour consultants are experts in designing holidays completely tailored to your family’s interests, different ages and varying spirit of adventure. We do not specialise in resort-based, kids-club type holidays. Instead, we create inspiring itineraries to enable family members of all generations to get out into the world, experiencing its countless wonders together and collecting enduring memories. In this brochure we have included some ideas for adventures in Africa and the Indian Ocean. However, to see a full list of all our suggestions please visit CoxandKings.co.uk/family

Meerkat family, Kalahari desert, Namibia

• Trusted for generations Cox & Kings’ extraordinary longevity is no accident; the company has served many roles and organised many kinds of travel over the years, but the culture of personal service and going above and beyond expectations has been a common thread running through all we have done since the 18th century. You could not entrust your family’s travel arrangements, however complex, to more experienced or reliable experts.

• Adventure in its many forms To us, adventure is any new, mindbroadening experience. Learning to cook exotic cuisines, exploring labyrinthine souks and learning first-hand about the lives of locals are as much adventures as white-water rafting, mountain climbing or trekking into the unknown. On our family holidays we cater to adventure in its many forms.

• Travel for generations Cox & Kings Family Adventures are best suited to family members who are old enough to enjoy the many cultural and natural surprises they will encounter along the way, and mobile enough to join in most of the activities. Other than that, they will suit people of all ages with an adventurous spirit, whether you are looking for a multigenerational get-together with grandparents, parents and children; to broaden children’s

horizons before they fly the nest; to take grown-up offspring on the kind of trip they may not be able to afford on their own; or to celebrate a special occasion with the people who matter to you most.

• Flexible private travel All our Family Adventure holidays are intended as suggestions rather than fixed itineraries. They have been designed with families in mind, but all families are different. All our family holidays are tailormade by one of our expert tour consultants around the specific interests of each family and, in some cases, the diverse interests of the same family.

• Destinations with diverse appeal Cox & Kings can arrange tailor-made travel around the world. However, we have selected the destinations featured in our Family Adventures collection because their diverse range of activities and hands-on experiences, choice of accommodation and, not least, security, make them particularly well-suited to family travel.

• Adventure by day – comfort by night Adventure does not have to mean ‘slumming it’. At Cox & Kings we can arrange accommodation of all types and standards, however we specialise in organising travel

for those seeking eye-opening experiences by day, coupled with stylish and comfortable accommodation in which to relax and enjoy the eye-closing time at night.

• In safe hands All holidays are important, but family holidays are particularly precious. Your itinerary will have been planned by an expert and then, on your travels, you will be fully supported along the way. On arrival at your destination you will be met at the airport by a private car and driver. From that moment on you will be served by knowledgeable, friendly and flexible guides, responsible drivers and the round-the-clock support of our local representatives who can iron out any unexpected problems along the way, allowing you to travel with complete peace of mind.

• Looking ahead If you are planning a family holiday over the school holidays or peak periods such as Christmas and New Year, we recommend booking well in advance. The nature of many of the lesser-visited destinations we cover means that there are not a great number of suitable hotels and many of the best are quite small. Booking early greatly increases the options available to you and has the added benefit of extending the phase of excited anticipation – which, after all, is in itself one of the great pleasures of travel!

INTRODUCTION

Children on bushwalk, Jembisa, South Africa

Active Holidays for All Ages

Family Safaris

Relaxed Get Togethers

South Africa is the perfect destination for the outdoor enthusiast: hike up Table Mountain, cycle along the farm roads of the Cape Winelands, sea kayak in Walker Bay to spot Cape fur seals and penguins. See pages 14-17 for more inspirational experiences in Cape Town and the Winelands.

Africa offers a wonderful opportunity to reconnect with your children in nature while viewing animals in their natural habitat; watch a herd of elephants walk past your vehicle, spot a cheetah with its cubs or simply marvel at the strength of a dung beetle. In the past, safari camps and lodges were not always particularly child friendly, but this has changed dramatically in the last few years.

Less is more when it comes to travel, especially when you’re looking to relax with family. Take quality family time and really get to know a destination, uncovering its delights and enjoying the simple things. For this style of ‘slow safari’ we recommend a minimum of three nights in each location.

Victoria Falls, accessible from both Zambia and Zimbabwe, is known as the ‘adrenaline capital of Africa’. Take a helicopter or microlight flight over the falls, join a conservation safari with the Victoria Falls Anti Poaching Unit and explore the forest canopy along a network of rope bridges and zip lines. Zambia is also the home of the walking safari. See page 81 for more inspiration. Even beautiful tropical islands such as the Seychelles, Mauritius and Zanzibar have their share of active adventures, combining beach with activities such as sailing or dhow cruises (traditional African sailing boats), and safaris in search of the red colobus monkey in Jozani forest.

For children aged below 6, we would recommend the malaria-free wildlife reserves of South Africa. For 6 to 12 year olds, many lodges provide a good range of activities in between the traditional early morning and evening wildlife safaris. Some lodges have excellent ‘Junior Ranger Programmes’ while in Kenya and Tanzania activities are often run by Masai or Samburu guides and include bush treasure hunts, frogging, fishing, archery or plaster casting animal tracks. Children aged 12 years old and above can participate in the same wildlife activities as adults while walking safaris usually have a minimum age of 16.

Africa offers a selection of private villas, houses and cottages that accommodate groups and families of all sizes. Among our favourite family houses are the Morukuru Family houses in South Africa, and those in Zambia (see page 88), which include a private chef, vehicle and guide for groups numbering between 4 and 8. Our Africa experts can give advice on a selection of ‘Exclusively Yours’ accommodation throughout the whole continent. It is also possible to take over a whole safari lodge for your family’s sole use.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

INTRODUCTION

When To Go Africa is a vast continent of great seasonal variety and contrasting geographical areas. Most destinations can be visited year-round. Do consider travelling during ‘green season’, between or after the annual rains, when visitors can take advantage of lower prices, lush green scenery, fewer crowds and the chance of spotting migratory species and rarer wildlife. Below is a brief summary of the seasonal differences across the continent. Our team of Africa experts would be delighted to provide more detailed advice about the best time to visit specific regions.

2 4 1

Southern Africa

East Africa

Wildlife in southern Africa can be viewed year-round, with whale watching best between July and November. The western Cape has ideal hot, dry weather in its summer months (November – March). Temperatures are reliably high during the day but can drop rapidly at night, with chilly mornings, particularly between June and August. Rainfall is more variable than temperature.

Dry season is between June and October, with some short rains in November. The wet season (March – May) can still be rewarding for wildlife viewing. The Serengeti migration is year-round, with calving in the southern Serengeti taking place around February. River-crossings into Kenya’s Masai Mara are from late July and throughout August.

Central Africa

Madagascar

Typical features are year-round high temperatures, both day and night, with heavy rains between March and May. The warmth and humidity result in the flourishing of a great diversity of plant and animal species. During the long dry season (June – October) rainfall is fairly infrequent. Temperatures vary hugely with altitude and location but conditions are usually fine, with clear skies and lots of sunshine.

The hot, rainy season runs November to April, with a cooler, dry season between May and October. However, the different regions are best seen at different times of the year, with great variation relative to dominant winds and elevation. The west coast is typically drier than the east. The end of March to the first half of December is generally considered the best time.

Indian Ocean Islands

Mauritius and the Seychelles have a tropical climate, with warm and wet weather from November to April, and average temperatures of 25°C. The winter months of June to September bring cooler, drier weather that generates waves, but temperatures retain a pleasant average of around 21°C. Sea temperatures remain a balmy 22-27°C. March, April, October and November are typically calm and windless.

INTRODUCTION

Multi-Country Journeys Inspiring Destinations Africa is the world’s second largest continent, and with such a vast range of destinations and experiences on offer, it warrants many return visits. However, for many people, a holiday to Africa is a once-in-a-lifetime experience and deciding between southern or eastern Africa can prove onerous. In recent years, the flight network throughout the continent has improved dramatically, allowing for quick and easy travel between countries. This means that it is now possible to combine the iconic and contrasting highlights of Africa in one unforgettable journey.

Table Mountain, Cape Town, South Africa

Victoria Falls’ new international airport is becoming a hub connecting Ethiopia, Kenya and Rwanda with one of Africa’s most spectacular locations. Direct flights between Kenya and Cape Town, as well as Victoria Falls and the Cape, have opened up exciting new possibilities for how visitors can discover Africa’s diverse landscapes and experiences. In one journey you can combine getting acquainted with the trendy neighbourhoods of Cape Town with listening to folklore around a campfire in the humble company of the local Masai. Alternatively, discover the flora and fauna of Rwanda’s highlands, which provide a dramatic contrast to the grazers and predators that roam the great plains of East Africa; to see both on one journey, rounded off with a stay in the exotic surroundings of Zanzibar, makes for an intoxicating combination. Ultimately, the choices and permutations are countless. Our expert Africa tour consultants would be delighted to discuss the full array of options that would suit your dates, budget, tastes and interests. Giraffes, Kenya

Dhow, Zanzibar

Silverback gorilla, Volcanoes National Park, Rwanda

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

South Africa Group tours • Tailor-made travel • Rail journeys • Self-drive With a fascinating mix of indigenous inhabitants and immigrants, nine South Africa provinces to explore and some superb wildlife parks, South Africa is culturally, Swaziland scenically and naturally inspiring. In the north-east corner of the country, Lesotho the Kingdom of Swaziland (eSwatini), often referred to as the ‘Switzerland of Africa’, combines mountainous grandeur and lush forests with fertile valleys and African lowveld. Alongside some excellent wildlife reserves are valleys where traditional tribal cultures are maintained. Lesotho further to the south is equally beautiful with dramatic scenery and local village life.

Discover South Africa 14 The Cape Provinces 28 KwaZulu-Natal 32 Wildlife beyond the Cape 36 Luxury rail journeys 26 38 42 44 46 48

Private & small group tours A Taste of South Africa • Group or Private Shongololo Express • Rail journey South Africa: Cape to Kruger • Group or Private Tour extensions South African Odyssey • Non-exclusive group Splendours of South Africa • Solo Travellers tour

18 24 30 34 35

Places to stay – our suggestions Cape Town & Winelands hotels Eastern Cape lodges KwaZulu-Natal lodges Kruger wildlife lodges South Africa lodges

Climate

The weather in The Cape is warmest between November and March. The hottest days are cooled by winds from the south-east. Whale watching is possible from July through to November. Wildlife viewing in the Kruger is good throughout the year, although it is more popular during the dry winter season, between May and September, when animals are forced to gather near the waterholes.

Image left: Elephant, Addo Elephant National Park

Cape Town

Kruger National Park

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 25 25 24 22 19 17 17 17 18 20 22 24

A 34 33 32 30 28 26 26 28 30 30 32 33

B 15 15 14 12 10 8 8 8 9 10 12 14

B 22 21 20 17 12 8 9 11 14 17 19 21

C 32 31 43 82 136 189 164 163 96 61 40 43

C 81 62 38 30 10 6 7 9 13 42 57 82

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

The Cape Provinces The extraordinary natural beauty and cultural diversity of South Africa often surprises visitors. The Cape Provinces in particular offer rich cultural delights with their combination of Cape Malay cuisine and world-class vintages from the vineyards of the western Cape Winelands. Wildlife abounds, with superb opportunities for both land-based and boat cruise whale watching, and ‘Big Five’ safari drives and bush walks in the many reserves of the Eastern Cape. For coastal scenery and local culture, the Garden Route should not be missed, or head up the less-travelled west coast to Paternoster and the Cedarberg mountains to explore ancient Bushmen rock art. Excellent infrastructure, a variety of accommodation and worldclass service mean that there is something for even the most discerning traveller.

Cape Town Spectacular setting • Ascend Table Mountain • Visit Robben Island Cosmopolitan, relaxed and with a comfortable Mediterranean climate, Cape Town is sandwiched between Table Mountain and the Atlantic Ocean, giving it one of the world’s most recognised city locations. It offers a captivating mix of modern living and old-world charm. Take a guided walking tour to discover the city’s street food, antique shops, art galleries and heritage buildings; join a boat trip to Robben Island; and wander around the vibrant Victoria & Alfred Waterfront. Other excursions delve deeper into South Africa’s political past and engage with the local communities. The chic and leafy suburbs to the south of the city are worth considering for a more relaxed stay away from the bustle of the busy waterfront. Camps Bay is famed for its beachfront sidewalk and lively restaurant and cafe culture. The prestigious Upper Claremont district is close to the Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens, from where hiking enthusiasts can climb Table Mountain or sample beach life at Kommetjie or Hout Bay. Table Mountain & Cape Town harbour

Cape Town Experiences Cape Town city tour

Take in panoramic views of the Mother City and the Atlantic seaboard from Table Mountain*. In the city itself, stop at the Company Gardens and visit the South African Museum and the Castle of Good Hope, the oldest surviving colonial building in South Africa. Drive through the city centre past the Houses of Parliament and City Hall, from where Nelson Mandela first addressed South Africans after his release. You then have the choice of returning to your hotel or continuing to the Waterfront to experience this vibrant location at your own pace, with its many shops, restaurants and pubs (4.5 hours). * Cable car is not included as it is weather dependent.

Cape Point & Peninsula tour

Visit the trendy beaches of Clifton and Camps Bay before crossing over to Hout Bay to join an optional boat cruise to Seal Island. Continue to the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve via Chapman’s Peak – a breathtaking coastal drive. Take a funicular to the top of the peninsula to look out over the meeting of the Indian and Atlantic oceans. After lunch (not included), continue to Simonstown, the naval base, and visit Boulders beach – a breeding ground for endangered African penguins. Stop at the world-renowned Kirstenbosch gardens before returning to your hotel (9 hours).

Cape Town Eats walking tour

So much about a country and a culture is expressed through its cuisine. This tour explores the history of South Africa by wandering the back streets to find the flavours that represent the ‘rainbow nation’. Stop to taste a mixture of traditional food, meet colourful local people, sample street food and visit some artisanal food and coffee shops. Dishes may include a gourmet bunny chow (Indian cuisine), babotie pies, a falooda (traditional Muslim rose milkshake) and African soul food including pap, samp and beans, meat stew and vetkoek (5 hours).

SOUTH AFRICA

Penguins, Cape Town

Cape Town City Hall

C&K Recommends... Whale-watching tours

Hermanus is Africa’s top spot for whale watching between June and November, either by boat or from the scenic cliff paths. Cox & Kings recommends a stay at Grootbos Private Nature Reserve to learn about the Cape’s unique fynbos plants and to spot migrating southern right whales, or Lagoon Lodge at Mosaic Private Sanctuary. Birkenhead House provides a luxurious base for whale watching.

Footsteps to Freedom walking tour

Take a walking tour of Cape Town, led by a knowledgeable guide who can shed light on many of the city’s historical and cultural sites. Learn about the significant events in Nelson Mandela’s time in Cape Town, both as a prisoner on Robben Island and eventually as South Africa’s first democratically-elected president. Explore the setting of a series of secretive meetings that led to the surprise release of Mandela and the unbanning of the ANC in February 1990 (2.5 hours).

Specialist food, wine & art tours

For those with a particular interest in food and wines, even particular varietals of wine, Cox & Kings can match your needs with a hand-picked specialist guide. There are a wide range of excellent experiences available for gourmet travellers and recreational cooks, from joining cookery classes to indulging in fine dining restaurants. Please ask a Cox & Kings tour consultant for a list of suggested restaurants, as we recommend pre-booking. Humpback whale breaching, Hermanus

A suggested itinerary...

Explore the Cape 14 Days & 11 Nights from £3,465 This flexible, self-drive itinerary offers an extraordinary diversity of experiences and landscapes within a 4-hour drive of Cape Town. Visit Sanbona Wildlife Reserve, a ‘Big Five’ reserve including the possibility of spotting white lions. Day 1: Fly to Cape Town Fly overnight to Cape Town. (N) Day 2: Cape Town Arrive in Cape Town. Pick up your Group M hire car. Drive to Four Rosmead for a 4-night stay. (N) Days 3-5: Cape Town At leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Day 6: Franschhoek Drive to Franschhoek and stay at Mont d’Or Franschhoek for 3 nights. (B) Days 7-8: Franschhoek At leisure or optional excursions. (B) Day 9: Hermanus Drive south to Hermanus and stay 2 nights at The Marine. (B) Day 10: Hermanus At leisure or optional excursions such as whale watching either by boat or from the scenic cliffs. (B) Day 11: Sanbona Wilderness Reserve Drive to Sanbona Wilderness Reserve and stay 2 nights at Tilney Manor. Afternoon safari activity. Activities include wildlife drives, guided nature walks, rock art visits and boat safaris. (L, D) Day 12: Sanbona Wildlife Reserve Morning and afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Fly to London Morning safari activity. Return to Cape Town and fly to London. (B) Day 14: London Early morning arrival in London. (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £3,465 (May – Aug) High season from: £4,395 (Oct – Nov) Tour code: ETC

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

The Cape Winelands World-renowned wine estates • Picturesque mountain scenery The country’s oldest wine-making region is the affluent Constantia Valley, now within Cape Town’s suburbs. Stay at the Vineyard Hotel & Spa for a one-day tasting tour. A little further afield are the undulating valleys and towering mountains of the main wine-producing regions: the university town of Stellenbosch, the French Huguenot village of Franschhoek and the Cape Dutch estates of Paarl. We recommend staying for a number of nights to best appreciate the delights of the region. Sample local wines, have lunch at a wine estate or arrange to have a picnic beside one of the area’s many streams and lakes. Visit a number of wineries on a cycle tasting tour or take the Franschhoek Wine Tram. The winelands are expanding, with dynamic wineries now established and producing award-winning wines from the heartland regions of the Overberg and along the coast as far as Hermanus. These traditional fruit farming areas offer olive groves and vineyards that rival the more popular cellars.

Hermanus Superb land-based whale-watching opportunities Although it offers rocky cliffs and windswept beaches year-round, Hermanus and the surrounding Whale Coast comes into its own between June and November, when it is transformed into a nursery for calving whales, as schools of southern right whales follow their migratory path to escape the winter storms of Antarctica. Furthermore, the town has its very own ‘Whale Crier’ – the only known one in the world – who heralds the arrival of each whale in the bay with a kelp horn.

C&K Recommends... Boat-based whale-watching tours

Dutch manor house, Constantia Valley

Kleinbaai Harbour in Gansbaai is the launch pad for whale watching cruises in the Hermanus area. Depart for Dyer island, 8km from the shore. This island is protected for its many bird species, including African penguins, Cape gannets and giant petrels. Adjacent is Geyser Rock, inhabited by 60,000 Cape fur seals. The channel between these two islands is known as Shark Alley, where great white sharks cruise the waters in search of prey. In and around these waters are strong numbers of Bryde’s whales (all year round), humpback whales (May – Dec), southern right whales (Jun – Nov) and dolphins. Back on shore, watch a DVD of your boat trip while sipping a warm drink.

Hermanus Wine Hopper

Explore the spectacular Hemel-en-Aarde (Heaven and Earth) valley on a hop-on hop-off safari-style vehicle discovering the boutique wineries of the region that produce exceptional varietals particularly pinot noir, chardonnay and sauvignon blanc. The valley’s close proximity to the ocean as well as its unique geography and soil diversity are the key contributors to the exceptional quality of the wines. Your ticket is valid for the day and the vehicle comes by every 30 minutes, allowing you complete flexibility to hop between the different estates.

Open road Overberg

Explore the magnificent mountainous regions further afield, visiting quaint towns with farmers’ markets that see fewer visitors. We encourage you to linger longer and enjoy a warm welcome by the local farming communities; over wholesome home-cooked meals, hosts will regale you with colourful stories of the day-to-day realities of farming this land. Consider the hamlets of Prince Albert, McGregor, Riebeek Kasteel or Greyton, near the Riviersonderend Nature Reserve. Whale breaching, Hermanus

SOUTH AFRICA

Stellenbosch winelands

Cape Winelands Experiences

Cape Dutch architecture, Stellenbosch

Winelands tour

The first stop is Stellenbosch, with canal-lined avenues and magnificent examples of Cape Dutch architecture. Enjoy some wine tasting, coupled with a chocolate and dessert tasting. Onward to Franschhoek, widely regarded as the culinary capital of South Africa, with its beautiful setting and cafe-lined streets, for a further wine tasting. The final stop is at the town of Paarl, at the foot of a cluster of granite domes, to enjoy your final wine tasting (9 hours).

Waterford Wine Estate

Waterford wine safari (drive or walk)

Take a safari-style trip through this awardwinning estate on the slopes of the Helderberg mountain near Stellenbosch. Taste the wines and learn about the estateâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s organic approach to wine making, as well as the unique plants of the Cape floral kingdom (2 hours). Waterford can also be explored on foot on the Porcupine Trail Wine Walk. Select three wines for tasting to accompany your light picnic lunch. At the end of the walk enjoy a wine and chocolate tasting (2 hours).

Lavender fields, Stellenbosch

Stellenbosch classic foodie walk

Established in 1679, Stellenbosch is South Africaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s second oldest town. Its romantic streets are lined with historical buildings, galleries and coffee shops. Join a local expert for a guided tour of the old town centre enjoying delightful stories, tasting traditional snacks and local wine before finishing with a heritage lunch platter of South African dishes. Stellenbosch charms visitors with its amazing architectural diversity and its famous food and wine heritage (4 hours).

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • ACCOMMODATION

Cape Town Hotels This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

Cape Grace

Belmond Mount Nelson

Four Rosmead

Features:

The elegant Cape Grace is set on its own private quay in an enviable location on the Victoria & Alfred Waterfront. The hotel’s charm lies in its stylish decor and warm hospitality. Guestrooms provide the best in comfort, with views of the harbour, marina or Table Mountain. Relax by the outdoor pool or dine at the Signal Restaurant, with views over the seafront and Signal hill.

120 rooms & suites, restaurant, whiskey, wine & cocktail bar, chauffeur transfer service, spa, gym.

Superior

Over 100 years old and one of South Africa's most famous, this is a classic Cape Town hotel renowned for exceptional hospitality and sumptuous afternoon teas. Belmond Mount Nelson offers the rare indulgence of large, lush hotel gardens in a prime location at the foot of Table Mountain, while offering easy access to the city. Discover the outdoor sculptures or relax with a spa treatment.

198 rooms, suites & garden cottages, 2 restaurants, bar, gym, 2 outdoor pools, spa.

Superior

Built in 1903 and stylishly remodelled, Four Rosmead is an exclusive guesthouse on the slopes of Table Mountain, close to the V&A Waterfront and Kloof Street, known for its restaurant and cafe culture. Interiors are chic with a distinctive African spirit, enhanced by original South African artwork. There are good panoramic views of the mountain, Lions Head and Signal hill.

8 rooms, breakfast room, outdoor pool, spa, gardens, off-street parking.

Superior

The Clarendon Bantry Bay

The Last Word Long Beach

More Quarters

Features:

The Clarendon Bantry Bay is situated in one of the most exclusive suburbs of Cape Town, just minutes away from the V&A Waterfront, Table Mountain, Camps Bay, the Clifton beaches and the city centre, with its Soho-inspired shops and restaurants. The guestrooms offer a range of accommodation, from the dramatic penthouse suite at the top of the building to the standard room category.

11 rooms, dining area, outdoor pool.

The Last Word Long Beach is in the quiet and picturesque lobster fishing village of Kommetjie. This boutique hotel raises the bar in personalised service and is one of the few ‘on the beach’ properties in the Cape. Look out over an 8-kilometre pristine white sand beach with azure waters from your patio or elevated lounge area. Each suite is individually decorated in a modern, beach-chic style.

6 rooms & suites with private terraces, breakfast room, outdoor pool, bar, concierge service.

In the heart of vibrant Kloof Street is More Quarters, a place with private space to kick off your shoes and make yourself at home in Cape Town. Close to beaches, bars, shops and a variety of restaurants, it offers the privacy and convenience of apartment-style living, coupled with attentive 5-star service. The rooms are individually decorated with impeccable style and character.

19 luxury & 3 family apartments with lounge, kitchen area, air conditioning, luxury amenities.

ACCOMMODATION • SOUTH AFRICA

The Winelands Hotels This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Babylonstoren, Franschhoek

Majeka House, Stellenbosch

Birkenhead House Hotel, Hermanus

Features:

Babylonstoren is one of the oldest Cape Dutch farms in the Winelands, with impressive gardens that include a mulberry orchard, a cactus maze and a walled bee garden, all with a majestic mountain backdrop. There is a stylish simplicity to all the rooms and the renowned Babel restaurant serves organic produce from their gardens on their ‘farm to fork’ menu.

22 rooms & a manor house for 10 people, restaurant, gardens, tasting room, spa, swimming pool.

Superior

Located in a leafy suburb of Stellenbosch, Majeka House offers the understated luxury and creative flair of a design hotel. The lavishly appointed rooms feature innovative furnishings and decoration. Relax in the tranquil spa and inviting pool or dine in the gourmet restaurant, serving delicious local dishes accompanied by fine wines.

23 rooms, restaurant, bar / lounge, spa, gym, indoor & outdoor pools.

Superior

11 rooms & 1 villa, glass-fronted dining room, spa, gym & steam room, dual-level pool.

Luxury

The Last Word Franschhoek, Franschhoek

Oude Werf Hotel, Stellenbosch

The Last Word Franschhoek is a historic residence in the heart of what has become a utopia for food and wine lovers in the Cape. With eight superior double rooms and two pool suites, this is an intimate property offering personalised service. There are many awardwinning restaurants and several top wine estates close by.

Oude Werf Hotel’s location in the heart of Stellenbosch is unrivalled and within walking distance down oak-lined streets to the oldworld charm and attractions of this quaint university town. The hotel offers a fusion of Cape Dutch history and modern luxury. Rooms are centred around a tranquil courtyard and an inspired menu is served in the sophisticated restaurant alongside prized Cape wines.

Features:

8 rooms & 2 pool suites, restaurant, pool, chauffeur service, spa.

Birkenhead House, an artful mix of classic beach house style and quirky opulence, has an exhilarating cliff-top position overlooking the whale watchers’ paradise of Walker Bay. This is an easy, laid-back place to stay with an eclectic collection of artwork. The food is a fusion of African and French cuisine with superb Cape seafood.

45 rooms, lush gardens, swimming pool, restaurant, parking.

Garden & Forest Lodge, Grootbos Private Nature Reserve,

The 2,500-hectare Grootbos Private Nature Reserve is 50km east of Hermanus. It offers guests complete immersion in the magnificent world of fynbos, a type of coastal shrubland. The property has two luxury lodges and one villa, all with pools. Horse riding, whale watching, and beach and cave walks are just a few of the activities available.

Features:

Garden Lodge has 11 suites; Forest Lodge has 16 suites; The Villa has 6 suites with private butler, chef and guide; all have swimming pools.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

Cape West Coast Ancient scenery of the Cederberg mountains • Visit the Elandsberg Rooibos & Fynbos estate Visiting the Cape west coast is a wonderful opportunity to escape the crowds and really get under the skin of South Africa. There are plenty of opportunities to meet local wine makers, fishermen and farmers. Highlights include sampling wines in the picturesque mountain town of Tulbagh, taking a short hike in the spectacular Cederberg mountains, visiting San rock art sites and experiencing local life in the fishing towns of Lambert’s Bay and Paternoster. Another highlight of this area is the blooming of spring wild flowers in August and September, when the area transforms into a carpet of colour. We highly recommend a self-drive in this region, as this gives you complete flexibility to stop en route and focus on your own particular interests. Our suggested itinerary below travels north from Cape Town exploring coastal towns, interior mountains and valleys. As with all our tailor-made suggestions, itineraries are completely adaptable.

Wildflowers, Cederberg mountains

A suggested itinerary...

West Coast Adventure 12 Days & 9 Nights from £2,725 This 12-day self-drive is aimed at the returning visitor to South Africa. Enjoy stunning walking trails, unique wildlife and delicious seafood and wines. Day 1: Fly to Cape Town (N) Days 2-3: Cape Town Arrive in Cape Town. Pick up your Group M hire car. Stay 2 nights at Kensington Place. (B)

Days 4-5: Wellington Drive to Wellington. Stay 2 nights at Grand Dedale. (B) Day 6: Cederberg Wilderness Area Drive to Bushmans Kloof and stay 3 nights. (B, L, D) Days 7-8: Cederberg Wilderness Area Wilderness activities. (B, L, D) Day 9: Paternoster Drive to Paternoster via Lambert’s Bay and stay 2 nights at Abalone House & Spa. (B) Day 10: Paternoster Day at leisure, perhaps visiting the seaside resort town of Langebaan. (B)

Days 11-12: Fly home (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £2,725 (1 May – 22 Jun) High season from: £3,675 (1 Oct – 16 Dec) Tour code: WCA

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

SOUTH AFRICA

Northern Cape Impressive landscapes • Kimberley diamond rush history • Wildlflowers in Namaqualand (Aug-Sep) The Northern Cape is South Africa’s largest province, with desert landscapes, wildlife and gemstones. The Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park, shared with Botswana, is one of the area’s highlights, where red dunes and scrub are peppered with herds of gemsbok, springbok, eland and blue wildebeest. In Namaqualand, wild daisies and other springtime flowers carpet the typically arid plains during August and September. Even outside this period Namaqualand is well worth visiting for its magnificent scenery. The arid Augrabies Falls National Park stretches along the Orange river with its impressive gorge, waterfall and ‘Moon Rock’. The eye-catching landscape is peppered with the silhouettes of quiver trees, which attract both birds and baboons alike when in flower. In Kimberley, the provincial capital, The Big Hole mine recalls the 1870s diamond rush. Both the Rovos Rail (see page 36) and the Blue Train (see page 40) stop in Kimberley en route from Cape Town to Pretoria or vice versa.

Wildflowers, Namaqualand

A suggested itinerary...

Northern to Western Cape 15 Days & 12 Nights from £2,565 This self-drive tour is a worthy contender for visitors with an adventurous spirit looking to discover somewhere unique in South Africa. Day 1: Fly to Upington via Johannesburg (N) Day 2: Upington Arrive in Upington and collect your Group M hire car. Stay 1 night at African Vineyard Guest House & Wellness Spa. Optional afternoon wine tasting at the Orange River Wine Tasting Centre. (N) Day 3: Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park Drive north to the Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park. En route, you may like to drive via the Kalahari Trails Meerkat Rehabilitation Centre. Stay at !Xaus Lodge for 2 nights. Afternoon safari activity. Activities at the lodge include day and night wildlife drives and guided dune walks. (B, D)

Orange River gorge

Day 4: Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park Safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 5: Kakamas After a morning safari activity from !Xaus Lodge, drive south to Kakamas and overnight at Vergelegen Guest House. (B, D) Day 6: Namaqualand Drive west to Naries Namakwa Retreat via Augrabies Falls National Park. Spend the morning exploring the falls. Stay 2 nights. (B, D) Day 7: Namaqualand Self-drive through Namaqua National Park. Fields of wildflowers (usually Aug – Sep), starstudded nights, quiver trees and enormous granite outcrops are some of the memorable features of this area. (B, L, D) Days 8-9: Nieuwoudtville Drive south to Nieuwoudtville and stay 2 nights at Papkuilsfontein Guest Farm. The farm is situated close to an impressive canyon and waterfall (rainfall dependent). There are self-guided scenic walking trails or go swimming in a natural rock pool. (B, L, D) Days 10-11: Cederberg Wilderness Area Drive south to the Cederberg and stay 2

nights at Bushmans Kloof. Activities include visits to the Bushman rock art sites, guided wildlife drives and nature walks, hiking, biking, canoeing, swimming and fly-fishing. (B, L, D) Days 12-13: Cape Town Drive south to Cape Town and stay 2 nights at The Last Word Constantia. Time at leisure to explore Cape Town. (B) Days 14-15: Fly home (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £2,565 (May – Jul) High season from: £2,935 (Oct – 13 Dec) Tour code: NTX

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

The Garden Route Sunset paddle cruise on Knysna’s lagoon • Explore the rocky coastline of Tsitsikamma National Park This compact coastal belt, running from George to the Tsitsikamma National Park, is a picturesque stretch of wide beaches, lakes, rivers, indigenous forests and impressive mountain passes. Particularly suited to self-drive holidays, it is known for its small owner-run guesthouses and farms, which give a real feel for the country and its culture. Visit Oudtshoorn, known as the ‘feather capital,’ where you can tour the dramatic Cango caves or visit an ostrich farm. Further east is the small seaside town of Knysna, which overlooks a picturesque lagoon. Plettenberg Bay offers long stretches of hidden beaches and, close by, the quaint hamlet of Stormsriver lies at the feet of the Outeniqua and Tsitsikamma mountains. The area is characterised by expanses of Cape flora and gigantic trees, and is teeming with birdlife. For large animal viewing, a logical extension to the Garden Route is the Eastern Cape, just a short drive from Port Elizabeth. It is also possible to fly from Port Elizabeth to the Kruger National Park, via Johannesburg.

C&K Recommends... Meerkat Adventures

Join Devey Glinister from Meerkat Adventures in Oudtshoorn on a pre-dawn tour to see these very social animals as they go about their daily rituals of foraging for food, cleaning their burrows and playing (2-3 hours).

Featherbed Nature Reserve eco-experience, Knysna

The Featherbed Nature Reserve is a pristine piece of paradise on the western head of Knysna. Accompanied by a guide, walk through milkwood forests, onto steep sandstone cliffs, into ancient Khoi Khoi sea caves and along a scenic coastal path fringed with aromatic fynbos, finishing with a tasty buffet lunch.

Knysna

A suggested itinerary...

South Africa in Boutique Luxury 14 Days & 11 Nights from £4,995 This self-drive stays in first-class hotels and lodges, all with something special to offer. Days 1-2: Fly to Cape Town Fly to Cape Town. Arrive the next day and pick up your Group B hire car. Drive to The Last Word Long Beach in Kommetjie for a 3-night stay. (N) Days 3-4: Cape Town At leisure or optional excursions. (B)

Days 5-6: Franschhoek Drive to Franschhoek and stay at The Last Word Franschhoek for 2 nights. Next day at leisure. (B) Day 7: Swellendam Drive to Swellendam and stay at Schoone Oordt Country House. (B) Days 8-9: Plettenberg Bay Drive to Plettenberg Bay and stay 2 nights at Emily Moon River Lodge. Next day at leisure. (B) Day 10: Fly to Kruger via Johannesburg Fly from Plettenburg Bay to Johannesburg then on to the Skukuza airstrip. Transfer to Jock Safari Lodge* for 3 nights. (B, L, D) Days 11-12: Kruger National Park Safari activities. (B, L, D)

Meerkat Adventures, Oudtshoorn

Days 13-14: Fly home (B) (N) Accommodation: Stay at Jamala Madikwe Royal Safari Lodge in Madikwe instead of Kruger for a malaria-free safari experience. *

Guideline Prices Low season from: £4,995 (May – Sep) High season from: £5,325 (1 Oct – 15 Dec) Tour code: BLY

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

SOUTH AFRICA

The Eastern Cape Excellent malaria-free wildlife reserves • The Valley of Desolation near Graaf-Reinet An ideal place to begin or end a Garden Route itinerary, the Eastern Cape has some excellent private wildlife reserves and a striking coastline where great white sharks and southern right whales may be seen. The region’s vast plains, reduced to marginal grazing land during the time of the settler farmers, has now been rehabilitated to support a huge variety of wildlife, and Addo Elephant Park has the most concentrated elephant population in Africa. Just an hour’s drive from Port Elizabeth and malaria-free, these private reserves are ideal for family travel. Activities range from safari drives, bush walks and alfresco dining to river cruises, canoeing and beach walks. There is a wide variety of accommodation from basic chalets to ultra-luxury lodges and tented safari suites. Consider a visit to GraafReinet, the fourth oldest town in South Africa, with a fascinating military history and more national monuments that any city in the country.

The Valley of Desolation, Graaff-Reinet

A suggested itinerary...

A Journey through the Eastern Cape 16 Days & 13 Nights from £3,565 This self-drive itinerary focuses on some of the most beautiful landscapes of the Eastern Cape. Days 1-2: Fly to Port Elizabeth via Johannesburg Fly to Port Elizabeth. Arrive the next day and pick up your Group M hire car. Drive east to Addo Elephant National Park. Stay 2 nights at Elephant House, which is just outside the park itself. (N) (D) Day 3: Addo Elephant Park Morning guided wildlife drive in a 4x4 safari vehicle. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 4: Graaf Reinet Drive to Graaf Reinet and stay 2 nights at the Drostdy Hotel, a Cape Dutch building erected in 1806 as the local seat of government. Afternoon tour of the ‘Valley of Desolation’. (B)

Day 5: Graaf Reinet Walking tour of Graaf Reinet. Tour of the artists’ town of Nieu Bethesda can be booked locally. (B) Day 6: Mount Camdeboo Private Game Reserve Drive to Mount Camdeboo and stay 2 nights at Camdeboo Manor. Afternoon safari activity. Activities include wildlife drives, guided walks, cheetah tracking and stargazing. (B, L, D) Day 7: Mount Camdeboo Private Game Reserve Morning and afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 8: Grahamstown Drive to Grahamstown and overnight at 8A Grahamstown. (B) Day 9: Kariega Private Game Reserve Drive to Kariega Private Game Reserve and stay 3 nights at Ukhosi Lodge*. Afternoon safari activity. (B, L, D) Days 10-11: Kariega Private Game Reserve Morning and afternoon safari activities including wildlife drives, guided bush walks, river cruises, canoeing and relaxing beach visits. (B, L, D)

Day 12: Chintsa Drive east to Chintsa and stay 3 nights at Prana Lodge. (B) Days 13-14: Chintsa At leisure. (B) Days 15-16: Fly home (B) (N) *

Accommodation: You may like to upgrade to Settlers Drift, Kariega Private Game Reserve’s premier 5-star accommodation.

Guideline Prices Low season from: £3,565 Months: May – Aug High season from: £4,395 Months: Jan – Apr, Nov – Dec Tour code: JEC

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • ACCOMMODATION

Eastern Cape Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

Gorah Elephant Camp, Addo National Park

Kwandwe Great Fish River Lodge, Kwandwe Private Game Reserve

Hog Hollow Country Lodge, near Plettenberg Bay

Features:

The only private concession within the Addo Elephant National Park, Gorah has sweeping views over the grassy plains and a waterhole frequented by a myriad of wildlife. The historic manor house stands as a tribute to days of old with its antique furnishings, extended verandas, cosy lounges and boma dining. There is nothing quite like waking up to a herd of elephants splashing in the waterhole.

11 canvas tents, Relais & Chateaux property, swimming pool, historic manor house, fine dining.

Superior

This lodge is set on the banks of Fish river, a habitat for large animals including black and white rhinos, and more than 200 bird species including blue cranes. Delicious meals are served either on private decks, in the candlelit dining room or in the cosy boma under a starlit sky. Activities include wildlife drives and guided walks. Specialist rhino activities are at an extra cost.

9 suites with private plunge pools & terraces, dining room.

Superior

Perched above the dramatic Matjies river gorge, overlooking indigenous forests, Hog Hollow has tastefully decorated suites with ‘African-chic’ flair. Each large room has a private deck to fully appreciate the spectacular vistas and rolling hills. The main house’s welcoming spaces include lounge areas, a dining room and an outside chill lounge. The staff will impress you with their warm hospitality.

16 suites with private wooden decks, indigenous forest setting, swimming pool.

Superior

Inzolo Exclusive Game Lodge, Eastern Cape

Pumba Water Lodge, Pumba Private Game Reserve

Belvidere Manor, Knysna

Pumba Water Lodge is situated in the Pumba Private Game Reserve, elevated on the hilly banks above Lake Cariega. Comfortable, splitlevel rooms are warmed by central fireplaces and have a welcoming, lived-in feel. Chalets are linked to the main lodge via a wooden walkway, which in turn leads out onto a jetty over the lake. The reserve is home to an abundance of wildlife including the rare white lion.

In tranquil grounds on the western shore of the Knysna lagoon, Belvidere Manor offers country charm with its white-washed cottages with green tin roofs. Enchanting gardens and private verandas look out over the lagoon. Adjacent to Featherbed Nature Reserve, the gardens abound with birdlife. The Bell is Knysna’s smallest pub and serves casual meals on the patio or around a blazing fire on cooler nights.

Features:

Inzolo is an exclusive game lodge nestled in the African bush where five of nature’s biomes converge. Enjoy the tranquil sounds of unspoilt nature and panoramic views down the valley from the privacy of your chalet while watching wildlife pass by. Few lodges offer such an intimate sanctuary to connect with the African wilderness. Inzolo lodge does not allow children younger than 12.

4 chalets, lounge, bar, boma firepit, plunge pool, decks, minibar.

12 stone & thatch chalets with private plunge pools, deck, restaurant.

27 cottages, lagoon views, swimming pool, quaint 19th-century pub, restaurant.

SOUTH AFRICA

Self-Drive in South Africa Self-drive holidays are a flexible and cost-effective way to discover South Africa at your own pace. Take leisurely drives on the open road with less traffic than you would expect, head off the motorways to discover small towns and hamlets, where there are opportunities to support local businesses and engage with friendly people who will be thrilled to hear your story and share their own. Popular itineraries are along the Garden Route from Cape Town to Port Elizabeth or vice versa. KwaZulu-Natal lends itself to circular routes, starting and finishing in Durban. Longer journeys starting in Johannesburg going via Kruger National Park, Swaziland (eSwatini), the battlefields and the Dolphin Coast, and finishing up in Durban, also work well. In this brochure we have suggested itineraries for self-drive journeys exploring the Northern Cape (see page 21), Northern Limpopo (see page 33), the Eastern Cape (see page 23) and even a journey from Windhoek in Namibia to Cape Town (see page 60).

Whatever your interests and preferences, our expert team can help plan your self-drive holiday so that you can see the highlights with as little or as much time in the car as you prefer. Consider combining some driving with air and rail travel, as we can arrange for you to collect your car at the airport upon arrival, or have it delivered to your hotel. One-way car hire within South Africa is possible and you can opt to hire a GPS sat nav. To ensure that you benefit from the highest standards of reliability, service and support, we work with Avis in South Africa, which offers a 24-hour helpline, SOS emergency service and medical / legal assistance. All Cox & Kings self-drive holidays include Premium car hire insurance. On arrival in South Africa, you will be met by a guide and given a comprehensive self-drive pack. With a wealth of expert local knowledge, the guide can offer advice on any aspect of the itinerary. South Africans drive on the left side of the road and road conditions are generally good.

Chapman's Peak, near Cape Town

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • TOUR

A Taste of South Africa Duration • 10 Days & 7 Nights Category • Superior

Group Tour • From £2,895 Private Tour • From £4,295

This group tour features…  A selection of boutique & character hotels

 Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

 Direct flights with British Airways  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour guides  7 breakfasts, 1 lunch, 5 dinners  Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

Kirstenbosch Botanical Garden

 Porterage at airports

Weather Cape Town J F M A M J J A S O N D A 25 25 24 22 19 17 17 17 18 20 22 24 B 15 15 14 12 10 8 8 8 9 10 12 14

Discover the splendour of South Africa’s Garden Route on this introductory tour taking in quaint towns, magnificent scenery, wildlife and gastronomy. Starting in the vibrant city of Cape Town, travel along this compact coastal belt with its wide beaches, lakes, indigenous forest and impressive mountain passes. Encounter the region’s beauty, staying in boutique properties along the way and dining on delicious local cuisine, before returning to Cape Town.

C 32 31 43 82 136 189 164 163 96 61 40 43

Knysna

C&K Signature experiences

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 23 24 22 22 20 19 18 18 18 19 21 22 B 16 16 15 14 12 10 9 10 10 12 13 15 C 68 62 73 78 71 69 67 95 75 90 74 65

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

 Travel along the scenic Garden Route  Stay in charming, boutique properties  Wine tasting in South Africa’s oldest vineyards

 Dinner at Gold Restaurant with Area map

drumming session

Day 1: Fly to Cape Town Overnight flight to Cape Town (regional connections available) with British Airways. (N)

wild beauty of the Cape of Good Hope. Take the funicular to the lighthouse for the best views of the dramatic landscape. Head to Simonstown for lunch and visit the penguin breeding colony at Boulders Beach. En route back to the city visit a boutique winery for wine tasting, set within the picturesque Constantia area, South Africa’s oldest wine growing region. This evening enjoy a group dinner at Gold Restaurant with a drumming session. (B, D) Day 4: Overberg region This morning, join the group and depart Cape Town over the Hottentots-Holland mountains via Sir Lowry’s Pass, stopping en route for wine tasting within the Hemel-en-Aarde valley. During the whale season, stop in Hermanus, which offers the best land-based whale watching along its cliff paths (June to November) and optional boat tours. Continue to Swellendam, the third oldest settlement in South Africa. Overnight at Gaikou Lodge (or similar). (B, D) Day 5: Plettenberg Bay Travel along the Garden Route via Mossel Bay. Arrive in Plettenberg Bay in time for lunch and a stroll along its white sandy beaches. Stay 2 nights at Hunter’s Country House (or similar). (B, D)

Day 2: Cape Town Early morning arrival. Transfer to The Pepper Club for a 2-night stay. Morning city tour, discovering the history and culture that makes up the ‘Mother City’, including a trip up Table Mountain. Afternoon at leisure. (N)

Day 6: Tsitsikamma • Plettenberg Bay This morning visit Birds of Eden, the largest free-flight bird aviary in the world. Continue to the Tsitsikamma National Park. Take a walk along the suspension bridge across the Storms river mouth gorge, which offers incredible views. Enjoy time at leisure in the town of Plettenberg Bay before returning to the lodge for dinner. (B, D)

Day 3: Cape Peninsula Explore the peninsula visiting the impressive Kirstenbosch Botanical Garden before heading towards Hout Bay. Join an optional boat cruise to Seal Island before admiring the natural

Day 7: Knysna • Oudtshoorn Morning drive to the lagoon-side town of Knysna – the gem of the Garden Route. Embark on an excursion to the Featherbed Nature Reserve located on the western

XXXXXXXXXX

Camps Bay, Cape Town

Knysna Head. Take a ferry across the lagoon and a drive to the top of the reserve to enjoy an optional nature trail. A delicious lunch is served under the milkwood trees. Drive through George and via the Outeniqua Pass to Oudtshoorn. Visit an ostrich farm for a guided tour. Stay overnight at Rosenhof Country House (or similar). (B, L, D) Day 8: Cape Town Morning visit to the Cango caves. Travel along the celebrated Route 62 to Cape Town taking in the majestic mountains, scenic passes, rivers, vineyards and orchards. Stop at the Country Pumpkin Restaurant near Barrydale for lunch, followed by a leisurely drive back to Cape Town for a final night at The Pepper Club (or similar). (B)

Morning and afternoon safari activities are included and accommodation is on a full board basis. The inbound international flight will be with British Airways via Johannesburg.

Tour + Victoria Falls 4 Days & 2 Nights from £1,395

of falling water and one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World. On day 9, fly from Cape Town to Victoria Falls airport on SA Airlink. Stay 2 nights at the Victoria Falls Safari Lodge. The inbound international flight will be with British Airways via Johannesburg.

Tour code: TAAVIC

Important information

At Victoria Falls, the mighty Zambezi river thunders over a 100-metre drop into a narrow ravine, dividing Zimbabwe and Zambia. While it is not the highest or widest waterfall in the world, it can lay claim to being the largest sheet

Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards or flight options, or to tailor this itinerary, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/ make-an-enquiry

Guideline prices for 2019-20

Tour code: TAA

Day 9: Cape Town • Fly to London Day at leisure to explore or take optional excursions. Evening flight to London. (B)

Group tour Low season from £2,895 Guide price month: Mar

Private travel Low season from £4,295 Guide price month: Mar

Day 10: London Morning arrival. (N)

High season from £2,985 Guide price months: Sep – Nov

High season from £4,385 Guide price months: Sep – Nov

Single supplement from £375

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions Tour + Safari 4 Days & 2 Nights from £1,765 Tour code: TAASAF

In the heart of the Timbavati Private Game Reserve, adjacent to the Kruger National Park, Kambaku River Sands Lodge is a small (just 10 suites) unfenced camp overlooking a waterhole. There is a steady stream of wildlife, including the Big Five. On day 9, fly from Cape Town to Hoedspruit with SA Airlink and stay 2 nights at Kambaku River Sands Lodge.

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (01 – 21 Dec)

British Airways flight upgrades World Traveller Plus from £725 return Club World from £3,995 return First Class from £4,825 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2019 Out (Sat) 02 Mar 19 23 Mar 19

Rtn (Mon) 11 Mar 19 01 Apr 19

Out (Sat) 07 Sep 19 05 Oct 19

Rtn (Mon) 16 Sep 19 14 Oct 19

Out (Sat) 02 Nov 19

Rtn (Mon) 11 Nov 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

KwaZulu-Natal KwaZulu-Natal finally gets the recognition it deserves with the new British Airways direct flight route from London to Durban (three flights per week). It is a region of huge diversity that deserves a holiday in its own right to fully appreciate all that it has to offer. Forming South Africa’s east coast, KwaZulu-Natal is made up of sub-tropical coastline with unspoilt Indian Ocean beaches, underrated wildlife areas, magnificent mountain scenery of the Drakensberg and the rich cultural traditions of the Zulu people. The province is home to two Unesco world heritages sites and numerous Anglo battlefields. Both Swaziland (eSwatini) and Lesotho are easily combined with KwaZulu-Natal, offering their own spectacular landscapes and traditional ways of life. KwaZulu-Natal is an all-year destination with hot humid summers (October – April) and variable temperatures between the coast and mountains, with cold weather high up in the Drakensberg mountains in the winter (July – September).

Lighthouse, Umhlanga beach, Durban

Battlefield of Isandlwana, KwaZulu-Natal

Durban & the Midlands Meander

The Battlefields

Street scene township tour & the Golden Mile, Durban • Short hikes & crafts shopping, Midlands Meander

KwaZulu-Natal is often referred to as the ‘Last Outpost’, where in the late 19th-century several ferocious conflicts occurred on the vast northern plains between the British, the Boers and the Zulus. The famous battles of Rorke’s Drift, Isandlwana, Spionkop and the siege of Ladysmith (where Mahatma Ghandi and Winston Churchill were present) all took place on the traditional lands of the Zulu people. Battlefield tours are the best way to appreciate the history and characters behind these bloody battles through talks from first-rate guides. Daily tours run from Fugitives’ Drift Lodge, Isandlwana Lodge, Isibindi Zulu Lodge, Three Tree Hill and Spionkop Lodge, all fine accommodation establishments.

Durban is affectionately known as ‘Durbs by the sea’ to the locals. The promenade is a long stretch of golden beaches with colourful rickshaws, high-rise hotels and eateries. Durban has a vibrant and colourful mix of cultures and is home to the largest Indian population in the country. The city has seen a welcome regeneration over the years, especially around the beachfront area. North of the city are the upmarket coastal towns of Ballito and Umhlanga Rocks, with some excellent accommodation options. The Midlands Meander is a project started in 1983 by local craftspeople to market their products and it now extends over 80km, with a huge variety of stalls and boutique shops to visit. Set in the foothills of the Drakensberg in beautiful surroundings reminiscent of the English countryside, the area is an ideal base for hiking, trout fishing, horse riding and relaxing. Access is an easy 1.5-hour drive from Durban and you can visit the Mandela capture site sculpture en route. We particularly recommend Cleopatra Mountain Farmhouse and Fordoun Hotel, which has a superior spa.

Battlefield tours • Visit traditional Zulu villages

Zulu means ‘people of the heavens'. Their villages are found throughout the province of KwaZulu-Natal and they remain an integral part of their traditional way of life. The Zulu hold their culture in high esteem, with rituals, ceremonies and old traditions still observed. The umndeni, the typical nuclear family, is still found in rural parts of ZwaZulu-Natal, with the extended family living in the homestead, usually consisting of fenced, circular huts with thatched roofs. Traditional clothing is still worn in these villages – men in their amabeshu, goat skin aprons, and the women wearing their isidwaba skirts of cattle or goat skin. Even more ornate traditional costume is seen during celebrations.

SOUTH AFRICA

KwaZulu-Natal Wildlife Reserves Safari drives in 4x4 vehicles • Explore the St Lucia Wetlands by boat Originally two separate national parks, Hluhluwe-iMfolozi offers some superb wildlife viewing in truly diverse landscapes. The southern sector of the park – iMfolozi – was pioneering in its conservation of white rhinos in the 1960s and is thought to have saved them from extinction. Where iMfolozi is flat and dissected by huge rivers, Hluhluwe is hillier. The wildlife here is very diverse, with wild dogs, antelope, cheetahs and giraffes, as well as the Big Five. The St Lucia Wetlands, part of the iSimangaliso Wetlands Park, is a wonderful place for boat trips. Stay at Makakatana Bay Lodge or Rocktail Bay to be close enough to go whale watching or turtle spotting on the coastline to the north. There are also several wellknown private reserves in the area, including Thanda and Phinda. Drakensberg mountains

Drakensberg Mountains Hiking • San Bushmen rock art sites The spectacular Drakensberg mountains were designated a world heritage site in 2000. The Berg, as the area is known, has some spectacular natural features, Giant’s Castle, Champagne Castle and Cathedral Peak being the best known. The area is also home to a rich collection of San Bushmen rock-art sites, collectively featuring about 35,000 images. Surrounded by mountain peaks, we recommend Cathedral Peak Hotel, a 3-hour drive from Durban. Activities include free daily guided hikes, birdwatching, horse riding, cycling mountain bike trails, tennis, fishing and swimming in the two pools.

Rock art, Drakensberg mountains

White rhino mother & calf, Hluhluwe-iMfolozi

A suggested itinerary...

A Drive through KwaZulu-Natal 13 Days & 10 Nights from £4,145 Explore craft markets, the Drakensberg battlefields and wildlife reserves on this self-drive while staying in luxury accommodation. Days 1-2: Fly to Johannesburg • Spioenkop Game Reserve Fly to Johannesburg. Arrive the next day, collect your hire car and drive to Three Tree Hill at Spioenkop overlooking the Spioenkop Game Reserve and within easy reach (1 hour)

of the northern Drakensberg mountains (a world heritage site). Stay for 3 nights. (N) (D) Days 3-4: The Drakensberg At leisure. Optional activities include nature walking trails, birding, mountain biking, wildlife walks, horse riding and rhino tracking (in the neighbouring Spioenkop Game Reserve). (B, L, D) Days 5-6: The battlefields Drive to the battlefields. Spend 2 nights at Fugitives’ Drift Lodge. Full-day battlefields tour the following day. (B, L, D) Days 7-9: Phinda Private Game Reserve Drive to Phinda. Stay at Forest Lodge or Mountain Lodge for 3 nights. Safari activities. (B, L, D) Days 10-11: Umhlanga Rocks Drive to Umhlanga and stay 2 nights at The

Oyster Box. (B) Day 12: Fly home Drive to Durban and fly home. (B) Day 13: Arrive home (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £4,145 (May - Jul) High season from: £4,495 (Jan - Apr) Tour code: KSA

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • ACCOMMODATION

KwaZulu-Natal Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

Phinda Forest Lodge, Phinda Private Game Reserve

The Oyster Box, Umhlanga

Fugitives’ Drift Lodge, The Battlefields

With seven distinct habitats, this pristine wilderness is renowned for its sightings of cheetahs, black rhinos and resident lion prides. Set in seclusion under the canopy of the sand forest, a glass-walled suite offers uninterrupted views across this rare ecosystem, where dwarf antelope roam. There are three other lodges on the reserve: Mountain, Rock and Vlei. We recommend a 4-night stay.

Set in the heart of Umhlanga Rocks, this beachfront hotel is only a short drive from Durban. Opened in 1947, The Oyster Box has long been one of Africa’s best-loved hotels, with an abundance of colonial charm and a breathtaking seaside setting. The Ocean Terrace is an ideal place to spot dolphins in the Indian Ocean, the perfect backdrop for a relaxed drink or more casual dining. The hotel decor features paintings by local African artists.

Features:

16 suites, air conditioning, open-air dining, rimflow pool.

Superior

86 rooms & suites, 3 restaurants, 3 bars, spa, rim-flow pool, 24-seater cinema.

Superior

This award-winning property enjoys commanding views of the reserve’s 20-kilometre river frontage, which includes the site of the British retreat from Isandlwana. Enjoy superb cuisine, a unique fusion of local and modern flavours, surrounded by a veritable museum of Zulu war memorabilia. The lodge is acclaimed for its thoughtprovoking battlefield tours. Walks and horse rides through the reserve are also offered.

10 rooms & a private cottage for 6 people, dining room, swimming pool, gardens.

Good Standard

Rhino Ridge Safari Lodge, Hluhluwe-iMfolozi National Park

Thonga Beach Lodge, Maputaland Coast

Cathedral Peak Hotel, Drakensberg Mountains

Features:

Rhino Ridge Safari Lodge is situated on the western boundary in the first private concession within Hluhluwe iMfolozi Park. Set in 96,000 hectares of scenic wilderness, the rooms have been carefully positioned high up on the ridge to take full advantage of the views of the hills. Activities include wildlife drives. Spa treatments are available and there are opportunities to visit the local community.

12 bush suites & villas, dining room, spa.

Situated on vegetated dunes behind a remote and beautiful stretch of sand, Thonga Beach Lodge is one of the most idyllic beach lodges in the country – a luxurious version of the classic Robinson Crusoe hideaway. Traditional Thonga fishing villages provided the inspiration for this retreat. Activities include snorkelling and diving, turtle tracking, boating on Lake Sibaya and coastal walks.

8 bungalows, dining room, small pool, beach bar.

Affording majestic views of the surrounding Drakensberg mountains, this hilltop retreat offers an abundance of outdoor and familyfriendly activities in a world heritage site. There are 18 hikes of varying distance from the hotel or guests can relax at the property and play golf, tennis, bowls or a host of other activities. Rooms range from standard thatched rooms to a presidential suite, all with mountain views.

104 rooms, swimming pool, lounge, library, spa, gym, restaurant.

SOUTH AFRICA

Johannesburg skyline

Johannesburg Place of Gold â&#x20AC;˘ Township tour Johannesburg â&#x20AC;&#x201C; or Egoli, meaning 'place of gold' in Zulu â&#x20AC;&#x201C; is much more than an economic hub; it is alive with artists and professionals collaborating to create a city that has risen out of notoriety. The city deserves exploration in its own right, no longer being just a stepping stone to safaris or Cape Town. It offers uplifting experiences that can help visitors to understand the complexities of its past and the struggle for freedom and equality that its community enjoys today. The inner city has been reclaimed by designers and artists, where there has been an explosion of trendy eateries, cafes, art galleries and street markets. There are many attractions worth visiting including the famed Apartheid Museum; Constitutional Hill, a former prison complex but now a museum; Nelson Mandela Bridge; take a Soweto township tour; or venture beyond the city to the Cradle of Humankind world heritage site. The city also offers excellent shopping. Soweto township, Johannesburg

C&K Recommends... Johannesburg city walk

By special arrangement, join James de Laney, a resident with a deep understanding of how this city works and knowledge of its many hidden gems. James is an artist and marketing guru, and he will walk the city with you, pointing out architectural details and interacting with locals on the streets. Elements of interest can include political history, art, architecture, and street culture.

Apartheid Museum

Visit the Apartheid Museum, which tells the story of the rise and fall of apartheid in South Africa. A multi-disciplinary team of curators, filmmakers, historians and designers adept at museology have created a narrative by means of dramatic photographs, artefacts, interactive displays, newspaper clippings and some extraordinary film footage, bringing the apartheid story vividly to life.

Fairlawns Boutique Hotel & Spa, Sandton

In the northern suburb of Morningside Manor, Fairlawns Boutique Hotel & Spa offers a serene sanctuary from the bustling city. Set among extensive landscaped gardens, this exclusive property prides itself on world-class levels of service, providing a home-from-home atmosphere in a luxurious setting. Enjoy exquisite fine dining, spend time relaxing on the terrace and indulge in top quality spa treatments. Cradle of Humankind world heritage site

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

Wildlife Beyond the Cape Kruger & the Lowveld Escarpment Stay in private wildlife reserves • Drive the Panorama Route • Self-drive Kruger National Park Kruger National Park is South Africa’s flagship wildlife area, with 140 different mammal species, more than 500 bird species and a host of amphibian, reptile and plant species. With unfenced boundaries bordering some of Africa’s finest private wildlife reserves, including Sabi Sands, Timbavati and Manyeleti, Kruger offers the country’s most concentrated wildlife viewing and sightings of the Big Five – lions, leopards, elephants, rhinos and buffaloes – are common. The Lowveld escarpment to the west of Kruger National Park has some of South Africa’s most striking scenery with canyons, waterfalls and quaint historical towns. Stop at natural sights along the Panorama Route such as Blyde river canyon, God’s Window and Bourke’s Luck potholes, and discover the historic mining village of Pilgrim’s Rest. This dramatic landscape can also be viewed from a hot air balloon and makes for spectacular hiking country.

C&K Recommends... A night in a luxury tree house

The tree houses at Lion Sands Private Game Reserve, next to the Kruger National Park, are the ultimate bush bedrooms. Arrive at sunset to a delicious picnic dinner, spend the hours of dusk animal spotting, then sleep beneath the Milky Way to the sounds of the bush. This is a wonderful experience for the romantic, the adventurer and the wildlife enthusiast alike.

Hiking in Marakele National Park

Marataba Trails Lodge, an off-the-grid ‘Scandi safari’ style lodge, is utterly remote. Those seeking a digital detox will find it here. Created for hikers who are looking for diverse and challenging trails in a spectacularly beautiful Big Five private reserve, the lodge houses just eight guests at a time. There are four types of walking trail: riverine, gorge, mountain and special interest (including cave paintings). Boat cruises, drives and stargazing are also available. Treehouse, Lion Sands Private Game Reserve

A suggested itinerary...

Cape Town, Kruger & Victoria Falls 11 Days & 9 Nights from £6,595 This is a luxury trip for those who want to fly between three of Southern Africa’s most iconic locations. Explore cosmopolitan Cape Town, track the ‘Big Five’ in Kruger National Park and end at the spectacular Victoria Falls. Day 1: Fly to Cape Town (N) Day 2: Cape Town Arrive in Cape Town. Transfer to More Quarters in Kloof Street for a 3-night stay. Afternoon at leisure. (N) Days 3-4: Cape Town At leisure or book optional excursions.

As a starting point, see page 14, then speak to one of our Africa specialists for recommendations. (B) Day 5: Fly to Sabi Sands Fly to Skukuza airport. Transfer to Narina Lodge in Lion Sands Private Game Reserve, part of the Sabi Sands, for 3 nights. Afternoon safari activity. (B, D) Days 6-7: Sabi Sands Safari activities including wildlife drives in open 4x4 vehicles, bush walks, birdwatching, astronomy, bush breakfasts and dinners, river walks, hippo tours and local village experiences. (B, L, D) Day 8: Fly to Livingstone (Zambia) via Mpumalanga airport Fly to Livingstone via Mpumalanga airport. Transfer to Tongabezi (river cottage) for a 3-night stay. Relax at the lodge on the banks of the Zambezi river. (B)

Days 9-10: Victoria Falls There are a wide range of inclusive activities such as lunch or sunset drinks on a sand bar, a sunset boat trip, a visit to Victoria Falls, a Sampan dinner, wildlife drives, fishing and a visit to Simonga village or Maramba market (B) Day 11: Fly home. (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £6,595 (May) High season from: £6,925 (11 Jan – 14 Apr) Tour code: CKV

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

SOUTH AFRICA

Madikwe Game Reserve Sleep out under the stars • Wildlife walks • 4x4 safari drives • Sunset drinks & campfires The 750-sq-km Madikwe Game Reserve is situated on the South African border with Botswana. Created during Africa’s biggest wildlife relocation programme in 1991, the reserve is now home to 66 large mammal species, including the Big Five, and is one of the best places to see wild dogs in South Africa. Madikwe is malaria-free and, being just a 3-hour drive (or 1-hour flight) from Johannesburg, it is a rewarding safari option for those short on time or travelling with a family. We recommend Makanyane Safari Lodge, set on 1,800 hectares of private land. The lodge’s public areas are extremely homely and the chalets are glass-fronted and very chic. There are a number of other fine safari lodges from where you can watch wildlife at the waterholes while dining. Unrivalled family safari programmes are offered at both Jaci’s Safari and Jaci’s Tree Lodges; spend the night in a treehouse complete with fourposter bed, viewing wildlife from a special vantage point under the stars. Male Lion, Madikwe Game Reserve

The Waterberg

Limpopo Province

Guided walking safaris • Horse riding safaris • Big Five wildlife drives • Spectacular scenery

Follow marked trails with local guides • 4x4 wildlife drives • Learn about Venda culture

The Waterberg occupies 1,500 sq km just north of Johannesburg and has been described as South Africa’s best-kept secret. It is an area of soaring craggy mountains, sweeping grasslands and spectacular rock formations. Although there is not the same near-guarantee of Big Five sightings as in the Kruger area, there is a huge diversity of wildlife and landscapes. A malaria-free destination, the Waterberg is ideal for families and travellers looking for a safari area with fewer visitors. Ant’s Nest, Ant’s Hill, Marataba Safari Lodge, and Jembisa Safari Lodge are at the top of our list here.

Limpopo is a large region of vivid contrasts, covering the north-eastern section of South Africa. The region’s mountainous highveld is known for its picturesque Waterberg, Soutpansberg and Magoebaskloof mountains, while the lowveld is a wildlife-rich area that includes the lesser-visited northern reaches of Kruger National Park. Polokwane is at the economic heart of the province, Tzaneen is a successful citrus-growing region and Mokopane, Hoedspruit and Phalaborwa are conveniently situated along the outskirts of the Kruger National Park. The Limpopo province is ideal for second- or third-time visitors to South Africa.

Activites available in the Waterberg are extensive and include guided walks, fishing, horse riding, rhino tracking, archery, night sky safaris, mountain biking and wildlife drives. Families are well-catered for; children can learn to become a ranger, learn to handle reptiles, swim with horses or go on bug and spoor walks.

The Tuli Block is a wildlife area in the south-east corner of Botswana, just across the Limpopo river. Within Tuli is Mashatu Game Reserve, home to seven of Africa’s ‘giants’: the elephant, lion, giraffe, baobab tree, eland, ostrich and the kori bustard. It can be easily combined with the Limpopo province.

A suggested itinerary...

Northern Limpopo & Botswana 15 Days & 12 Nights from £5,765 Self-driving allows for time to enjoy the diverse landscapes and culture of the Limpopo province. The wildlife on this tour is exceptional and includes 3 nights in Botswana’s dramatic Mashatu Game Reserve. Day 1: Fly to Johannesburg (N) Day 2: Marakele National Park Arrive in Johannesburg. Pick up your group M hire car. Drive to Marataba Safari Lodge for a 2-night stay. Safari activities include wildlife drives, boat safaris, bush walks, birdwatching, bush breakfasts/dinners and boma dinners. (D) Day 3: Marakele National Park Morning and afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 4: Leshiba Wilderness Morning safari activity then drive to Leshiba Wilderness and overnight at Venda Village Lodge. Learn about Venda culture with local

guides and follow marked trails through spectacular scenery (activities at an extra cost). (B, D) Day 5: Mashatu Game Reserve, Botswana Drive north, crossing the border into Botswana at Pont Drift. A representative from Mashatu will meet you on the South African side (where you will park your car) and transfer you to Mashatu Lodge. Stay 3 nights. Explore the reserve in a 4x4 open vehicle, on a walking safari, on mountain bikes or on horseback. (B, D) Days 6-7: Mashatu Game Reserve Safari activities. (B, L, D) Days 8-9: Kruger National Park Transfer back to your car at Pont Drift. Cross the border back into South Africa and drive to the wild northern part of Kruger National Park. Stay 2 nights at Pafuri Camp. Activities include wildlife drives, walking safaris, mountain hikes, visits to stone age sites and to contemporary Makuleke villages. Day 10: Tzaneen Morning safari activity at Pafuri Camp, drive south to Tzaneen and overnight at Kings Walden Garden Manor. (B)

Day 11: Timbavati Game Reserve Morning drive to Kambaku River Sands situated in the Timbavati Game Reserve. Stay 2 nights. Afternoon safari activity. (B, D) Day 12: Timbavati Game Reserve Safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 13: Dullstrom Morning safari activity then drive to Dullstrom and overnight at Walkersons Hotel & Spa. (B) Days 14-15: Johannesburg • Fly to London Return to Johannesburg and drop off your hire car. Fly to London. (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £5,765 (May – Aug) High season from: £5,975 (Sep – Nov) Tour code: NLB

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA â&#x20AC;˘ ACCOMMODATION

Kruger Wildlife Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Pafuri Camp, Kruger National Park

Pafuri camp is located in the Makuleke Concession of the northern Kruger National Park, set on the banks of the Luvuvhu river. The main area of the camp sits under the shade of an enormous ebony tree. Spacious tents, each raised off the ground, feature private decks ideal for viewing the wildlife coming down to the river to drink. This area of Kruger National Park offers exceptional opportunities for birdwatching.

Features:

20 tents, restaurant, bar, swimming pool.

Luxury

Kambaku River Sands, Timbavati

In the heart of the Timbavati Private Nature Reserve and perched on the banks of a seasonal riverbed, this unfenced camp enjoys an entertaining steady stream of both big and small wildlife. The luxurious main lounge overlooks the nearby waterhole and its elegant suites feature private decks with spectacular views. Delicious wilderness cuisine is often served out under the African stars.

Features:

10 suites, restaurant, wine cellar, infinity pool, spa, gym, Wi-Fi.

Superior

Luxury

Imbali Safari Lodge, Kruger National Park

Tintswalo Safari Lodge Manyeleti Game Reserve

Features:

Set within a 10,000-hectare private concession in the western sector of Kruger National Park, Imbali Safari Lodge borders northern Sabi Sands and offers an opportunity to explore the heart of this famous reserve while staying in first-class accommodation. Each suite has a private plunge pool and expansive decking overlooking the Nwaswitsontso river, where wildlife gathers to drink.

12 suites with private plunge pools, dining area, lounge, veranda, swimming pool, spa.

Superior

Tintswalo Safari Lodge is located on the banks of a seasonal river. The suites offer the chance to see birds and a variety of larger wildlife as they come for their daily drink. The interior of the lodge is designed to recreate the ambience of the pioneering era of the 19thcentury African explorers. Activities from the lodge include day and night wildlife drives and guided walks.

7 luxury suites with private plunge pool, indoor & outdoor shower, dining area, library, spa.

Superior

Narina Lodge, Lion Sands, Sabi Sands Reserve (south)

Garonga Safari Camp, Makalali Private Game Reserve

Features:

Narina Lodge is perched among a canopy of 100-year-old trees overlooking the Sabie river. The style of Narina is that of a luxurious treehouse, blending into the trees and allowing for panoramic views of the bush. The luxury suites are connected to the main building by raised wooden walkways and afford complete privacy, each with a private plunge pool.

9 suites with private plunge pools, open-plan lounge, dining area, covered viewing deck.

Garonga Safari Camp overlooks a dry riverbed and commands spectacular views. Garongaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s philosophy is to offer a safari for the soul, providing unhurried and intimate wildlife encounters. Activities include wildlife drives, guided walks and sleep-outs. There is also an outdoor bush bath experience and a sala offering aromatherapy and massage.

6 rooms with decks, hammocks and indoor & outdoor showers, dining area, honesty bar.

ACCOMMODATION • SOUTH AFRICA

South Africa Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

Jamala Madikwe Royal Safari Lodge, Madikwe Game Reserve

Tuningi Safari Lodge, Madikwe Game Reserve

Jaci’s Tree Lodge, Madikwe Game Reserve

Features:

Owner-managed and run, Jamala Madikwe Safari Lodge offers an intimate bush experience, where personal service and attention to detail are second to none. The gourmet dining experience combines with wildlife viewing at the waterhole in front of the lodge – the so-called ‘sofa safari’. This lodge successfully brings together a mix of colonial style and African eccentricity.

5 villas with pools & outdoor showers, lounge, library, boma, star deck, spa, gym.

Superior

This family-friendly lodge affords superb views over natural bush from wrap-around decks. Decorated in an African-chic style, the spacious glass and thatch rooms offer a tranquil, intimate base. Madikwe is known for its spectacular sunsets and pristine wilderness. Wildlife drives and walks are offered daily and meals are served in the boma, under starstudded skies.

4 luxury suites & 2 family suites, private decks, swimming pool, family friendly.

Superior

Jaci's overlooks a well-established waterhole in a 'Big Five' area in the malaria-free Madikwe Game Reserve. The Tree Lodge offers eight spacious and luxurious tree houses constructed on stilts among the riverine forest. Each room features a king-size bed, a stone bath and an outdoor shower. Activities available include game drives and guided walks.

8 tree houses with stone baths, outdoor showers, air conditioning, dining area, lounge.

Superior

Marataba Safari Lodge, Marakele National Park

Rissington Inn, Mpumalanga near Hazyview

Moditlo River Lodge, Blue Canyon Conservancy

Features:

Marataba Safari Lodge is situated in a malariafree, 23,000-hectare private concession. The canvas and stone tented suites are each tastefully furnished with attention to detail and a contemporary twist. Activities include guided wildlife drives and walks with a variety of routes on offer, created by animals that have walked well-worn tracks year after year.

15 tented suites with a bath, indoor & outdoor showers, dining area, lounge, pool, library.

Rissington Inn offers stylish yet relaxed accommodation amid 10 hectares of colourful gardens. The rooms, each with their own distinctive character, include Garden suites with expansive verandas and two Hillside suites, which share their own pool. The bar has a little terrace where guests can lounge in wicker chairs and watch the sun set.

16 rooms & suites, swimming pool, dining area, bar, library.

Situated within the 36,000 acres of the Moditlo Private Game Reserve within the Blue Canyon Conservancy, this lodge is a stylish and affordable retreat close to the Greater Kruger. The Lodge is understated and offers an elegant bush stay. The rooms each have tranquil bush views and are set along a river bank and linked to the main lodge by meandering walkways.

18 thatched rooms, swimming pool, boma, family friendly.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

Luxury Rail Journeys Rovos Rail Recreate the romance of the golden age of luxury train travel aboard Rovos Rail’s Pride of Africa as it travels through some of Africa’s most beautiful scenery. The train features beautiful wood-panelled heritage coaches, which have been carefully rebuilt and are drawn by steam, diesel and electric locomotives. Rovos Rail’s trains consist of two Royal, 22 Deluxe and 10 Pullman suites, combining the opulence of a bygone era with subtle modern innovations. The use of traditional furnishings and period decor in the 1920s dining car and observation car, which has an open balcony, creates an elegant atmosphere in which to relax and watch the passing scenery. Dinner, served with the formality of fine china, crisp linen and silver, is worth getting dressed up for.

Rovos Rail Routes Pretoria to Cape Town

3 Days & 2 Nights full board from £1,215 per person

This classic journey includes tours of the diamond-rush city of Kimberley and Matjiesfontein in the Western Cape.

Pretoria to Durban

3 Days & 2 Nights full board from £1,215 per person

Includes two safari drives and a battlefields tour, recounting Zulu and colonial history.

Pretoria to Victoria Falls

3 Days & 2 Nights full board from £1,585 per person

Includes a wildlife drive from The Hide, in Hwange National Park. Rovos Rail

Pretoria to Swakopmund

9 Days & 8 Nights full board from £4,035 per person

Includes excursions to the Fish river canyon, Sossusvlei dunes and Namib desert.

African Golf Collage: Pretoria to Cape Town

9 Days & 8 Nights full board from £3,525 per person Includes activities for golfers and non-golfers.

Cape Town to Dar es Salaam

15 Days & 14 Nights full board from £9,865 per person

Highlights include tours of the diamond-rush city of Kimberley and Matjiesfontein in the Western Cape, two short tours of Pretoria, 2 nights in Madikwe Game Reserve, an overnight at The Victoria Falls Hotel and bush walks at Chisimba Falls in Zambia. Please note that all journeys can be taken in reverse order. Deluxe suite, Rovos Rail

SOUTH AFRICA

Victoria Falls

A suggested itinerary...

The Cape, Rovos Rail & Victoria Falls 12 Days & 9 Nights from £5,345 This luxury private journey combines some of the most spectacular sights in Cape Town with 2 nights on Rovos Rail. Spend some time exploring Johannesburg, before flying to the Zimbabwean side of Victoria Falls. Day 1: Fly to Cape Town Fly overnight from London to Cape Town. (N) Day 2: Cape Town Arrive and take a short orientation tour of Cape Town, including a cable car ascent up Table Mountain (weather permitting). Transfer to the Belmond Mount Nelson Hotel for 4 nights. Afternoon at leisure. (D) Day 3: Cape Town Full-day tour of the Cape Peninsula. Visit the pretty seaside suburbs of Camps Bay and Hout Bay and travel out to Cape Point. Return via the penguin colony at the old British

Naval Base in Simon’s Town and Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens. (B) Day 4: Winelands Full-day tour of the wine-growing region, an area of rolling hills and fertile valleys. Visits include Stellenbosch, Franschhoek and Paarl. There will be two wine tastings, a cellar tour and lunch at a wine estate. (B, L) Day 5: Cape Town Day at leisure or take an optional excursion. (B) Day 6: Board Rovos Rail Transfer to Cape Town Station and board Rovos Rail for the 2-night journey from Cape Town to Pretoria. En route, visit the quaint village of Matjiesfontein. (B, L, D) Day 7: Kimberley Arrive in Kimberley, the diamond-rush city. Take a tour of the ‘Big Hole’ and Mine Museum. (B, L, D) Day 8: Johannesburg Arrive at Rovos Rail’s Capital Park Station in Pretoria at midday. Transfer to 54 on Bath hotel in Johannesburg for 1 night. Afternoon tour of Soweto and the Apartheid Museum. (B) Day 9: Fly to Victoria Falls* Fly to Victoria Falls on the Zimbabwean side.

Stay 2 nights at the The Victoria Falls Hotel. Afternoon at leisure. (B) Day 10: Victoria Falls At leisure or optional excursions (see page 81). (B) Days 11-12: Fly home (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £5,345 (May – Jun) High season from: £6,185 (Nov) * Alternative routes: It is also possible to travel from Pretoria to Victoria Falls on Rovos Rail. Please speak to a tour consultant for details.

Tour code: ROV

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • TOUR

Shongololo Express: Southern Cross Adventure Duration • 17 Days & 14 Nights

Category • Standard

of the colourful capital city of Maputo, an architectural blend of African, Portuguese and early colonial traditions. Return to the train for afternoon tea and head for Mpaka in Swaziland (eSwatini). (B, D)

Tour overview Recreate the romance of the golden age of train travel on this panoramic rail journey aboard the Shongololo Express. Starting from Pretoria, travel across South Africa, Swaziland (eSwatini), Mozambique and Zimbabwe. Along the way join thrilling wildlife safaris, absorb colourful colonial and tribal history and marvel at the ever-changing landscapes, from dramatic peaks and fertile plains to lush forests. Finish in Victoria Falls, where the mighty Zambezi river divides Zimbabwe and Zambia with its thundering falls.

Day 7: Swaziland (eSwatini) This morning depart in vehicles from Mpaka to discover the beauty of the tiny kingdom of Swaziland. Take in the spectacular views of the Ezulwini valley and the Komati river and visit the Swazi market. Rejoin the train in Kaapmuiden and depart for Hoedspruit in Limpopo. (B, D)

This rail journey features...  Pre-rail 4-star boutique accommodation in Pretoria

 Post-rail 5-star accommodation in The Victoria Falls Hotel

 1 1 nights aboard the stylish Shongololo Express train

 14 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 11 dinners  Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades  Guided off-train excursions as specified  Entrance fees & porterage Special experiences  Insight into the history of Pretoria & Soweto township

 Wildlife drives in Kruger National Park, Kapama Game Reserve & Hwange National Park  Evening cruise on the Zambezi river  Visit Hoedspruit Endangered Species Centre

Area map

Dining aboard the Shongololo Express

Day 1: Fly to Johannesburg (N) Day 2: Johannesburg • Pretoria Early morning arrival in Johannesburg and transfer to Pretoria. Overnight at the charming 131 on Herbert Baker (or similar). Afternoon tour of Constitution Hill and the downtown area for an insight into South Africa’s turbulent history and Johannesburg’s bustling district of Braamfontein. Cross the Nelson Mandela Bridge and enjoy a spectacular view of Johannesburg’s skyline. (N) Day 3: Pretoria Check in at Rovos Rail station before taking a tour of Pretoria. Discover the city’s main highlights and visit Soweto township, transformed from the apartheid era into a vibrant, energetic hub. In the afternoon join the Shongololo Express train in a Gold cabin* for an 11-night journey through some of Africa’s most picturesque landscapes. (B, D) Day 4: Panorama Route Full-day panoramic tour of Pilgrim’s Rest, Bourke’s Luck potholes and God’s Window for sweeping views of the lowveld. Rejoin the train in Nelspruit and continue on to Malelane. (B, D) Day 5: Kruger National Park Full-day wildlife viewing in the world-renowned Kruger National Park, home to the Big Five as well as cheetahs, hippos and wild dogs. In the afternoon, depart for Mozambique. (B, D) Day 6: Maputo Wake up in Mozambique and take a tour

Rail Journey • From £5,995

Day 8: Kapama Game Reserve Morning wildlife drive in Kapama Game Reserve, South Africa, followed by a visit to the Hoedspruit Endangered Species Centre. The centre focuses on the conservation of rare, vulnerable or endangered animals with particular emphasis on cheetahs. Return to the train for lunch as it departs for Tzaneen with an overnight stop at Louis Trichardt. (B, L, D) Day 9: On board the train A day on board the train as you travel north to Oreti in Zimbabwe. (B, L, D) Day 10: Great Zimbabwe Monument Drive to the Great Zimbabwe Monument, a Unesco world heritage site. This is the largest ancient structure south of the Sahara and second only to the Pyramids of Egypt in size and grandeur. (B, D) Day 11: Antelope Park Full-day at Antelope Park. Optional extras include canoeing, wildlife drives, horseback wildlife viewing and a birdwatching cruise. Upon return to the train, depart for Bulawayo. (B, D) Day 12: Matobo National Park Full-day tour of Matobo National Park with its dramatic hills and rock formations. Visit the grave of Cecil John Rhodes as well as Bushmen caves hidden among the hills. Continue on to Kennedy. (B, D) Day 13: Hwange National Park Full-day wildlife viewing in Hwange National Park, the largest wildlife reserve in Zimbabwe and known for its prolific elephant, lion and wild dog population. (B, D) Day 14: Victoria Falls Disembark this morning at the Victoria Falls station. Stay 2 nights at the landmark Victoria Falls Hotel (Standard room†). Morning walking tour of the falls. Evening sunset cruise on the Zambezi. (B)

XXXXXXXXXX

Herd of elephants, Hwange Nationial Park

Day 15: Victoria Falls Day at leisure. Optional activities include a scenic helicopter flight over the falls. Enjoy high tea at The Victoria Falls Hotel. (B) Days 16-17: Fly home via Johannesburg Transfer to the airport and fly home via Johannesburg. Arrive the next day. (B) (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Extensions Recommended extensions include staying an extra night at Victoria Falls, or in Chobe or Hwange National Parks.

Important information Non-exclusive activities: While on board the train, all transfers and excursions are operated as a group with other passengers who may or may not be Cox & Kings clients. Itinerary: The Shongololo Express offers the itinerary in reverse without any changes to the content of the tour. Please check the itinerary when you board the train as this is subject to change at the discretion of the operator. As the train uses the national railway facilities of Zimbabwe, South Africa, Swaziland (eSwatini) and Mozambique, there is the possibility

that the train could be delayed, stopped or rerouted at any time. Daily activities could therefore be shortened, altered or cancelled. *

abin upgrade: Upgrade to an Emerald cabin C from £795 (twin / double) or £415 (single).

†

oom upgrade: Upgrade to a Stable wing R Signature room at The Victoria Falls Hotel from £235 per person, or £465 single supplement.

Overnight journeys: The train travels overnight between towns, allowing more time to see the sights in each destination. Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards or flight options, or to tailor this itinerary, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/ make-an-enquiry

the local culture and go on wildlife safaris. A member of Rovos Rail, the air-conditioned carriages accommodate 72 guests in two categories of simple yet comfortable en suite cabins. Gold cabins are 7 square metres with a bedroom and en suite bathroom (toilet, basin & shower) while Emerald cabins are 10 square metres with a bedroom, small sitting area and en suite bathroom (toilet, basin & shower). The train itself is of 3-star superior quality but, akin with Rovos, the train offers 5-star levels of service. Guests can relax in the bar car, the lounge or watch the panoramic vistas pass by from the open-air balcony of the observation car at the back of the train. The two dining cars serve dishes that draw inspiration from Africa, accompanied by a selection of fine South African wines.

Guideline prices for 2019-20

The train

The ‘Southern Cross Adventure’ is just one of three rail journeys on the Shongololo Express through some of Africa’s most culturally rich regions and areas of outstanding natural beauty. The ‘Dune Express’ journey travels to the west coast at Walvis Bay in Namibia, while the ‘Good Hope’ itinerary combines key sites for both golfers and non-golfers away from the main tourist trail. Named after the millipede, with its long cylindrical body, the Shongololo Express is a comfortable way to see the sights, experience

Tour code: LOO

Low season from £5,995 Guide price months: Jun – Aug High season from £6,320 Guide price months: Sep – Oct Single supplement: £1,990 The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (11 Dec – 4 Jan)

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA

The Blue Train Since 1946, the distinctive blue carriages of The Blue Train have transported travellers between Cape Town and Pretoria in style. This world-renowned train sets superb standards in luxury travel, with a graceful butler service – a truly outstanding travel experience. In 2019, The Blue Train will increase the time passengers spend on the train to 2 nights on board, allowing extra time to enjoy the elegant interiors fitted with rich fabrics, birch panelling and Italian marble. In the classic 1920s-style dining car, fine South African wines accompany gourmet cuisine. By day, your cabin is a private compartment with comfortable chairs; while you dine, your personal butler will transform

your suite into a luxury bedroom.

The Route Pretoria to Cape Town (or vice versa) 3 Days & 2 Nights full board from £1,150

This classic 1,600-km journey from Pretoria to Cape Town travels across the Karoo desert with ever-changing scenery flashing past the windows.

Luxury suite, Blue Train

The Suites From an elegant and relaxing lounge during the day, both the Deluxe (4 x 2 metres) and Luxury (5.13 x 2 metres) suites transform into a subtly lit bedroom at night. They both feature air conditioning, under-floor heating, opulent marble and gold-fitted bathrooms and complimentary Wi-Fi. The Luxury suites have elegant bathtubs and a digital entertainment system with a selection of CDs and DVDs.

Observation car, Blue Train

The Lounges The Blue Train has two convivial lounge spaces. The Club Car has the feel of a wood-panelled gentlemen’s club where a Cuban cigar, a drink, a book from the library or a game of backgammon or chess can be enjoyed. The Lounge Car is an ideal venue to enjoy afternoon tea, or an after-dinner glass of wine while watching the changing countryside views framed by large windows. The Blue Train

XXXXXXXXXX

The Blue Train and Table Mountain

A suggested itinerary...

The Cape, The Blue Train & Kruger National Park 11 Days & 8 Nights from £5,455 This luxury private journey combines some of Cape Town’s most spectacular sights with two nights on the world-renowned The Blue Train. Explore Pretoria, South Africa’s political capital, before flying to Lion Sands River Lodge in the Sabi Sands, then to the Kruger National Park, where Big Five wildlife viewing is some of the best on the African continent. Day 1: Fly to Cape Town (N) Day 2: Cape Town Arrive in Cape Town and meet your driver / guide. Take a short orientation tour of Cape Town and ascend Table Mountain. Stay 3 nights at Camps Bay Manor. (N) Day 3: Cape Town Full-day tour of the Cape Peninsula. Travel along spectacular coastal roads to the Cape of Good Hope and return via the penguin

colony at Simon’s Town and Kirstenbosch Botanical Garden. (B) Day 4: Cape Winelands Optional half-day tour of the Cape Winelands, travelling through the vineyard-filled valleys of Stellenbosch and Paarl. There will be two wine tastings and a cellar tour. (B) Days 5 & 6: The Blue Train to Pretoria Board The Blue Train for the 2-night journey from Cape Town to Pretoria. Pass though Matjiesfontein, with its Victorian buildings and 19th-century London lamp posts, then stop for a 2.5-hour excursion to the diamond museum in Kimberley. The Big Hole is the largest hand dug excavation in the world. The train continues to Pretoria. (B, L, D) Day 7: Pretoria Arrive into Pretoria station. Take a half-day tour of the city including Afrikaner history at the Voortrekker Monument, the central prison, which housed the gallows, Paul Kruger House Museum, Melrose House and Church Square. The Union Buildings offer a spectacular view of the city from their beautiful grounds. Transfer to Castello di Monte for 1 night. (B)

Day 8: Fly to Kruger National Park Fly to Skukuza airstrip on SA Airlink and transfer to Lion Sands Narina Lodge for 2 nights. Wildlife drives and guided bush walks are available. (B, D) Day 9: Kruger National Park Morning and afternoon wildlife activities. (B, L, D) Day 10: Fly home Morning wildlife drive. Transfer to Skukuza airstrip and fly home. (B, L) Day 11: Morning arrival. (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £5,455 (May – Aug) High season from: £5,765 (Oct – 14 Nov) Tour code: LUE

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • TOUR

South Africa: Cape to Kruger Duration • 15 Days & 12 Nights Category • Superior This group tour features…  4-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions (see pages 44-45), room & flight upgrades available

 Small group size – maximum 22 people

Group Tour • From £4,395 South Africa provides a wealth of spectacular sights and experiences. Start with the charm of the Western Cape, the world-renowned South African Winelands and explore the scenically beautiful Overberg region. Fly to Kruger for a safari in the heart of the renowned Kruger National Park. Stop off in Johannesburg and explore both old and new aspects of this vibrant city.

 International & internal flights  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour managers  12 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 5 dinners  Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports & stations

Weather Cape Town J F M A M J J A S O N D A 25 25 24 22 19 17 17 17 18 20 22 24 B 15 15 14 12 10 8 8 8 9 10 12 14 C 32 31 43 82 136 189 164 163 96 61 40 43

Kruger National Park J F M A M J J A S O N D A 34 33 32 30 28 26 26 28 30 30 32 33 B 22 21 20 17 12 8 9 11 14 17 19 21 C 81 62 38 30 10 6 7 9 13 42 57 82

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

C&K Signature experiences  Stay in a private safari lodge in Kruger National Park

 Explore the Overberg & the southernmost tip of Africa

 Learn about South Africa’s turbulent history, including visits to Soweto township & the Apartheid Museum

Day 1: Fly to Cape Town Fly overnight from London (regional connections available) to Cape Town with British Airways. (N) Day 2: Cape Town Arrive into Cape Town and transfer to Cape Milner Hotel (or similar) for 4 nights in a sea-facing room. Spend the rest of the day at leisure or take optional excursions (see page 15 for suggestions). Welcome dinner at Gold restaurant. (D) Day 3: Cape Town Morning tour of Cape Town including an ascent up Table Mountain on the cable car (weather permitting), the Company Gardens, the South Africa Museum, the Castle of Good Hope and the flea market in Greenmarket Square. (B) Day 4: Cape Point & the Cape Peninsula Full-day tour of Cape Point and the peninsula. Travel along the Atlantic seaboard, stopping at lookout points. Continue to the Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve before lunch (payable locally). Continue to Simon’s Town with its Victorian architecture, naval base and home to a large penguin colony at Boulders beach. The final visit is to the Kirstenbosch Botanical Garden, renowned for its diversity of Cape flora. (B) Day 5: Cape Winelands Full-day tour of the Cape Winelands. Drive through mountain ranges, vineyards and Cape Dutch homesteads. Stops include Stellenbosch,

NEW TOU R Franschhoek, Paarl (time permitting) and a wine tasting. (B) Day 6: Barrydale • Swellendam Travel along Route 62. Stop at the town of Barrydale, surrounded by the Langeberg mountain range, for lunch (payable locally). Continue to Swellendam and check in to Schoone Oordt (or similar) for an overnight stay. (B, D) Day 7: De Hoop Nature Reserve • Arniston Morning visit to the De Hoop Nature Reserve for some hiking or whale watching (Jul – Nov). Beach picnic lunch (payable locally) while spotting whales and pelagic birds. Continue to the southernmost tip of Africa and stay at the Arniston Hotel / De Hoop (or similar) for 2 nights. (B) Day 8: Arniston Day at leisure or optional activities such as a marine boat cruise, or coastal hikes. You can also visit the nearby Shipwreck Museum. (B) Day 9: Hermanus • Stellenbosch Drive along the coastal route via Hermanus, Kleinmond and Walker Bay to Franschhoek, where you will overnight at Le Franschhoek Hotel (or similar). (B) Day 10: Fly to Kruger Transfer to Cape Town airport and fly directly into Kruger National Park. You will be met and taken on a short wildlife drive. Transfer to a private concession within the park and check in to Imbali Lodge (or similar) for 3 nights. (B, L, D) Day 11: Kruger National Park Morning and afternoon wildlife drives in search of the Big Five. (B, L, D) Day 12: Kruger National Park Morning and afternoon wildlife drives or opt to do a full-day Panorama Route tour (not included). (B, L, D) Day 13: Fly to Johannesburg Final morning drive in Kruger National Park. Fly from Skukuza to Johannesburg. Arrive in the afternoon and transfer to the Michaelangelo Hotel (or simiar) for 1 night. Afternoon visit to the artistic Maboneng Precinct, the Ghandi Memorial and the Carlton Centre for a bird’seye view of Johannesburg. (B) Day 14: Johannesburg • Fly to London Morning at leisure to explore the shopping malls at Sandton. After lunch tour the Soweto township and visit several sites of historical importance including the Apartheid Museum, which tells the history of 20th-century South Africa. Late afternoon transfer to Johannesburg airport for your flight to London. (B)

XXXXXXXXXX

Leopard, Kruger National Park

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Day 15: London Early morning arrival. (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information Group tour manager: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a driver-guide from arrival in Cape Town. Extensions: Please see the recommended extension options on pages 44 and 45. Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards or flight options, or to tailor this itinerary, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/ make-an-enquiry

Group tour Low season from £4,395 Guide price month: May

Tour code: HHC

High season from £4,780 Guide price month: Nov

Single supplement from £995

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (11 Dec – 4 Jan)

British Airways flight upgrades World Traveller Plus from 535 return Club World from £3,645 return First Class from £4,400

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019 Out 19 Feb 19 11 Mar 19

Rtn 05 Mar 19 25 Mar 19

Out 11 May 19 04 Oct 19

Rtn 25 May 19 18 Oct 19

Out 21 Nov 19

Rtn 05 Dec 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • TOURS

South Africa: Cape to Kruger Tour Extensions

IMAGE

Winelands

IMAGE

Camps Bay, Cape Town at sunset

White lions, Sanbona Wildlife Reserve

Cape Town + tour 4 Days & 2 Nights from £265

Winelands + tour 4 Days & 2 Nights from £425

Sanbona Wildlife Reserve + tour 4 Days & 2 Nights from £1,185

Tour code: HHCCPT

Tour code: HHCWIN

Tour code: HHCSAN

Cape Town has one of the most spectacular city locations in the world, between the imposing Table Mountain and the vast Atlantic Ocean. Spend 2 nights at The Radisson Blu before the tour to explore the city’s many cafes, galleries, shops and restaurants.

Franschhoek is a small rural village in the heart of the Cape Winelands, known as the gourmet capital of South Africa. A 2-night stay at Last Word Franschhoek, located right in the heart of the town, means that a range of boutiques, restaurants and wine tasting options are all within easy walking distance.

Covering 54,000 hectares, Sanbona is one of the largest privately-owned wildlife reserves in South Africa and is within driving distance of Cape Town. The sheer expanse and stark beauty of Sabona is awe-inspiring; try to spot the Big Five and some of the only free selfsustaining white lions in the world.

Day 1: Fly to Cape Town Fly overnight to Cape Town. (N) Day 2: Cape Town Transfer to Cape Town and stay for 2 nights at The Radisson Blu in a sea-facing room. Remainder of the day at leisure. (N) Day 3: Cape Town Day at leisure or optional excursions such as a trip to Robben Island, a helicopter tour over the city or a whale-watching tour (seasonal). See page 14 for other suggestions. (B) Day 4: Cape Town Join the group tour. (B)

Day 1: Fly to Cape Town Fly overnight to Cape Town. (N) Day 2: Franschhoek Transfer to Franschhoek and stay for 2 nights at Last Word Franschhoek. Remainder of the day at leisure. (N) Day 3: Franschhoek Day at leisure or optional excursions. Spa treatments are available at additional cost. (B) Day 4: Cape Town Transfer to Cape Town and join the group tour. (B)

Day 1: Fly to Cape Town Fly overnight to Cape Town. (N) Day 2: Sanbona Transfer to Sanbona Wildlife Reserve and stay 2 nights at Tilney Manor / Gondwana Lodge. Afternoon safari activity. Activities include safari drives, nature walks, rock art visits and stargazing. Spa treatments are optional extras. (N) Day 3: Sanbona Morning and afternoon wildlife activities. (B, L, D) Day 4: Cape Town Morning safari drive. After lunch, transfer to Cape Town and join the group tour. (B, L)

TOURS • SOUTH AFRICA

IMAGE

Elephants, Chobe National Park, Botswana

IMAGE

Grand Bay, Mauritius

Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe

Tour + Victoria Falls 5 Days & 3 Nights from £875

Tour + Victoria Falls & Chobe National Park 7 Days & 5 Nights from £1,995

Tour + Mauritius 7 Days & 6 Nights from £1,295

Tour code: HHCVFA

Tour code: HHCVFC

Tour code: HHCMRU

Combine Victoria Falls with the spectacular wildlife of Chobe in Botswana, home to southern Africa’s largest elephant herds.

This extension provides a relaxing end to your tour, with an opportunity to enjoy the white sandy beaches and turquoise waters of Mauritius. With only 91 suites, Sands Resort & Spa prides itself on offering a personal service to all its guests. All suites are seafacing, with either a balcony or terrace.

Day 15: Fly to Victoria Falls Transfer to the airport and fly to Victoria Falls. Transfer to Ilala Lodge Hotel for 3 nights. (B) Days 16-17: Victoria Falls Explore Victoria Falls (Zimbabwe side), spend time at leisure or take optional excursions (see page 81 for suggestions). We recommend a sunset dinner cruise on the Zambezi. Day 18: Fly to London via Johannesburg Transfer to the airport and fly to London, via Johannesburg. Day 19: London Early morning arrival. (N)

Day 15: Fly to Victoria Falls Transfer to the airport and fly to Livingstone. Transfer to Waterberry Zambezi Lodge for 3 nights. (B) Days 16-17: Livingstone Explore Livingstone (Zambian side of Victoria Falls). Spend time at leisure or take optional excursions (see page 81 for suggestions). (B) Day 18: Chobe Drive to Muchenje Safari Lodge in Botswana for a 2-night stay. Afternoon safari drive. (B, L, D) Day 19: Chobe Wildlife viewing. (B, L, D) Day 20: Fly to London via Johannesburg Transfer to Livingstone. Fly to London via Johannesburg with British Airways. (B) Day 21: London Early morning arrival. (N)

Day 15: Fly to Johannesburg Late morning transfer to the airport and fly to Johannesburg. Stay overnight at the Peermont Mondior. (B) Days 16-20: Fly to Mauritius Fly to Mauritius and stay at Sands Resort & Spa for 5 nights. (B, D) Day 21: Fly to London Morning transfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • TOUR

South African Odyssey Duration • 16 Days & 13 Nights Category • Standard This group tour features…  3- & 4-star accommodation  Flexible – room & flight upgrades available

 Small group size – maximum 25  Guaranteed departures for a

Non-exclusive Group Tour • From £3,345 This tour is the perfect introduction to South Africa, encompassing many of its highlights. Track the Big Five in Kruger National Park, drive along the famed Garden Route to Cape Town and explore the cultural heritage of Zululand. The tour also explores the coastal province of KwaZulu-Natal and includes a stay in the Kingdom of Swaziland, now called eSwatini.

minimum of 2 people

 International flights with British Airways

Special experiences

 Internal flights as specified

 Open vehicle wildlife drives in Kruger

 Experienced local tour manager  13 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 3 dinners  Welcome drink to meet the group & guide

 Guided sightseeing & entrance fees

 Interactive Cape Malay theatre dinner  Swazi culture craft market  Knysna Heads escapade

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 25 25 24 22 19 17 17 17 18 20 22 24 B 15 15 14 12 10 8 8 8 9 10 12 14 C 32 31 43 82 136 189 164 163 96 61 40 43

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

MAP

Day 7: Swaziland • Zululand Continue south and cross the border back into South Africa, pass traditional huts and rolling hills of Zululand. Optional afternoon wildlife drive in an open safari vehicle in the famed Hluhluwe-Umfolozi Game Reserve, renowned for its conservation of black and white rhino and other flora and fauna. Overnight at Hluhluwe Anew Hotel (or similar). (B)

Day 1: Fly to Johannesburg Overnight flight from London (regional connections available) to Johannesburg, with British Airways. (N) Day 2: Johannesburg Arrive in Johannesburg and transfer to Protea Hotel Wanderers for 1 night. Optional sightseeing tours, excursions or shopping trips, or simply relax at your hotel. Welcome drink in the evening to meet your fellow travellers. (N)

Day 9: Fly to Port Elizabeth • Knysna Fly to Port Elizabeth then explore the indigenous Tsitsikamma forest and visit the spectacular Storms river mouth (weather permitting). Stay 2 nights at The Rex Hotel, set on the banks of a beautiful lagoon in Knysna. (B, D)

Day 3: Pretoria • Mpumalanga A brief orientation tour of South Africa’s capital city, Pretoria. Continue to the Lowveld, passing the historic towns of Lydenburg and Dullstroom via the Long Tom Pass. Arrive late afternoon into Hazyview, the safari hub of the Kruger National Park and stay 3 nights at Perry’s Bridge Hollow. (B)

Day 10: Knysna Start the day with a lagoon cruise to the Featherbed Nature Reserve and take a trailer ride to the top of the Western Head for expansive views of the town, lagoon and ocean. Return to your hotel for lunch and a leisurely afternoon to explore this charming town. (B, L)

Day 4: Panorama Route Early departure to drive the Panorama Route with views of the Blyde river canyon, taking in the Three Rondavels, Bourke’s Luck Potholes and God’s Window. Return to your hotel in the early afternoon to relax at leisure or join an optional afternoon wildlife drive (payable locally). (B)

Day 11: Knysna • Oudtshoorn Travel through the Outeniqua Pass to the ‘ostrich capital’ of Oudtshoorn. Take a guided tour of a working ostrich farm, followed by lunch. Continue to the limestone caverns at the Cango Caves. Late afternoon arrival at Hlangana Lodge for a 1-night stay. (B, L)

Day 5: Kruger National Park Open vehicle safari through Kruger National Park to track the Big Five, see prolific birdlife and a host of other wildlife. Return to your hotel in the afternoon to rest or join an optional afternoon wildlife drive (payable locally). (B)

Day 6: Mpumalanga • Swaziland (eSwatini) Drive from Kruger to the Kingdom of Swaziland (eSwatini), within the borders of South Africa. An interactive cultural experience displays the charm of the Swazi people and their rich traditions. Travel via the capital city, Mbabane, to the Ezulwini valley and visit a craft market. Overnight at Royal Swazi Sun. (B, L, D)

Day 8: Zululand • Umhlanga Morning cruise on Lake St Lucia (weather dependent). Drive towards Durban, passing traditional Zulu kraals, eucalyptus plantations and sugarcane fields. Afternoon at leisure to enjoy the golden beaches of the Indian Ocean. Overnight at Protea Hotel Umhlanga. (B)

 Porterage at airports & stations

Weather Cape Town

NEW TOU R

Day 12: Oudtshoorn • Cape Town Optional early morning excursion to observe meerkats as they emerge out of their burrows to bask in the sun (weather permitting). Drive through the Karoo, Barrydale and the picturesque spa town of Montagu. Continue to Cape Town and check in for a 3-night stay at President Hotel. (B)

XXXXXXXXXX

Rhinoceros, Kruger National Park

Day 13: Cape Town A full day at leisure to explore the city or waterfront at your own pace. Optional excursions include a helicopter ride, visit Robben Island or laze on the beach at Camps Bay. Dinner will be at a lively venue as you sample Cape Malay cuisine and hear tales of the people of the Cape. (B, D) Day 14: Cape Town Full-day tour of the Cape Peninsula, following the scenic coastal paths from Sea Point through Hout Bay and on to Cape Point, where the Atlantic and Indian oceans meet. Return via the fishing village of Fish Hoek, Muizenberg and Simon's Town to visit the penguin colony at Boulders Beach (entrance fee payable locally). (B) Day 15: Cape Town • Fly to London via Johannesburg Morning at leisure for some final shopping or sightseeing. Afternoon transfer to the airport for your overnight flight home, via Johannesburg. (B) Day 16: London Morning arrival. (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information Non-exclusive group tour: This tour is operated on a non-exclusive basis, therefore passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Departures: This tour has multiple monthly departures departing from London on a Saturday evening. Guided group safari starts on Day 3 (Monday).

This tour passes through Swaziland (eSwatini), please check requirements as certain nationalities many need a visa prior to arrival at the border. (British passport holders do not require a visa).

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Group tour Low season from £3,345 Guide price months: Jul – Aug

Tour code: AFO

High season from £3,585 Guide price months: Nov – Apr

Single supplement from £415

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices.

British Airways flight upgrades World Traveller Plus from £875 return Club World from £3,845 return First Class from £4,695 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please call 0202 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2019 Out (Sat) 05 Jan 19 12 Jan 19 19 Jan 19 26 Jan 19 02 Feb 19 09 Feb 19 16 Feb 19 23 Feb 19 02 Mar 19 09 Mar 19 16 Mar 19 23 Mar 19 30 Mar 19

Rtn (Sun) 20 Jan 19 27 Jan 19 03 Feb 19 10 Feb 19 17 Feb 19 24 Feb 19 03 Mar 19 10 Mar 19 17 Mar 19 24 Mar 19 31 Mar 19 07 Apr 19 14 Apr 19

Out (Sat) Rtn (Sun) 06 Apr 19 21 Apr 19 13 Apr 19 28 Apr 19 20 Apr 19 05 May 19 27 Apr 19 12 May 19 04 May 19 19 May 19 11 May 19 26 May 19 18 May 19 02 Jun 19 25 May 19 09 Jun 19 01 Jun 19 16 Jun 19 08 Jun 19 23 Jun 19 15 Jun 19 30 Jun 19 22 Jun 19 07 Jul 19 29 Jun 19 14 Jul 19

Out (Sat) 06 Jul 19 13 Jul 19 20 Jul 19 27 Jul 19 03 Aug 19 10 Aug 19 17 Aug 19 24 Aug 19 31 Aug 19 07 Sep 19 14 Sep 19 21 Sep 19 28 Sep 19

Rtn (Sun) 21 Jul 19 28 Jul 19 04 Aug 19 11 Aug 19 18 Aug 19 25 Aug 19 01 Sep 19 08 Sep 19 15 Sep 19 22 Sep 19 29 Sep 19 06 Oct 19 13 Oct 19

Out (Sat) 05 Oct 19 12 Oct 19 19 Oct 19 26 Oct 19 02 Nov 19 09 Nov 19 16 Nov 19 23 Nov 19 30 Nov 19 07 Dec 19 14 Dec 19

Rtn (Sun) 20 Oct 19 27 Oct 19 03 Nov 19 10 Nov 19 17 Nov 19 24 Nov 19 01 Dec 19 08 Dec 19 15 Dec 19 22 Dec 19 29 Dec 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

SOUTH AFRICA • SOLO TRAVELLERS TOUR

Splendours of South Africa Duration • 14 Days & 11 Nights Category • Standard

Solo

Group Tour • From £4,045

This goup tour features…  Twin / double rooms for single use

in quality hotels

 Flexible – room & flight upgrades available

IMAGE BOX

 Average group size – 10 people

(max 18)

 International flights with British Airways  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour manager  11 breakfasts, 6 lunches, 11 dinners  Welcome drink to meet the group

Vineyard, Stellenbosch

& guide

 Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports

Weather Cape Town

Join a group of like-minded solo travellers on this journey to South Africa. Fully escorted by an expert local guide, your group will explore the highlights of this fascinating country, spotting Big Five wildlife in the Eastern Cape, driving some of the most scenic parts of the Garden Route, exploring Oudtshoorn’s Cango caves, sampling some of the best wine and cuisine along Route 62 and finishing in the cosmopolitan city of Cape Town.

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 25 25 24 22 19 17 17 17 18 20 22 24 B 15 15 14 12 10 8 8 8 9 10 12 14 C 32 31 43 82 136 189 164 163 96 61 40 43

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

C&K Signature experiences  Big Five wildlife safari in Amakhala Private Game Reserve

 Wine tasting along South Africa’s premier wine route

Area map

 Ferry ride to Knysna Heads  Cable car ascent of Table Mountain  Dinner at Gold Restaurant including a

14-course menu & interactive drumming experience

MAP

Amakhala Safari Lodge and stay 2 nights. Afternoon at leisure. Welcome dinner in the evening. (L, D) Day 3: Amakhala Game Reserve Morning and afternoon wildlife drives spotting the Big Five. (B, L, D) Day 4: Tsitsikamma National Park • Plettenberg Bay Morning wildlife drive. Drive to Plettenberg Bay via Tsitsikamma National Park, known for its indigenous forests and dramatic coastline. Vineyard lunch stop. Overnight at The Old Rectory. (B, L, D) Day 5: Knysna Drive the short distance to Knysna. Morning cruise to the Knysna Heads on the John Benn, a classic boat named after a legendary pilot. Lunch and nature walk in Featherbed Nature Reserve. Check in to Belvidere Manor / The Rex Hotel for 2 nights. (B, L, D) Day 6: Knysna A day at leisure for you to relax at the hotel or take some optional activities or beach walks. Dinner will be at a local restaurant. (B, D)

Day 1: Fly to Port Elizabeth via Johannesburg Fly overnight from London (regional connections available) to Port Elizabeth via Johannesburg with British Airways. (N)

Day 7: Oudtshoorn Morning drive to Oudtshoorn, ‘the feather capital of the world’. Visit a working ostrich farm, including a guided tour and lunch. Continue to Surval Boutique Olive Estate (or similar) and overnight. Afternoon tour through the olive groves with tasting paired with wine. (B, L, D)

Day 2: Amakhala Game Reserve Arrive into Port Elizabeth and transfer to

Day 8: Robertson • Stellenbosch Early morning optional meerkat adventure,

XXXXXXXXXX

Cheetah, Amakhala Game Reserve

accompanied by an expert (from £55). After breakfast, take a morning guided tour of Cango caves, one of Africa’s most spectacular natural rock formations. Its vast caverns are adorned with beautiful and delicate stalagmites and stalactites. Continue along Route 62, a scenic route that leads through the Karoo. Stop at the quirky town of Barrydale for lunch at Karoo Art Hotel. After lunch (payable locally) drive to Stellenbosch, stay 2 nights at Oude Werf Hotel / De Zalze (or similar). (B, D)

along the Atlantic seaboard passing authentic fishing villages and pretty seaside suburbs of Camps Bay and Hout Bay. Continue to the southernmost tip of the peninsula and visit Cape Point, returning via the penguin colony at the old British naval base in Simon’s Town and Kirstenbosch botanical gardens. Farewell dinner at Gold Restaurant with a 14-course Cape Malay and African menu accompanied by a unique interactive drumming experience. (B, D)

Day 9: Cape Winelands Full-day tour of the Cape Winelands. Drive through mountain ranges, vineyards and Cape Dutch homesteads between the golden triangle of Stellenbosch, Franschhoek and Paarl. Land Rover wine tasting safari at Warwick Wine Estate, tasting ‘Big Five’ grape varieties. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Fly to London Day at leisure to explore Cape Town or take optional excursions. Evening transfer to the airport and fly to London with British Airways. (B)

Day 10: Cape Town Morning guided walk in Stellenbosch and village museum. Transfer to the Southern Sun Waterfront (or similar) for 3 nights. Afternoon at leisure. (B, D) Day 11: Cape Town Morning cable car ascent to the top of Table Mountain (weather permitting). Afternoon at leisure for exploration of the waterfront area or take an optional excursion to Robben island (from £30) where Nelson Mandela was imprisoned for three decades. Dinner in a local home in the Bo-Kaap neighbourhood, tasting authentic Cape Malay cookery. (B, D) Day 12: Cape Town Full-day tour of the Cape Peninsula. Drive

Day 14: Arrive in London Early morning arrival. (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Group tour Low season from £4,045 Guide price month: Aug

Tour code: ZRS

High season from £4,635 Guide price months: Oct – Feb

British Airways flight upgrades World Traveller Plus from £875 return Club World from £3,845 return First Class from £4,695

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

The guideline tour prices are all per person in UK pounds, based on single occupancy of a twin / double room. For current prices for all departure dates, including special offers when applicable, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk. All prices are subject to availability.

Departure dates for 2019-20 Out 09 Jan 19 06 Feb 19

Rtn 22 Jan 19 19 Feb 19

Out 22 Aug 19 02 Oct 19

Rtn 04 Sep 19 15 Oct 19

Out 13 Nov 19

Rtn 26 Nov 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

XXXXXXXXXX

IMAGE BOX

Namibia Group tours • Tailor-made travel • Self-drive One of the world’s least densely populated countries, Namibia contains the world’s most ancient desert, highest sand dunes and second largest canyon. It is a ruggedly beautiful country of ever-changing colours with fascinating indigenous San and Himba culture. About 44% of Namibia is under some form of conservation and, as a result, there is a unique range of wildlife to see here. The most popular way to get around is by road, either with your own private driver-guide or on a self-drive basis. Self-drive itineraries are a liberating, flexible and cost-effective way to discover Namibia at your own pace. Namibians drive on the left-hand side and, although 80% of the country’s roads are gravel, regular grading generally keeps them in good condition. However, we strongly advise against driving after dusk. If you only have a little time available, or prefer the ease of travelling by air, consider a fly-safari by light aircraft. The aerial views over Namibia are breathtaking.

52 56

Discover Namibia Southern Namibia Northern Namibia

Small group & private tours 58 Namibia Family Explorer • Self-drive 60 Namibia & South Africa: Windhoek to Cape Town • Self-drive 62 Ultimate Namibia • Non-exclusive group 64 Namibia: Untouched Wilderness • Group, private or self-drive 66 Tour extensions 85 Four Countries Safari • Private 55 59 67

Places to stay – our suggestions Southern Namibia hotels & lodges Damaraland lodges & camps Other Namibia hotels & lodges

Climate

The most pleasant weather is between April and October, when temperatures are cooler and there is very little rainfall. The coastal region near Swakopmund is noticeably cooler than the desert interior throughout the year. Wildlife viewing is good year round but is at its best during the drier winter months, when wildlife congregates at the waterholes.

Image left: Hartebeest, Namibia

Windhoek

Swakopmund

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 30 29 27 26 23 20 21 23 27 29 30 31

A 22 23 22 21 21 20 20 18 18 19 20 22

B 17 17 16 13 9

8 12 14 16 17

B 16 16 16 14 12 11 10 10 11 12 14 15

C 73 85 85 33 6

C 2 3 6 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1

12 25 34

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

NAMIBIA

Discover Southern Namibia NamibRand Nature Reserve Scenic wildlife drives • Hike through spectacular scenery The NamibRand Reserve, south of Sossusvlei’s giant sand dunes, is the largest privately owned nature reserve in southern Africa and one of unparalleled beauty and diversity, inhabited by oryx, springbok, ostriches, cheetahs and aardwolfs, to name just a few. The dunes seem redder than at Sossusvlei and the mysterious ‘fairy circles’ bring an added mystery to the landscape. The NamibRand Nature Reserve was declared a Dark Sky Reserve in 2012. Not only that, it was also given gold status, which means that this area has the lowest levels of light pollution on the planet – ideal for stargazing. The Tok Tokkie Trails operate in the NamibRand Reserve. This is an exclusive, fully guided, 3-day walking trail (from £460 per person, sharing a twin room). On foot is arguably the best way to experience the smaller animals of the desert such as barking geckos, dancing spiders and the fog-basking Tok Tokkie beetles. Sleeping out in the open on a stretcher bed among the dunes is an extra special option. For comfort, your luggage will be transported from camp to camp.

NamibRand Nature Reserve

Windhoek

IMAGE

Take a tour of Katutura township • Try a steak at Joe’s Beerhouse Quiet, friendly and safe, Namibia’s neat little capital city, Windhoek, is situated within a large basin surrounded by pretty hills. Visitors usually stay for 1 night at the beginning or end of a trip to explore the local shops, go on a township tour or perhaps visit Namibia’s National Art Gallery. Windhoek has some excellent accommodation, from the traditional Hotel Heinitzburg, perched on a hill, to the contemporary Olive Exclusive All-Suite Hotel, a luxurious sanctuary that has taken accommodation to a new level in the capital. There is also a great range of small, intimate boutique hotels, including Hilltop House, Olive Grove Guest House and the new AM Weinberg.

Christchurch, Windhoek

NAMIBIA

IMAGE

Dead camelthorn trees, Deadvlei

Namib Naukluft National Park Breathtaking sunsets over Sossusvlei’s beautiful sand dunes • Take a hot air balloon flight over the desert The Namib-Naukluft Park is home to Sossusvlei, the giant red sand dunes for which Namibia is best known. The area is a photographer’s paradise and is easy to reach in your own hire car. Alternatively, all the park’s lodges offer a range of guided excursions, including an outstanding half-day trip to the dunes. We recommend staying in one of the private Kulala Wilderness Reserve lodges. These lodges have their own private gates to the park. Guided horse rides lasting several days can be booked from Desert Homestead Lodge and Desert Homestead Outpost.

IMAGE

Fairy Circles

The fairy circles of Namibia remain a mystery. They make bizarre circular patterns on the landscape, the inside of which is completely devoid of vegetation and often surrounded by a fringe of very tall grass. Theories put forward for their existence include radioactive soil, toxic proteins left by poisonous plants, and termites eating the seeds. However, tests do not really support any of these ideas. For now, the botanists are left with ‘fairies’ to explain this phenomenon.

IMAGE

Fish River Canyon

House in the ghost town of Kolmanskop, Lüderitz

Lüderitz & Kolmanskop

Fish River Canyon

Boat trips to Halifax • Wild horses in the Namib desert

Guided hiking into the canyon • Scenic sunset drives

Historic Lüderitz is a sleepy German town with beautiful buildings and can be included in a southern tour of Namibia. Take a trip to the ghost town of Kolmanskop, reclaimed by shifting sands, or visit the peninsula where Portuguese explorer Bartolomeu Dias stood to become the first European in southern Africa. We recommend a 2-night stay at Nest Hotel, which has views overlooking Lüderitz bay and the Atlantic Ocean. Alternatively, stay outside Lüderitz at Klein-Aus Vista and search for the wild feral Namib horses or take a gentle hike.

The Fish River Canyon in the far south of Namibia is the world’s second largest canyon. We recommend a 3-night stay at Fish River Lodge on the western side of the canyon and inside the 45,000-hectare Canyon Nature Park. This is the only lodge on the very edge of the canyon and has some stunning lookout points. Take 1- to 5-day hikes and 4x4 drives through the canyon, as well as along the spectacular lookout points on the canyon edge. Please note that hikes are only available from May to September.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

XXXXXXXXXX

Cape fur seals, Cape Cross

Swakopmund & Walvis Bay Catamaran cruise • Visit Sandwich Harbour Swakopmund is a quaint Germanic town that spreads outwards from the mouth of the Swakop river and into the surrounding desert. It has pretty palm-lined avenues, immaculate historic buildings, good shops and plenty of places to stay and eat. Walvis Bay (meaning ‘Whale Bay’) is more spaced out than Swakopmund and slightly lacking in character. However, it is a springboard for some excellent desert trips. A couple of hours’ drive north of Swakopmund is Cape Cross, home to 200,000 Cape fur seals and worth a day trip.

Pelicans, Walvis Bay

C&K Recommends... Living Deserts tour

The scenic panoramic drive across the dunes between Walvis Bay and Swakopmund holds an abundance of life. Geckos, rolling spiders, scorpions, lizards, snakes, chameleons and skinks are some of the creatures that may be found on this fascinating trip. Price from £50 per person • 5 hours Pelican Point kayaking tour Take a gentle kayaking trip around Pelican Point. Cape fur seals, dolphins, flocks of gulls and cormorants may be spotted. No prior kayaking experience is needed as the lagoon water is very flat. Price from £50 per person • 4 hours Walvis catamaran cruise Search for the marine Big Five – whales, dolphins, mola mola (bone fish), leatherback turtles and seals – on a cruise past the oil rigs and ships of Walvis Bay out to the lighthouse at Pelican Point. Fresh oysters, sparkling wine or tea and coffee are served. Price from £50 per person • 3 hours Coastline near Swakopmund

ACCOMMODATION • NAMIBIA

Southern Namibia Hotels & Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

The Olive Exclusive All-Suite Hotel, Windhoek

&Beyond Sossusvlei Desert Lodge, near Sossusvlei

Desert Homestead Outpost, near Sossusvlei

Features:

The Olive Exclusive All-Suite Hotel is a luxurious sanctuary that achieves elegance alongside a comfortable lack of formality. The walls are clad in abstract Namibian landscapes, the style is natural and contemporary, and there is an eco-friendly approach with exceptional attention to personal service. The restaurant’s outdoor terrace is a delightful spot for alfresco dining and relaxation.

7 suites with fireplaces, spacious decks, daybeds & private plunge pools, restaurant, Wi-Fi.

Superior

Wolvedans Dune Lodge, NamibRand Reserve

Perched on top of a dune plateau deep inside the NamibRand Reserve, one of the most beautiful private reserves in Namibia, is Wolvedans Dune Lodge. Each chalet has canvas blinds that open up to spectacular desert views. The food, the guiding, the desert scenery and wildlife are all outstanding.

Features:

9 chalets on stilts with private verandas, 2 lounges, 2 dining rooms, several decks, fireplace, swimming pool with dune views.

This remote lodge, an hour’s drive south of Sossusvlei, overlooks dunes, endless horizons and stony outcrops. Accommodation is in villas made of stone and glass, each with a cosy fireplace, outdoor shower and skylight above the bed for late night stargazing. Sit on your private veranda taking in the view, stargaze through the observatory’s telescope or take a guided hike through the reserve in search of desert wildlife.

10 air-conditioned villas, dining room, swimming pool, in-room massages.

Superior

Desert Homestead Outpost is located on a 7,000-hectare reserve at the base of a mountain, looking out over the Naukluft mountains. Accommodation is in cottages with thatched roofs that offer stunning views across the surrounding landscape. The main lodge is perfect for relaxation and it is possible to sight cheetahs roaming through the surrounding grasslands from the viewing deck.

12 rooms with private shaded sun decks, lounge, restaurant, bar, outdoor swimming pool, Wi-Fi.

Good standard

Fish River Lodge, Fish River Canyon

Cornerstone Guest House, Swakopmund

Features:

Set on the western side of Fish River Canyon inside the Canyon Nature Park, Fish River Lodge offers hiking (half day, full day and overnight) and 4x4 access into the canyon. This contemporary lodge was designed to reflect the beauty of its location. The stone chalets all feature outdoor decks overlooking the canyon and a sleep-out platform for stargazing.

20 chalets with indoor & outdoor showers, dining room, swimming pool, trained masseuse.

Cornerstone Guest House is small and friendly, in a quiet corner of Swakopmund’s old town near the marine museum, the old brewery and a few minutes walk to the Atlantic Ocean and some of Swakopmund’s best cafes, restaurants and shops. Cornerstone also has three selfcatering apartments nearby, ideal for a family group or friends travelling together.

7 rooms, 2 of which can house a family of 4, each with a small patio, dining room.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

NAMIBIA

Discover Northern Namibia Damaraland (Kunene) Twyfelfontein rock art site • Rare desert elephants The name Damaraland is derived from the local Damara people but the area has been officially renamed the Kunene region. This rugged landscape, with huge granite boulders adorned by a wealth of Bushman rock art, is also home to elusive desert-adapted elephants and black rhinos. There are a number of interesting geological sites worth a visit, including the petrified forest, Burnt Mountain and the Organ Pipes. For an adventure, try a 2- or 3-night mobile camping safari (fully serviced) in the breathtaking Palmwag Concession area. Stay in dome tents and dine alfresco under the stars. Twyfelfontein rock art, Damaraland

IMAGE

Elephant, Etosha National Park

Cheetah, Okonjima Game Reserve

Etosha National Park

Okonjima Game Reserve

Explore the park on self-drives • Waterholes that attract large groups of wildlife

Leopard & cheetah radio tracking • Bushman Walking trails • Learn about the AfriCat Foundation

Etosha, meaning ‘great white place’, is mostly covered by a silverywhite chalk that shimmers in the heat, referred to as the Etosha Pan. Waterholes and natural springs dot the southern edge of the pan and act as a magnet for large herds of animals, especially during the dry season. Large family groups of elephants, giraffes, kudus, gemsbok, springbok, zebras, impala and elands are common, as are good numbers of lions, leopards and cheetahs. The black and white rhino may also be seen. To explore Etosha you can either self-drive from camps inside the park or enjoy both self-drive and guided trips from one of the private reserves outside the park gates.

Situated halfway between the capital Windhoek and Etosha National Park is the 22,250-hectare Okonjima Game Reserve. Okonjima is a family-run business and home to The AfriCat Foundation, which has rescued and rehabilitated more than 1,000 carnivores, especially cheetahs and leopards, with 86% released back into the wild. Today, AfriCat’s emphasis lies with environmental education and research, and mitigating human-wildlife conflict. Activities include leopard and cheetah radio-tracking in 4x4 vehicles, radio-tracking of rehabilitated spotted hyenas on foot, walking Bushman trails and the chance to learn more about the AfriCat Foundation’s crucial work.

C&K Recommends... Tracking black rhinos on foot

In the Palmwag Concession, the conservation of the black rhino has been made a priority. Using Desert Rhino Camp as a base, and accompanied by experts from Save the Rhino Trust, it is possible to spend a few hours tracking black rhinos. If found, the rhino is likely to be wandering alone in his territory, perhaps foraging for food. It is a thrilling experience to watch the behaviour of these huge beasts in their natural habitat. 2 nights at Rhino Camp from £780 (fully inclusive)

Etendeka’s crystal walk Etendeka (meaning ‘layered mountain’) is one of Namibia’s communal conservancies. While this 50,000-hectare wildlife area is protected, local communities have the rights to make use of it. Explore the stunning scenery and wildlife on foot and in open vehicles with Bonnie and Dennis, extremely knowledgeable guides who can be quizzed on anything from animal spoor to the basalt mountains and their colourful quartz crystals. This is well combined with a wildlife drive and drinks at sunset. 2 nights at Etendeka Mountain Camp from £455 (fully inclusive)

NAMIBIA

Skeleton Coast & the Kunene Rugged coastline & shipwrecks • Visit a Himba village The remote north-west of Namibia is known as the Kunene. There is very little wildlife here but it contains some of the most dramatic scenery in Namibia, including the Skeleton Coast National Park. The southern section of this stark coastline can be driven along but requires a fly-safari to explore the northern, more remote region of the park. We recommend a 5-day & 4-night stay between the new Shipwreck Lodge and Hoanib Valley Camp, where you can explore remains of shipwrecks, geological rock formations and rare desert wildlife at these remote camps. Learn about giraffe conservation efforts and have an opportunity to interact with the nomadic Himba people.

The Caprivi Strip Visit the Popa Falls • Fishing & boat cruises Often likened to Botswana’s Chobe National Park 15 years ago, the Caprivi Strip runs east along the top of Botswana and ends near Livingstone in Zambia. Lush vegetation supports an array of wildlife including elephants, buffaloes, lions, hippos and crocodiles, which mostly live in the Caprivi’s five protected areas: Popa Falls Reserve and Mudumu, Mamili, Mahango and Bwabwata national parks. This area is densely populated so you will come across many local scenes en route. We recommend a one-way drive from Windhoek to Livingstone, via Etosha and the Caprivi Strip or vice versa.

Woman from the Himba tribe, Namibia © Jonathan Fitzsimmonds

C&K Recommends... Meet the San Bushmen & Himba people

The San have inhabited southern Africa for at least 30,000 years and Twyfelfontein has the highest concentration of San rock art in southern Africa. Traditionally San women gathered edible plants while the men hunted but this way of life is under pressure from commercial farming and mining. Authentic and interactive visits with local San communities can be organised from Fiume Lodge, close to Grootfontein or Nhoma Safari Camp, near Tsumkwe. The Himba are a tribe of nomadic pastoralists who inhabit the Kunene area of Namibia. The Himba rub their bodies with red ochre and fat to protect themselves from the sun, which also gives their appearance a rich red colour. Stay at lodges such as Kunene River Lodge, Okahirongo River Camp or Serra Cafema, which have taken time to build up relationships with these communities; often there is a guide who works for the lodge who comes from the local village. Popa Falls, Caprivi Strip

A suggested itinerary...

Northern Namibia Explorer 14 Days & 11 Nights from £4,295 This diverse self-drive adventure travels through some of the most dramatic scenery in northern Namibia. Wildlife viewing is central to this itinerary, finishing with an opportunity to see Okonjima’s big cats at close quarters. Days 1-2: Fly to Windhoek via Johannesburg Fly to Windhoek via Johannesburg. Arrive the next day and pick up your hire car. Overnight at Olive Grove Guest House. (N) Days 3-4: Damaraland Drive to Spitzkoppen in Damaraland and stay 2 nights at Spitzkoppen Lodge. Activities include hiking, birding, visiting Bushman rock art sites and horse riding. Brandberg Mountain, with the White Lady rock painting is also within striking distance. (B, D)

Days 5-6: Etendeka Concession Area Drive to Etendeka Concession Area. En route visit the Twyfelfontein rock art site set in an impressive granite boulder landscape. Stay 2 nights at Etendeka Mountain Camp. Activities include nature walks and drives, and the popular ‘crystal walk’. (B, L, D) Days 7-8: #Khoadi //Hoas Conservancy Drive south to the #Khoadi //Hoas Conservancy and stay 2 nights at Hobatere Lodge. Activities include wildlife drives (day and night) and bush walks. The 8,808 hectare concession area is home to a wide variety of wildlife including elephants, lions, leopards, cheetahs and nocturnal animals such as aardvarks. (B, L, D) Days 9-10: Etosha • Ongava Private Game Reserve Drive through the less explored western sector of Etosha National Park, stopping en route at the prolific waterholes. Enter the adjoining Ongava Private Game Reserve and stay 2 nights at Ongava Tented Camp. Activities include tracking rhinos on foot and wildlife drives. (B, L, D)

Days 11-12: Okonjima Drive south to Okonjima Plains Camp. Okonjima is home to a variety of animals rescued by the AfriCat Foundation. Activities include radio-tracking of leopards and cheetahs, walking Bushman trails and a chance to learn more about the AfriCat Foundation’s crucial work. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Fly to London via Johannesburg Drive south to Windhoek. Fly to London, via Johannesburg. (B) Arrive the next day. (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £4,295 (Jan – Jun) High season from: £4,825 (Oct & Dec) Tour code: NNE

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

NAMIBIA • FAMILY TOUR

Namibia Family Explorer Duration • 13 Days & 10 Nights Category • Superior

for a 2-night stay (two separate bungalows) set among red, granite boulders. (B, D)

Tour overview

Day 8: Damaraland Day at leisure. We recommend exploring some of Damaraland’s ancient geographical features such as the Twyfelfontein rock art, the Petrified Forest, Burnt Mountain and the Organ Pipes. (B)

Namibia is a wild country untouched by mass tourism yet offering a wide variety of activities and plenty of small guesthouses and lodges that cater for families. This self-drive tour visits the spectacular landscapes of the Namib desert and Damaraland as well as the remarkable wildlife of Etosha and Okonjima including rare black rhinos, Africa’s largest elephants and rescued animals at the AfriCat Foundation. Elephants, Etosha National Park

This family tour features...

Day 1: Fly to Windhoek (N)

 4-star accommodation  Car hire (Group W) Ford Ranger

Day 2: Windhoek Arrive and transfer to Olive Grove Guesthouse. Your hire car will be delivered this afternoon. The remainder of the day is at leisure. (N)

double cab 4x4

conditioned vehicle

 Private airport transfers in an air 9 breakfasts, 5 dinners  Car hire delivered & 2 spare tyres

provided

C&K Signature experiences  Travel on horseback through the desert & sleep out under the stars

 Kayak with the Walvis Bay seals  Visit Etosha National Park & its

elephants, some of the largest in Africa

 Stay on the 22,000-hectare Okonjima

Nature Reserve, home to the AfriCat Foundation

Area map

MAP

Day 3: Namib desert Drive to the Namib desert. Overnight at Desert Homestead Outpost (two Luxury rooms) in an incredible desert location. (B, D) Day 4: Namib desert Drive through the Sesriem Gate to the giant sand dunes of Sossusvlei, with a stop at the 30-metre-deep Sesriem canyon. This afternoon, meet your horse riding guide and ride out across the wide open plains to a desert camp for a sunset drink and dinner prepared on a crackling bushfire. (B, D) Day 5: Swakopmund After a delicious campfire breakfast, ride back to the lodge. Drive to Swakopmund and stay 2 nights at Cornerstone Guesthouse, a luxury, self-catering, three-bedroom apartment. Afternoon at leisure to explore the German town of Swakopmund. (B) Day 6: Swakopmund Morning guided kayaking tour to the remote Pelican Point peninsula. En route, pass the Walvis Bay wetlands with plenty of flamingoes and pelicans, as well as one of the largest salt mines in the world. While kayaking, look out for Cape Fur seals, bottlenose dolphins, black-backed jackals and even brown hyenas. Afternoon at leisure. (N) Day 7: Damaraland Travel inland to the heart of Damaraland with its rugged landscape. En route, perhaps take the hour-long scenic walk up to the White Lady rock painting tucked under a small overhang deep within Brandberg mountain, the highest mountain in Namibia. Continue to Camp Kipwe

Family Adventure

Self-drive Tour • From £2,995

Day 9: Etosha National Park Drive north towards Etosha National Park and stay 2 nights just outside the park at Etosha Village (two separate chalets). In the afternoon, we recommend a drive into Etosha National Park for some wildlife viewing. (B) Day 10: Etosha National Park Full-day wildlife drive in Etosha National Park, home to elephants, which are reputed to be the largest in Africa, as well as rare black rhinos. (B, D) Day 11: Okonjima Drive South to Okonjima, home to a variety of animals rescued by the AfriCat Foundation. Stay 1 night at The Plains Camp (two Standard rooms) and choose from a wide range of activities. (B, D) Days 12-13: Fly home via Johannesburg Morning wildlife activity. Drive to Windhoek to drop off your car hire and fly home via Johannesburg. Arrive the next day. (B) (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information National parks: Please note that park entry fees are payable locally. Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards, to discuss flight options or to tailor this itinerary, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Tour code: FAN

Low season from £2,995 Guide price months: Jan – Jun High season from £3,425 Guide price months: Jul – Nov The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

ACCOMMODATION • NAMIBIA

Damaraland Lodges & Camps This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

Mowani Mountain Camp, Damaraland

Shipwreck Lodge, Skeleton Coast

Grootberg Lodge, Grootberg Plateau

Tucked between the boulders, Mowani’s guestrooms look out across the warm, red, granitic valley. Walk a few minutes up to the top of the rocks for a spectacular mountain vista from the sunset cocktail bar. Activities include visits to the Twyfelfontein rock engravings, desert elephant and dune drives, nature walks or simply relax by the pool.

Shipwreck Lodge offers serene isolation amid the sweeping dunes of the Skeleton Coast. The lodge takes its name and design influence from shipwrecks that have been strewn along the rugged coastline. Accommodation is in comfortably furnished cabins and activities include wildlife drives to spot elusive desertdwelling elephants and lions, and visits to the Suiderkus and Karimona shipwrecks nearby.

Features:

13 rooms & 2 suites with open-air bathrooms & private decks, dining room, swimming pool, bar.

Superior

Spitzkoppen Lodge, Erongo

Located in the Erongo area in western Namibia, Spitzkoppen is a range of dramatic freestanding granite hills that rise out of the desert. Tucked among the hills is this remote yet stylish lodge, centred around an airy dining, lounge and bar area that opens onto the pool deck. 15 spacious chalets each have outside decking areas to enjoy the stunning surroundings. Due to its remoteness, stargazing opportunities are spectacular.

Features:

15 chalets, dining & lounge area, sunset deck & bar, pool, curio shop.

10 solar-powered cabins, restaurant, lounge, large open deck.

Superior

Grootberg Lodge, owned by the local community, is located in a private reserve. Set on the rim of the Grootberg plateau, the lodge has breathtaking panoramic views over the Klip river valley. Explore the pristine wilderness around Grootberg Lodge on foot or by vehicle. Elephant or rhino tracking activities are available and visits to a local Himba village are possible.

16 chalets, restaurant, lounge, bar, swimming pool, spacious veranda, Wi-Fi.

Good Standard

Desert Rhino Camp, Palmwag Concession

Etendeka Mountain Camp, Damaraland

Features:

Desert Rhino Camp lies among the minimalist beauty of the Palmwag Concession. With the largest free-roaming black rhino population in Africa, rhino tracking activities take place daily in conjunction with Save the Rhino Trust. There is also an abundance of arid-adapted wildlife in the region. Accommodation is in merustyle canvas tents with views to the Etendeka mountains.

8 tents, dining room, lounge, swimming pool, fire pit.

At the foot of the Grootberg mountains, Etendeka Mountain Camp is set amid dramatic scenery created by ancient lava flows. Simple, wholesome meals are prepared and enjoyed under the African skies. Guiding at Etendeka is outstanding and days consist of nature walks, drives and the famed ‘crystal walk’. Wildlife includes desert-adapted elephants and rhinos, Hartmann’s mountain zebras, oryx and kudus.

11 tents with open-air bucket-showers, lounge, dining room, bar, small plunge pool, Wi-Fi.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

NAMIBIA & SOUTH AFRICA • TOUR

Namibia & South Africa: Windhoek to Cape Town Duration • 18 Days & 15 Nights Category • Superior

Self-drive Tour • From £4,995

Tour overview This adventurous self-drive trip takes you south from Windhoek in Namibia to Cape Town in South Africa, stopping en route in a diverse range of breathtaking landscapes. Explore the towering redorange sand dunes of the Namib, the world’s oldest desert; visit the ghost town of Kolmanskop; and marvel at the sunset views over Fish River Canyon. Cross the border into South Africa and discover the vast open spaces and wildlife of Namaqualand and the Cederberg Wilderness Area before arriving in the fishing village of Paternoster and, finally, Cape Town.

This self-drive tour features:  4- & 5-star accommodation  Car hire (Group W) from Windhoek  Private arrival airport transfer in an air-conditioned vehicle

 All activities included at Bushmans Kloof, Cederberg Wilderness Area

C&K Signature experiences  Evening sunset drives in the Namib Naukluft National Park & Fish River Canyon  Wildlife drives from Bushmans Kloof in the Cederberg Wilderness Area  Experience an exceptional variety of scenery, from giant sand dunes & rocky wilderness to coastal fynbos & expanses of wildflowers (Aug – Sep)

Area map

MAP

Oryx among the wildflowers, Namaqaland

Day 1: Fly to Windhoek, Namibia Overnight flight from London to Windhoek, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic. (N) Day 2: Windhoek Arrive and transfer to Galton Guesthouse for 1 night. Your hire car will be delivered this afternoon. The remainder of the day is at leisure. (N) Days 3-4: Namib desert Drive to the Namib desert. Stay 2 nights at Hoodia Desert Lodge on the banks of the Tsauchab river, surrounded by majestic mountains. The following day take a drive through the Sesriem Gate to the giant sand dunes of Sossusvlei, with a stop at the 30-metre-deep Sesriem canyon. Evening sunset drive. (B, D) Days 5-6: Aus Drive to Aus. Stay 2 nights at Klein-Aus Vista (Eagle’s Nest Chalets). Optional activities here include hiking, nature drives and viewing the wild horses. The following day we recommend a morning visit to Kolmanskop, Namibia’s renowned ghost town, and a wander around Lüderitz in the afternoon. (B) Days 7-8: Fish River Canyon Drive to the spectacular Fish River Canyon, one of the world’s largest. Stay 2 nights at Fish River Lodge. Evening sunset drive. Following day at leisure or optional canyon drive or canyon hike run by the lodge. The canyon is deserted and is

home to a wide variety of wildlife and incredibly beautiful picnic spots. (B, D) Day 9: Namaqualand, South Africa Drive south to Naries Namakwa Retreat in Namaqualand, South Africa, just west of Springbok. Stay 2 nights. (B, D) Day 10: Namaqualand Self-drive through Namaqua National Park. Fields of wildflowers, (usually during August and September) star-studded nights, quiver trees and enormous granite outcrops are some of the memorable features of this area. (B, L, D) Days 11-12: Cederberg Wilderness Area Drive south to the Cederberg and stay 2 nights at Bushmans Kloof. Afternoon wildlife drive. The following day, choose from a variety of morning and afternoon activities including a visit to the Bushman rock art sites, a guided wildlife drive or nature walk, hiking, biking, canoeing, swimming or fly-fishing. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Paternoster Morning activity at Bushmans Kloof then drive to Paternoster, a sleepy white-washed fishing village on a bleak but beautiful part of the west coast. Stay 2 nights at Paternoster Dunes Boutique Guest House. Following day at leisure to browse the art galleries, stroll along the pristine white beach, go sea kayaking, walk among beautiful coastal fynbos or enjoy the magnificent wild flower displays in the spring (Aug – Sep). (B)

XXXXXXXXXX

Namib desert

Days 15-16: Cape Town Drive south to Cape Town and stay 2 nights at More Cape Cadogan. The remainder of your time here is at leisure (see pages 14-15 for optional excursions). (B) Days 17-18: Fly to London Day at leisure or optional excursions. Drive to Cape Town airport and drop off your hire car. Board your flight to London with British Airways, arriving the next day. (B) (N)

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards, to discuss flight options or to tailor this itinerary, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings. co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Tour code: WCT

Low season from £4,995 Guide price months: Jan – Jun High season from £5,345 Guide price months: Jul – Dec The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

NAMIBIA • TOUR

Ultimate Namibia Duration • 14 Days & 11 Nights Category • Standard

Non-exclusive Group Tour • From £4,495

NEW TOU R

This group tour features…  4-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

 Guaranteed departures for

minimum 2 people (maximum 7)

 International flights via

Johannesburg

 Travel in a custom-built 4x4 vehicle  Experienced local tour manager Rock art, Twyfelfontein, Damaraland

 11 breakfasts, 10 lunches, 9 dinners  Welcome drink to meet the group & guide

 Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports & stations Weather Windhoek

Namibia is a vast country, even by Africa's standards, covering an area approximately four times the size of the United Kingdom, but with a population of only 2 million. This tour encompasses the towering red dunes of the Namib desert, the German colonial town of Swakopmund and the remarkable wildlife of Etosha National Park.

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 30 29 27 26 23 20 21 23 27 29 30 31 B 17 17 16 13 9

8 12 14 16 17

C 73 85 85 33 6

12 25 34

Etosha

C&K Signature experiences  Specialised naturalist guide  Visit the Unesco world heritage site at Twyfelfontein

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 33 31 30 30 28 26 26 29 33 35 34 35 B 19 19 18 15 10 7

9 13 17 18 18

C 95 113 79 26 3

8 43 56

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

 Search for desert-adapted elephants in

ephemeral river systems

 Visit the AfriCat Foundation dedicated

to conserving Africa’s large cats.

MAP

Day 3: Windhoek • Sossusvlei Depart early in the morning for a long drive down the escarpment to the Namib desert. Stay 2 nights at Sossus Dune Lodge. Optional afternoon visit to Elim Dune or Sesriem Canyon. (B, L, D) Day 4: Sossusvlei Early morning excursion to the Namib Naukluft Park. Enjoy a 4x4 shuttle to the giant Sossusvlei

sand dunes and Deadvlei. Return to your lodge for a late lunch. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 5: Swakopmund • Dolphin Beach Optional sunrise balloon flight (from £455). Drive via Kuiseb canyon to the coastal town of Swakopmund. Stroll through this seaside resort town or along the beachfront before dinner in a seafood restaurant. Stay 2 nights at Cornerstone Guesthouse (or similar). (B, L, D) Day 6: Swakopmund Drive to Walvis Bay where you have the choice of a kayak activity or a boat cruise near Pelican Point. Refreshments will be served. Return to your guesthouse for an afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 7: Twyfelfontein • Damaraland Travel inland to Damaraland visiting Twyfelfontein rock engravings. Continue to Camp Kipwe (or similar) for 2 nights. (B, L, D) Day 8: Damaraland Morning drive along the ephemeral Aba Huab and Huab river valleys in search of rare desertadapted elephants. Picnic lunch in the shade of an ana tree. Afternoon nature walk with your guide or time at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 9: Etosha National Park Early departure via the Grootberg pass to visit a local semi-nomadic Himba settlement. Continue on to southern Etosha where you will overnight at Etosha Mountain Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D) Day 10: Etosha National Park Full-day wildlife viewing, making your way from Andersson’s Gate to Halali in the central section of the park. After lunch at Halali continue east towards Namutoni, exit the park before dusk and stay 2 nights at Onguma Tree Top Camp where you can enjoy wildlife at the floodlit waterhole. (B, L, D)

XXXXXXXXXX

Elephants, Etosha National Park

Day 11: Otjiwarongo Morning drive in the eastern sector of Etosha with a good chance to spot cheetahs. Return to the lodge for lunch before enjoying a drive on the private reserve in the afternoon, with a sunset drink overlooking Fischer’s Pan. (B, L, D) Day 12: Windhoek An early departure via Tsumeb to Okonjima’s AfriCat Foundation’s day centre*. Arrive in time for lunch before an informative drive and tour of the wildlife sanctuary. Continue to Windhoek for an overnight stay at the Villa Vista Guesthouse. (B, L) Days 13-14: Fly to London via Johannesburg Fly to London, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic, arriving the next day. (B) (N)

Important information Non-exclusive group tour: This tour has multiple monthly departures departing from London on a Sunday evening. Guided group safari starts on Day 3 (Tuesday). This is a nonexclusive tour, therefore other passengers may or may not be Cox & Kings clients.

* There will be no tracking of wild cats at Okonjima – should this be required, an overnight extension must be booked.

Accessibility: This tour involves some long, dusty drives over some rough terrain and is better suited to the hardier traveller. We recommend extending your stay to relax after your busy group tour.

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Group tour Low season from £4,495 Guide price months: Mar – Apr

Tour code: UTN

High season from £4,995 Guide price months: Jun – Dec

Single supplement from £675

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices.

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Virgin Atlantic flight upgrades Premium Economy from £1,045 return Upper Class from £3,575 return

Extension

Tour + Okonjima 2 Days & 1 Night from £660 4 Days & 2 Nights from £1,050 Tour code: UTNOKO

Extend your safari for an additional night or two at Okonjima, staying at Luxury Bush Camp. Gain a more in-depth insight into the work of the AfriCat Foundation, and track and observe cheetahs, leopards and other big cats in the wild.

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019-20 Out (Sun) 24 Mar 19 31 Mar 19 14 Apr 19 21 Apr 19 28 Apr 19

Rtn (Sat) 06 Apr 19 13 Apr 19 27 Apr 19 04 May 19 11 May 19

Out (Sun) 23 Jun 19 07 Jul 19 18 Aug 19 25 Aug 19 08 Sep 19

Rtn (Sat) 06 Jul 19 20 Jul 19 31 Aug 19 07 Sep 19 21 Sep 19

Out (Sun) 15 Sep 19 22 Sep 19 29 Sep 19 20 Oct 19 10 Nov 19

Rtn (Sat) 28 Sep 19 05 Oct 19 12 Oct 19 02 Nov 19 23 Nov 19

Out (Sun) 17 Nov 19 15 Dec 19 22 Dec 19

Rtn (Sat) 30 Nov 19 28 Dec 19 04 Jan 20

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

NAMIBIA • TOUR

Namibia: Untouched Wilderness Duration • 13 Days & 10 Nights Category • Standard

Group Tour • From £3,715 Private or Self-drive Tour • From £2,695 Namib desert. Stay 2 nights at The Desert Grace (or similar) in an incredible desert location. Optional afternoon nature drive. (B, D)

This group tour features…  3- & 4-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions (see p66),

Day 4: Sossusvlei Early morning drive to Sossusvlei and enjoy a 4x4 shuttle to the giant sand dunes and Deadvlei. Return to your lodge via the 30-metre-deep Sesriem canyon. Afternoon at leisure. (B, D)

room & flight upgrades available

 Average group size – 6 people (max 12)

 International flights via

Johannesburg

Day 5: Swakopmund • Dolphin Beach Early morning optional balloon safari (from £455). Drive via Namib Naukluft Park and Lunar Landscape to Swakopmund on the west coast, a seaside resort town with German architectural and cultural influences. Stay 2 nights at Bay View Resort (or similar). (B)

 Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour manager  10 breakfasts, 2 lunches, 8 dinners  Welcome drink to meet the group & guide

 Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports & stations

Leopard, Okonjima

Namibia is one of the world’s last great wilderness countries. This tour visits the magnificent sand dunes of the Namib desert and the German colonial town of Swakopmund before travelling inland to the national parks to spot rare and exotic wildlife.

Weather

Windhoek J F M A M J J A S O N D A 30 29 27 26 23 20 21 23 27 29 30 31 B 17 17 16 13 9

8 12 14 16 17

C 73 85 85 33 6

12 25 34

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

C&K Signature experiences  Desert stay to explore Namibia’s vast sand dunes

 Search for desert-adapted elephants in Damaraland

 Drive through Etosha’s less explored, remote western sector

Area map

 Leopard tracking at the AfriCat Foundation

MAP

Day 1: Fly to Windhoek via Johannesburg Overnight flight from London (regional connections available) to Windhoek, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic. (N) Day 2: Windhoek Early afternoon arrival. Orientation city tour to see Alte Feste (old fort) and Christuskirche. Transfer to Am Weinberg (or similar) for 1 night. (N) Day 3: Namib desert Depart in the morning for a long drive to the

Day 6: Swakopmund Day at leisure or optional excursion such as a catamaran cruise (from £50) or Living Desert tour (see page 54, from £50). This evening enjoy a Namibian braai (barbecue). (B, D) Day 7: Twyfelfontein • Damaraland Travel inland, to the heart of Damaraland, passing Brandberg, the highest mountain in Namibia. Continue to Grootberg Lodge (or similar) for 2 nights. En route, visit the prehistoric rock art at Twyfelfontein. (B, D) Day 8: Damaraland Morning drive in 4x4 vehicles in search of rare desert-adapted elephants. You may also see Hartman’s mountain zebras, giraffes, oryx, springbok and kudus. Afternoon at leisure to relax by the pool and take in this magical setting. (B, L, D) Day 9: Etosha National Park Drive north and enter Etosha via the Galton Gate. Drive through the remote western sector, stopping at waterholes en route. A vast white saltpan dominates the centre of the park and wildlife concentrates around the waterholes. Continue to Okaukuejo Rest Camp / Toshari Lodge (or similar), famous for its floodlit waterhole, for a 2-night stay. (B, L, D) Day 10: Etosha National Park Full-day wildlife drive in Etosha National Park, home to elephants, reputed to be the largest in Africa, as well as rare black rhinos. (B, D) Day 11: Otjiwarongo • AfriCat Foundation Drive south towards Otjiwarongo and continue to Okonjima Plains Camp* (or similar) where you will overnight and visit the AfriCat Foundation, home to orphaned and injured cheetahs. Afternoon leopard viewing activity.

XXXXXXXXXX

Oryx, Namib desert

There is an optional night drive on the reserve (payable locally). (B, D) Days 12-13: Fly to London via Johannesburg Morning wildlife drive in a 4x4 vehicle with an opportunity to track cheetahs. Drive to Windhoek and fly to London, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic, arriving the next day. (B) (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Accessibility: This tour involves some long, dusty drives over some rough terrain and is better suited to the hardier traveller. We recommend extending your stay to relax after your busy group tour.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately, either on a guided or self-drive basis, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Guideline prices for 2019-20

Tour code: NAM

Group tour Low season from £3,715 Guide price months: Feb – May

Private travel Low season from £5,195 Guide price month: Jun

Self-drive Low season from £2,695 Guide price month: Jun

High season from £3,830 Guide price month: Sep

High season from £5,290 Guide price months: Sep – Mar

High season from £3,195 Guide price months: Sep – Mar

Tour code: NAMCPT

Single supplement from £315

Single supplement from £425

On day 12, fly from Windhoek to Cape Town with Air Namibia. Stay 3 nights at Four Rosmead, an exclusive guesthouse. Explore the city or relax in the hotel’s pool and spa. If adding this extension, the outbound and inbound international flights will be with British Airways.

Virgin Atlantic flight upgrades Premium Economy from £1,065 return Upper Class from £3,495 return

Extension Tour + Cape Town 5 Days & 3 Nights from £695

Important information * Accommodation: Okonjima activities including leopard viewing and cheetah tracking are not available at any other hotel should Okonjima not be available.

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019-20 Out 16 Feb 19 11 May 19 18 Jun 19

Rtn 28 Feb 19 23 May 19 30 Jun 19

Out 05 Sep 19 30 Sep 19 18 Nov 19

Rtn 17 Sep 19 12 Oct 19 30 Nov 19

Out 07 Feb 20 17 Mar 20

Rtn 16 Feb 20 26 Mar 20

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

NAMIBIA • TOURS

Untouched Wilderness Tour Extensions

IMAGE

Okavango Delta

Tour + Okavango Delta 6 Days & 4 Nights from £3,145

Tour + Okonjima 4 Days & 2 Nights from £935

Tour code: NAMOKV

Tour code: NAMOKO

The Okavango delta in northern Botswana is the perfect contrast to the dry desert of Namibia. The myriad waterways and vast floodplains are home to an array of wildlife.

Extend your tour with a stay at the Okonjima Plains Camp for an insight into the AfriCat Foundation and its work. The 22,000-hectare Okonjima Nature Reserve is situated halfway between Windhoek and Etosha National Park. The AfriCat Foundation is dedicated to the protection and long-term conservation of all large carnivores in Namibia. Since 1993 they have rescued, rehabilitated and released over 1,000 cheetahs into the wild. Guests have the opportunity to interact closely with cheetahs, leopards and hyenas.

Leopard, Okonjima Nature Reserve

Tour + Gocheganas Nature Reserve & Wellness Village 4 Days & 2 Nights from £475 Tour code: NAMGOC

Day 12: Fly to Johannesburg Travel to Windhoek, with the group tour, and fly to Johannesburg with British Airways. Transfer to Peermont Mondior for an overnight stay. (B) Day 13: Fly to the Okavango delta Transfer to the airport. Fly to Maun and take a light aircraft transfer to Shinde Camp*. Stay for 3 nights. (B, D) Days 14-15: Okavango delta Wildlife viewing on foot, by vehicle and mokoro (canoe). (B, L, D) Days 16-17: Fly to London via Maun & Johannesburg Morning wildlife activities before a light aircraft transfer to Maun. Fly to London, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic, arriving the next day. (B) (N) * Optional upgrades: Upgrades we recommend in the Okavango delta are Baines Camp (Luxury) and Little Vumbura (Luxury).

Days 12-13: Okonjima Stay 2 nights at the Okonjima Plains Camp. Activities include radio-tracking leopards and cheetahs in 4x4 vehicles, radio-tracking of rehabilitated spotted hyenas on foot, walking Bushman trails, and the chance to learn more about the AfriCat Foundation’s crucial work. (B, L, D) Day 14: Fly to London via Johannesburg Afternoon transfer to Windhoek and fly to London, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic. (B) Day 15: London Early morning arrival. (N)

Gocheganas is a luxury lodge just 29km south-east of Windhoek, offering a combined wildlife, nature and wellness experience. There are 16 private chalets with uninterrupted views of the surrounding countryside, 11 spa treatment rooms and heated indoor and outdoor pools. There are various treatment baths, a granite cave sauna, a gym, yoga sessions, facial and beauty treatments, and a fruit and juice bar. Also on offer are a range of outdoor massages, detox sessions, personal training and nutrition consultations. Days 12-13: Gocheganas Drive south to Gocheganas and stay 2 nights. Visitors can book a wildlife safari and treatments can be arranged at the lodge’s wellness village. (B, D) Day 14: Fly to London via Johannesburg Afternoon transfer to Windhoek and fly to London Heathrow, via Johannesburg, with Virgin Atlantic. (B) Day 15: London Early morning arrival. (N)

ACCOMMODATION • NAMIBIA

Namibia Hotels & Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

Mushara Outpost, Etosha National Park

Erongo Wilderness Lodge, Erongo Mountains

Onguma The Fort, Onguma Game Reserve

Features:

Mushara Outpost provides a stylish and comfortable bush experience on Etosha’s doorstep. Book guided wildlife drives into the park or self-drive within the park. The mess area is beautifully styled like an old farmhouse with a corrugated iron roof and a large wraparound veranda. One of the property’s key selling points is its old-fashioned hospitality and personalised service.

8 tents with air conditioning & shower, restaurant, lounge, pool, Wi-Fi.

Superior

Set among boulders and vegetation in a secluded valley, the large tents at Erongo Wilderness Lodge are accessed via a system of raised wooden walkways that are lit by lamps at night. The restaurant has panoramic views and overlooks a nearby waterhole. Explore the volcanic beauty of the Erongo mountains and make the most of the excellent birdwatching and walking.

10 tented chalets, restaurant with central fireplace, pool, deck, Wi-Fi.

Superior

Onguma The Fort, bordering Etosha National Park, with its evocative Moroccan decor, offers probably one of the best lodge sunset views in the whole of Namibia. Sit sipping a drink, feet dipped in the swimming pool and watch as varied wildlife visits the active waterhole. Activities include day and night wildlife drives, bush walks and black rhino conservation activities.

12 Bush suites & 1 Fort suite with outdoor shower & fireplace, restaurant, pool, Wi-Fi.

Superior

Okonjima Bush Camp, Okonjima Game Reserve

Ongava Lodge, Ongava Game Reserve

Nambwa Tented Lodge, Bwabwata National Park

Features:

Okonjima Bush Camp is situated in a wilderness area about 3km from Plains Camp. The chalets are very private, at least 80 metres apart, and the front of the canvas panelling can be rolled up for those who wish to feel close to nature. The camp’s lapa (gazebo) overlooks a waterhole. Okonjima is home to the AfriCat Foundation, known for its research and rehabilitation of cheetahs, leopards, lions, caracals and wild dogs.

8 chalets, 1 honeymoon suite, pool, curio shop, lounge, indoor and outdoor fireplaces, Wi-Fi.

Ongava Lodge is situated on its own private 30,000-hectare concession, along the boundary of Etosha National Park. The main area and rooms look across to an active waterhole where lions are regularly seen, providing a sense of excitement and intimacy with the environment. Track white rhinos on foot or take a day- or night-time wildlife drive with a specialist guide.

14 chalets, thatched dining area, small pool, deck.

Nambwa Tented Lodge enjoys a beautiful setting overlooking the floodplains of Kwando river, in the Mashi Conservancy of Bwabwata National Park. The luxury tented suites, built in the tree canopies, are reached via elevated walkways. Choose from a diverse range of activities including wildlife drives, boat cruises, bush walks, village visits, fishing and mokoro (dugout canoe) trips.

10 tented suites, pool, dining room, bar, fire pit and boma, viewing areas.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

XXXXXXXXXX

IMAGE BOX

Botswana Tailor-made travel • River cruises Approximately the same size as France but home to less than 2 million inhabitants, Botswana has an incredible diversity of eco-systems, reflected in its wide array of flora and fauna. About 40% of the country’s land area has been given over to national parks and private wildlife reserves, which remain totally unfenced. As a result, the wildlife roams freely through natural habitats, making Botswana one of Africa’s premier safari destinations. Camps and lodges are often only accessible by light aircraft, which fly low over magical landscapes ranging from the lush Okavango delta, Linyanti wetlands and Chobe river, which attracts huge herds of elephants, to the semi-arid Kalahari desert and the stark, white horizons of the Makgadikgadi saltpan, where meerkats, brown hyenas and honey badgers live. For pristine wilderness, high standard camps and superb rangers, Botswana is the ideal destination and will satisfy first time safari-goers and wildlife aficionados alike.

70 71 73 74 75

Discover Botswana The Okavango delta & Moremi Game Reserve Chobe National Park & Linyanti Central Kalahari Game Reserve & Makgadikgadi Pans National Park Mobile tented safaris Fly-in safaris

Private tour Four Countries Safari • Private

Places to stay - our suggestions Lodges, camps & cruisers

Climate

Image left: Leopard, Moremi Game Reserve, Botswana

The safari season in Botswana runs from April through to October. May, June and July are the winter months, marked by cloudless days and mild temperatures. In the delta, the floodwaters start to fill the countless lagoons and streams. The weather in August and September is comparable to spring in the northern hemisphere. Occasional rain showers come towards the end of October as the heat builds. At this time, wildlife viewing is excellent due to the lack of thick vegetation. November, early December and March are considered summer months, when you may encounter brief but heavy rain and thunderstorms. November and December continue to afford excellent wildlife viewing.

Maun

Kasane

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 32 32 31 30 28 25 26 29 32 34 34 33

A 32 31 32 31 30 27 27 30 34 35 34 32

B 20 19 19 16 11 8

7 10 15 19 20 20

B 21 20 20 18 14 11 10 13 17 21 21 21

C 113 104 62 26 4

C 158 133 80 17 1

17 49 86

22 63 151

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

BOTSWANA

Discover Botswana The Okavango Delta Safaris by mokoro (dugout canoe) • Helicopter over the delta The Okavango delta is the largest inland delta in the world, caused by annual rainfall in Angola that flows south to Botswana. From May to October, the floodwaters arrive in the delta, attracting animals from the scorched Kalahari desert and resulting in wildlife viewing that’s unrivalled in the rest of Africa. The area is packed full of Africa’s finest flora and fauna and has large populations of animals that are otherwise rare, such as crocodiles, sitatungas, elephants, red lechwe, wild dogs, buffaloes and wattled cranes, as well as the other more common mammals. Botswana has more than 570 bird species and the delta is a particularly good place to look for rare species such as the Pel’s fishing owl. Following the animals off-road, night drives, bush walks, motorboat safaris, mokoro rides, fishing and birdwatching are some of the wide range of activities available. If you stay at Sanctuary Baines’ Camp or Sanctuary Stanley’s Camp, it is even possible to interact with rescued elephants. The whole delta area is extremely seasonal. We often recommend a stay at an area of permanent water with some nights at a land-based camp where wildlife viewing is in traditional safari vehicles.

Moremi Game Reserve Botswana's top safari camps • High predator densities Moremi Game Reserve lies in the heart of the Okavango delta. Unfenced and surrounded by private concessions, it has been designated a protected area since 1962. Moremi has a good variety of habitats, from riverine and mopane forests to open savannas and shallow flooded lagoons. Wildlife viewing in the reserve is exceptional, especially on Chief’s island, where the well-known Mombo and Little Mombo camps are based. Because Moremi is a national park and not a private concession, walking and night safaris are not permitted. Elephants, Okavango Delta

A suggested itinerary...

Botswana’s Emerald Season 11 Days & 8 Nights from £6,085 As well as the pristine Okavango delta, this tour visits the lesser-known Central Kalahari Game Reserve, which comes alive in the Emerald Season. Day 1: Fly to Maun (N) Day 2: Central Kalahari Arrive in Maun. Scenic flight to the Central Kalahari. Stay at Tau Pan Camp for 3 nights.

Afternoon safari activity. (L, D) Days 3-4: Central Kalahari Safari activities. (B, L, D) Days 5-6: Fly to Okavango delta Fly by light aircraft to the Kwara Concession and spend 2 nights at Kwara Camp. Afternoon safari and safari activities the following day. (B, L, D) Day 7: Fly to Linyanti Light aircraft flight to Kwando Reserve. Stay 3 nights at Lebala Camp. Afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Days 8-9: Linyanti Safari activities. (B, L, D)

Days 10-11: Fly home (B, L) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £6,085 (Jan – Mar) High season from: £8,285 (Jul – Oct) Tour code: EME

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

BOTSWANA

IMAGE

Impala, Chobe National Park

Chobe National Park

Linyanti

Boat cruises along the Chobe river • 4x4 safaris

Walking safaris & night drives • Wild dog sightings

Within easy reach of Victoria Falls, Chobe National Park is celebrated for its huge elephant population, which concentrates on the Chobe riverfront in the dry season (May to October). The park is also well known for its large lion prides, especially in the Savute area, as well as great herds of buffalo and prolific birdlife.

Linyanti is divided into three first-rate private concessions – Linyanti, Kwando and Selinda. Similar to the Okavango delta, these areas offer a more private experience than the national parks, and both walking and night drives are allowed. The environment encompasses wooded areas, open plains, marshlands and floodplains, and, as a result, sustains a wide variety of wildlife.

Chobe is a busy park and lacks the exclusivity of the private concessions in the Okavango delta. However, our consultants will guide you towards selected camps that offer more isolation. Stay just outside the park in the Chobe Forest Reserve at the Muchenje Safari Lodge where walking safaris and night drives are offered in addition to boat cruises and 4x4 safaris. Alternatively, cross the Chobe river to Namibia and stay at Impalila, Ntwala or Chobe Savanna Lodge, all of which offer a greater feeling of remoteness. Floating lodges, such as the Zambezi Queen and the Chobe Princess fleet, provide an interesting added dimension to an itinerary.

IMAGE

Large buffalo herds, good wild dog sightings (especially at Lagoon and Lebala Camps), red lechwe, tsessebes, cheetahs, lions and leopards are all present in abundance, particularly during the drier months (May to October). The area features all types of camps, from the high-end Kings Pool and Zarafa Camps, to the more rustic Linyanti Bush Camp in the Chobe Enclave. Fly camping, canoeing, walking and horse riding are also available.

IMAGE

Hornbill, Chobe National Park

Lion, Linyanti

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

BOTSWANA

IMAGE

Mokoro boat, Okavango delta

C&K Recommends... Horse riding in the delta

Mokoro trips

Footsteps across the delta

Canoeing in the delta

With diverse and abundant wildlife, the Okavango delta is an outstanding area for horse riding. The area offers varied types of riding, from walking quietly while stalking wildlife and admiring birdlife, to cantering through the water meadows alongside giraffes and lechwe antelopes. We recommend both African Horseback Safaris (Macatoo Camp) and Ride Botswana with the renowned walking guide, David Foot.

Discover the wilds of the Okavango delta (from £1,285 per person fully inclusive) over 3 days & 2 nights, predominantly on foot or by mokoro. Led by a professional guide in a small group of two to six people, the daily walks are at a relaxed pace to allow time to immerse yourself, learn about tracking skills and view large mammals. This delta experience combines well with the luxuries offered at Shinde Camp. Available March to November.

A suggested itinerary...

A Journey from Botswana to Zimbabwe 12 Days & 9 Nights from £4,145 This itinerary provides a taste of wildlife viewing in Botswana and Zimbabwe. Day 1: Fly to Kasane (N) Day 2: Chobe National Park Transfer to Chobe Bush Lodge and stay 3 nights. Safari activities include wildlife drives and boat cruises. (B, L, D) Days 3-4: Chobe National Park Safari activities. (B, L, D)

One of the best ways of getting close to Okavango delta life is by mokoro. These canoes were traditionally made by digging out the trunk of a large, straight tree (although the modern mokoro is often made out of fibre-glass) and are propelled by a long pole, rather like punting. See the colourful markings of African reed frogs, elephants coming down to drink at the water’s edge, the busy clawless otter and countless lilies as you glide quietly by.

Spend 5 days & 4 nights on the Selinda Canoe Trail (from £3,440 per person, fully inclusive). Traverse the remote and pristine waterways of the Okavango delta, with impromptu bush walks accompanied by superb wildlife guides. This picturesque area revolves around the Selinda Spillway, which links the Okavango delta with Linyanti. Sleep under the stars in tents on secluded islands. Fixed-date trips run from May to September.

Days 5-6: Hwange National Park Cross into Zimbabwe and drive to Ivory Safari Lodge. Stay 2 nights. Afternoon safari. (B, L, D) Days 7-8: Hwange National Park Transfer further south to Bomani Tented Lodge and stay 2 nights. Activities include guided walks, wildlife drives and village visits. (B, L, D) Day 9: Victoria Falls (Zimbabwe side) Take the Elephant Express rail car to Dete, then by road to Amadeus Garden Guesthouse in Victoria Falls Town. Stay 2 nights. (B, D) Day 10: Victoria Falls At leisure or optional excursions (see page 81). (B)

Days 11-12: Fly home (B) Guideline Prices Low season from: £4,145 (Mar – Apr) High season from: £4,465 (May – Oct) Tour code: BTW

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

BOTSWANA

IMAGE

Bushmen, Kalahari

Central Kalahari Game Reserve Walk with the Bushmen • Seek out predators & unusual wildlife in the Emerald Season The Central Kalahari Game Reserve is the second largest wildlife reserve in the world and incredibly remote. The area is particularly outstanding in the Emerald Season (mid-December to early April), when it comes alive with lush expanses of thick bush and green grass, which overlay the rolling sand dunes. Unpredictable thunderstorms cross vast open skies and the crystal-clear stargazing is truly memorable. The increased vegetation attracts some unusual species, providing a great contrast to the Okavango delta. Black-maned lions, wild dogs, ostriches, springbok, gemsbok, giraffes and cheetahs are easier to spot than the brown hyenas and leopards. Bushmen have inhabited the land for thousands of years and most of the lodges offer a chance to explore the bush on foot with the San, learning about their culture and craft, hunting and survival skills. Staying overnight in a Bushman village is also possible. Tau Pan Camp and Kalahari Plains Camp are the only lodges within the park, while the high-quality Deception Valley Lodge sits just outside its borders.

Zebra, Makgadikgadi National Park

Makgadikgadi Pans National Park Vast emptiness of the saltpans • Meerkat & hyena sightings Surrounded by the Kalahari desert, the Makgadikgadi National Park is made up of several saltpans with sandy areas in between. The scenery is spectacular and very picturesque. The Makgadikgadi pan is the largest of the saltpans and all that remains of the former Lake Makgadikgadi, a vast lake that once covered an area larger than Switzerland. Visit Jack’s Camp or San Camp, or Camp Kalahari just outside the park between May and November for the classic pans experience. Activities focus on 4x4 nature drives, walks with the Bushmen, night drives, meerkat viewings and visits to archaeological sites. The smaller Nxai Pan reaches its prime in the wet season (December to April), with frequent sightings of cheetahs, brown hyenas and zebras. A visit to Baines’ Baobabs, named after the artist and adventurer who immortalised them on canvas more than 150 years ago, is also possible. The wet season brings a variety of migratory birds including waders, ibises, storks and flamingoes. The Boteti river forms the western border of the Makgadikgadi Pans National Park and is good both during the dry season, when animals funnel down to the river to drink, and during the wet season, when the wildebeest and zebra migrations can be viewed from pre-determined tracks. The best camp in the region is Meno A Kwena.

Endangered rhinos

Botswana has become the new home for a number of endangered rhinos, relocated from South Africa due to the increased threat of poaching. The exact location of the rhinos remains undisclosed as Botswana seeks to protect and conserve these unique animals. Makgadikgadi Pan

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

BOTSWANA

Discover Mobile Tented Safaris Before the days of permanent camps and lodges, the first African explorers used mobile camps. It was, and still is, an exciting way to immerse yourself in some of Africaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most spectacular wilderness. Accompanied by the same guide throughout, travel overland in a 4x4 safari vehicle, reaching remote areas where there are no permanent camps. These trips tend to be less expensive than fly-in safaris. Book on a scheduled trip or create your own private journey in a small group with friends or family. Children over 12 years old are welcome. The most popular journeys begin in the Okavango delta or Moremi Game Reserve, travel through the Chobe National Park and finish at Victoria Falls. It is also possible to incorporate a 2-night stay in a mobile camp as part of a lodge-based itinerary, too. Accommodation is in spacious tents with varying levels of luxury, depending upon the safari operator that you choose. All our trips are fully serviced with en suite tents.

Wild dogs

Uncharted Africa Mobile Camping tent

Meerkats

Uncharted Africa Mobile Camping Expeditions For a real adventure into the wilder parts of Botswana that many travellers bypass, Uncharted Africa offers mobile camping in style. You can expect large Meru-style tents complete with Persian rugs, cotton sheets and brass fittings reminiscent of safaris of old. All tents have private bathrooms with a separate toilet and hot bucket shower, which are set up and dismantled while you are out exploring with your expert guide. Opt to join a group departure with like-minded travellers or take a private mobile camping safari with friends or family, which can range between 3 and 9 nights. Choose between the Okavango Delta for water and wildlife, Central Kalahari Game Reserve for remote beauty at Deception Valley, learn about the Kalahari Bushmen or see the sacred rock art at Tsodilo Hills, a Unesco world heritage site. Combining a fly-in safari and a mobile camping trip is an ideal way to get to the heart of Botswana.

Gemsboks, Kalahari

XXXXXXXXXX

Kalahari lion

Letaka Tented Camp

Flight over the Okavango Delta

Letaka Safaris

Fly-in Safaris

Letaka Safaris is a locally owned safari company that offers the perfect balance between comfort and affordability. Operating in Botswana since 2000, Letaka provide a wide variety of scheduled trips ranging between 3 and 12 nights across the whole country. The safaris are accompanied by the same guide throughout, who will tailor the trip according to the interests of the group. With their close association with the Okavango Guiding School, Letaka put a high emphasis on the quality of their guides, who are all passionate about the regionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s wildlife.

The Okavango delta is truly majestic when seen from the air. Most of the camps are in remote floodplains on private concessions bordering the Chobe National Park and the Moremi Game Reserve. Access to these is by short light aircraft flights between the camps and the hubs of Maun or Kasane in the north. It is spectacular to see the sparkling water channels and wildlife paths of this rare inland Delta from above. Lodge staff will be waiting for you on arrival at the airstrip, who will then drive you the short distance to your camp or else transfer you by motorboat if you are staying at a water-based camp.

The tented accommodation is spacious and comfortable but not luxurious. Each walk-in tent has a large veranda, LED lighting, strong beds, an open-air bucket shower and a wooden toilet seat with a short drop. Vehicles have a fold-down windscreen and a fridge for cool drinks. There is a maximum of seven guests on each trip, ensuring a window seat at all times. Tasty three-course meals are ready and waiting for you on your arrival in camp.

These flights are on a shared basis and you may have a number of stops en route to your camp or destination. Itineraries are carefully arranged to co-ordinate connecting flights and onward arrangements. Private charters are available if you prefer to travel alone and go directly to your camp. Luggage is limited to 20kg per person in soft holdalls or duffel bags only. We suggest you pack lightly, as most camps include laundry services during your stay.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

BOTSWANA • ACCOMMODATION

Lodges, Camps & Cruisers This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Sanctuary Chobe Chilwero, Chobe National Park

Belmond Savute Elephant Lodge, Chobe National Park

Zambezi Queen, Chobe National Park

Features:

This riverside retreat offers peace and tranquillity in the Chobe area. Accommodation is in luxury river-view cottages while the main lodge has a pool deck and spa – a rarity in Botswana. The wraparound terrace looks across islands and floodplains to Namibia beyond the Chobe River. Each cottage has an indoor and outdoor shower, a freestanding bath and private garden.

15 cottages, river cruises, swimming pool, outdoor terrace, spa, air conditioning.

Superior

The Savute marsh is known for dramatic wildlife encounters as predators battle it out in this harsh environment. Belmond Savute Elephant Lodge is a stylish tented oasis that has been built entirely with sustainable materials and is located in a prime position overlooking the Savute channel. There is a viewing hide where you can watch elephants, hyenas and cheetahs at dusk or dawn.

12 luxury tents, air conditioning, private deck, swimming pool, boma.

Luxury

Moving along the banks of the Chobe river, the Zambezi Queen is a luxury houseboat offering unparalleled sophistication in one of the most remote locations. Luxurious suites, each with private balconies, allow for unobstructed views of the riverbanks and the landscape beyond. Water- and land-based activities include wildlife viewing and birdwatching on smaller boats and 4x4 wildlife drives.

14 suites, pool, dining room, bar, lounge area, reading room.

Superior

Hyena Pan, Khwai Private Reserve

Sanctuary Chief’s Camp, Moremi Game Reserve

Khwai Bush Camp,Eastern border of Moremi Game Reserve

Features:

Located in a peaceful, tranquil setting, this camp is raised on timber decks and looks out over a lily-filled lagoon that attracts large herds of elephants, buffaloes, lions, leopards and wild dogs, in addition to plentiful plains wildlife such as kudu, red lechwe and dainty antelope. A grove of cathedral mopane trees surrounds the characterful open-air camp, which is stylish in its simplicity.

8 tents, lounge, dining room, deck, boma, splash pool.

This camp is located on Chief's island in the Moremi Game Reserve, which is renowned for its unrivalled wildlife viewing. It offers sophisticated luxury suites, with private plunge pools and terraces for watching the wildlife pass by. There is also a pizza deck and a library, and the camp offers seasonal mokoro (canoe) excursions and wildlife drives in this pristine area.

10 bush pavilions & a luxury suite, private plunge pools, air conditioning, gym, children’s playroom.

Set on a grassy plain overlooking the Khwai river, with Moremi Game Reserve beyond, Khwai Bush Camp is one of the few stone and thatch lodges in the Okavango delta. Located in the Tsaro Concession, the lodge sits within a grove of sycamore and leadwood trees that are rich in birdlife. The diverse ecosystems of floodplains, lagoons, forests and grasslands offers consistent wildlife encounters all year round.

6 chalets, outdoor deck, lounge, bar, family friendly.

ACCOMMODATION • BOTSWANA

Luxury

Qorokwe, Okavango Delta

This chic, ecofriendly camp runs entirely on solar power and is committed to helping the local community. It combines a fresh contemporary style with a classic bush feel and has a stunning infinity pool overlooking the floodplain. The area near the Gomoti channel has a high concentration of predators such as lions, leopards, cheetahs and wild dogs as well as elephants and large herds of buffaloes.

Features:

9 tents, infinity pool, large deck, helicopter flights.

Superior

Luxury

Little Vumbura, Okavango Delta

Kings Pool Camp, Linyanti Wetlands

Features:

Designed to blend into its surroundings, Little Vumbura is an attractive tented camp surrounded by water and located to the north of Mombo in a private reserve bordering the Moremi Game Reserve. Each of the tents is shaded by the canopy of ancient Okavango forest. Access to the camp is by light aircraft and then either mokoro or a boat ride to the lodge.

6 tents, dining area, plunge pool, viewing deck overlooking the plains.

Superior

King’s Pool Camp is located in the Linyanti Wildlife Reserve and overlooks the oxbowshaped Kings Pool lagoon. Each of the tents has been designed to ensure comfort and privacy, while also offering all the atmosphere of a tented camp in Africa. Activities include day and night safari drives, guided walks and boat cruises along the Linyanti river (water levels allowing).

9 tents, dining room, bar, boma area, swimming pool.

Good Standard

Nxai Pan Camp, Nxai National Park

San Camp, Makgadikgadi Pans National Park

Tau Pan, Central Kalahari Game Reserve

Features:

Located on the western edge of the fossil pan from which the camp takes its name, Nxai Pan Camp has purpose-built desert chalets situated in the tree line facing the grasslands. Wildlife viewing is often possible from the deck of the camp’s own chalets and activities include wildlife drives in open 4x4 vehicles, historical tours to Baines’ Baobabs and guided walks.

9 tents, dining room, lounge area, viewing deck, swimming pool, library, curio shop.

San Camp is a truly remote camp that sits on its own concession on the edge of Makgadikgadi, which it shares with its sister property, Jack’s Camp. It is one of the most romantic camps in Africa. Outstanding guides accompany the wildlife drives, while the walks with the Bushmen offer a window into the past. Visiting the nearby habituated meerkats is another highlight.

6 meru-style tented rooms, ‘mess’ tent with dining room, yoga area.

Overlooking a permanent waterhole, Tau Pan Camp offers incredible views from the ridge of an ancient sand dune and the remote saltpan. The camp is a model for environmentally friendly practices, utilising solar power. Activities include safari drives, day trips to Deception Valley, stargazing, bush brunches on Tau Pan and nature walks with Bushman trackers.

9 rooms, outdoor dining area, bar, viewing deck, plunge pool.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

XXXXXXXXXX

IMAGE BOX

Zimbabwe, Zambia & Malawi

Zambia Malawi

Tailor-made travel

Zimbabwe

Zimbabwe has recently seen an unprecedented increase in visitor numbers. It is an extraordinary wildlife destination as well as a country with a fascinating history and breathtaking landscapes. Marvel at the thundering waters of the Victoria Falls, explore the gorges of the Eastern Highlands or get up close to Hwange National Park’s elephants. Zambia is the ultimate untamed safari destination, away from the tourist crowds. Walking safaris were pioneered in Zambia, giving the country a heritage of exceptional guiding. Malawi is one of Africa’s smallest countries and Lake Malawi accounts for much of its area. The diverse landscapes here have been shaped by the Great Rift Valley. Nowhere else in Africa can you go on safari, walk in the mountains, explore a tea estate and relax on a beach within such a short distance. Because of its excellent air connections, Malawi combines very well with Kenya, Ethiopia, Mozambique, South Africa and, most popularly, Zambia.

Discover Zimbabwe, Zambia & Malawi 80 Zimbabwe 86 Zambia 91 Malawi 81 Victoria Falls excursions from Zimbabwe & Zambia

Private tours 85 Four Countries Safari • Private 90 Zambia: The South Luangwa Valley • Private 84 89

Places to stay – our suggestions Zimbabwe hotels & camps Zambia hotels & camps

Climate

As near neighbours, Zimbabwe and Zambia have similar climates. The winter months between April and October are the best for safaris, although evening temperatures can sometimes drop close to freezing. Summers can be extremely hot between November and March, with higher rainfall. The Victoria Falls are at their most dramatic between March and May. Malawi has a varied geography and climate: the lowlands can be hot and humid, and the mountains cool and misty at any time of year. The most popular months are April to November, when temperatures are coolest and the lake is at its calmest.

Lusaka, Zambia

Image left: Lioness, Zimbabwe

Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe J F M A M J J A S O N D

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 31 30 31 30 28 26 26 29 33 34 33 31

A 26 26 28 26 25 23 23 26 29 31 29 27

B 20 19 18 16 11 8

7 10 15 19 20 20

B 17 17 16 15 11 10

9 11 14 18 17 17

C 171 140 76 20 3

C 216 180 85 30 4

20 64 163

16 90 199

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

ZIMBABWE

Discover Zimbabwe Hwange National Park Superb Big Five wildlife viewing • Excellent elephant & wild dog populations Located in the south-west of the country, Hwange National Park is Zimbabwe’s largest wildlife reserve, with vast tracts of Kalahari sandveld where teak and mopane woodlands are interspersed with saltpans and grassy plains. Wildlife here is prolific and population densities rank among the highest in Africa. There are more than 100 mammal species, including a population of up to 30,000 elephants. Birding is also excellent, with the wet season (December to March) providing excellent opportunities to see some of the 400 recorded species. Painted dogs, also known as African wild dogs, are unique to Africa and among the continent’s most endangered species. The Painted Dog Conservation Project in Hwange has been working for 20 years to protect this species. The visitor centre and trail system are well worth a visit. The Elephant Express train provides a scenic and fun way to travel to Hwange (if staying at Bomani Tented Lodge or Camelthorn Lodge). The journey takes a leisurely 2 hours and guests enjoy snacks or a light meal en route, in the old-world ambience of a spacious rail car with open windows. Also consider an overnight on Stimela Star.

MAP

Victoria Falls One of the Natural Wonders of the World • River cruises, microlight flights & more Victoria Falls forms the largest falling sheet of water in the world. Every minute up to half a million tonnes of the Zambezi river tumbles down into the deep gorges beneath. Also known by its local name Mosi-oaTunya, meaning ‘the smoke that thunders’, the falls form part of the border between Zambia and Zimbabwe, with the Zimbabwean side providing better views of the falls from its network of rainforest trails. From Zambezi river cruises to microlight flights, the falls are as much a place to relax as to be active. Nearby, Victoria Falls village offers an exciting ethnic shopping experience, where curios and speciality handicrafts are sold. See page 81 for information on the Zambian side of the falls.

Leopard, Hwange National Park

A suggested itinerary...

Best of the West 12 Days & 9 Nights from £4,495 This classic fly-in safari itinerary takes in west Zimbabwe’s most distinctive destinations. Day 1: Fly to Bulawayo (N) Day 2: Bulawayo Transfer to the Banff Lodge for 1 night. Afternoon at leisure or go on a historic pub crawl. (N) Day 3: Matobo Hills National Park Morning city tour in Bulawayo. Transfer to Matobo Hills National Park and stay 3 nights at Camp Amalinda. Afternoon safari activities. (B, D)

Days 4-5: Matobo Hills National Park Safari activities in Matobo Hills National Park including guided walks in search of endangered black rhinos. (B, L, D) Day 6: Hwange National Park Drive to Hwange National Park. Stay 3 nights at Khulu Ivory Lodge*, located on a 2,400-hectare private concession. The lodge overlooks an ancient riverbed and the waterhole attracts a wide variety of wildlife. Afternoon safari. (B, L, D) Days 7-8: Hwange National Park Safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 9: Fly to Victoria Falls Fly to Victoria Falls and stay 2 nights at The Victoria Falls Hotel. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursions. (B) Day 10: Victoria Falls Day at leisure or excursions in Victoria Falls. (B)

Days 11-12: Fly home (B) (N) Upgrade to Little Makalolo Camp available. Please ask one of our Africa experts for details.

Guideline Prices Low season from: £4,495 (Jan – Apr) High season from: £5,245 (Jul – Oct) Tour code: ZJC

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

ZIMBABWE

Victoria Falls Experiences Excursions available from Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe & Livingstone, Zambia.

Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe

Picnic lunch with elephants & elephant interaction

Zambezi Elephant Trails has established Zambia’s first ‘Elephant Encounter’. Begin with an introductory talk about the elephants and a short wildlife walk through the Mosi-Oa-Tunya National Park to a riverside lunch spot. Enjoy a riverside picnic while the elephants tuck into the surrounding vegetation. This is a wonderful opportunity to view elephants in their natural surroundings and take photographs. Each elephant is under the charge of an experienced handler. The Elephant Camp, on the Zimbabwean side, offers an excellent close interaction with wildlife, especially the elephants of the Wild Horizons Wildlife Sanctuary.

Livingstone Island lunch (Zambian side only)

Discovered by Dr David Livingstone in 1855, Livingstone island is located on the lip of Victoria Falls. From this spectacular vantage point, gaze upon the waters plunging more than 100 metres below while enjoying a buffet lunch. Due to water levels, this tour is only available from July to January.

Tour of the falls

See the magnificent falls on a 2-hour tour accompanied by a knowledgeable local guide and discover how they were formed. Walk along well-marked paths to many different viewing points for some wonderful vistas and photo opportunities. You can also learn about the local customs and traditions of the nearby communities.

Wildlife viewing near Victoria Falls

Chobe National Park in Botswana is easily accessible by road from Victoria Falls. Day trips can be organised which often begin with a cruise on the Chobe river, followed by lunch in a safari lodge. An afternoon safari drive will take you in search of big cats and large herds of elephants. You can be back in Victoria Falls by the late afternoon. If you are staying on the Zambian side of the falls, Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park offers safari drives and a chance to walk on foot to seek white rhinos. Alternatively, on the Zimbabwe side you can stay inside the Zambezi National Park, which is still within striking distance of the falls, and experience wildlife drives, a sunset cruise, canoeing and fishing.

Sunset cruises

End the day in Livingstone or Victoria Falls on a sunset cruise. During the cruise, you may see hippos and crocodiles as well as herds of elephants that come to the banks of the river to drink, wash and play. Cruise boats on the Zimbabwe side tend to be smaller than boats on the Zambian side. We recommend the Signature deck of the Zambezi Explorer, the top deck out of three (maximum 30 people), which offers elevated views and a premium level of service. For a different experience, try the Ra-Ikane, named after one of the guides who accompanied David Livingstone when he first set eyes upon ‘the smoke that thunders’. Handmade to resemble a turn of the century riverboat, Ra-Ikane is furnished with teak, brass fittings and club chairs to give a taste of Victorian splendour. With a maximum of only 12 passengers, this is a more intimate experience. Both the Zambezi Explorer and the Ra-Ikane operate on the Zimbabwean side of the falls.

Victoria Falls by air

Helicopter and microlight flights all offer a bird’s-eye view of the falls and spectacular photographic opportunities. You will be collected from your hotel and taken to the take-off point for a safety briefing before commencing your flight. Helicopters fly slower and lower than a fixed wing aircraft, while the microlight has an open cockpit for an exciting flight with the wind in your hair.

Wildlife conservation & awareness safari

Discover Safaris, in support of the Victoria Falls Anti Poaching Unit (VFAPU), has launched a safari in an effort to raise awareness of the wildlife conservation efforts that are taking place behind the scenes in the Zambezi National Park. The safari starts off with a presentation by a member of the Victoria Falls Anti Poaching Unit, then continue on a field trip into the Zambezi National Park where you will record wildlife sightings, identify spoor, sweep for wire snares and check for any signs of poaching. This safari provides a useful presence at ground level to deter various forms of poaching and also plays an important role in conservation efforts.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

ZIMBABWE

Lake Kariba & Matusadona National Park Excellent Big Five wildlife viewing • Exceptional birdlife In the late 1950s, the Kariba dam flooded much of the middle Zambezi valley and created Lake Kariba, the world’s largest man-made lake by volume. It covers an area of 5,580 sq km and the Kariba dam’s hydroelectric power station provides all the electricity for both Zambia and Zimbabwe. Before the lake existed, the Kariba gorge was home to thousands of native animals and the local Tonga people. During Operation Noah, a rescue operation that lasted 5 years, over 6,000 animals were rescued and relocated. Matusadona National Park was formed on the southern shore, where the majority of the valley’s wildlife is concentrated. Wildlife viewing is very good here with plenty of elephants, big herds of buffaloes, crocodiles, leopards and spotted hyenas. There are opportunities to track both black and white rhinos. A variety of safari lodges along the shoreline offer boat and canoe trips, as well as walks and drives. The lake is also a great place to watch the sun set.

Spotted hyena, Matusadona National Park

Mana Pools National Park Explore the Zambezi river by vehicle, foot, canoe or boat • Some of the best tiger fishing in Africa Mana Pools National Park lies at the heart of the Zambezi valley. The park’s landscape is full of character with an imposing escarpment, traces of river channels that stopped flowing years ago, and four main lakes after which the park is named (mana means ‘four’ in the local Shona language). These pools hold water all year round, drawing all manner of wildlife and waterfowl during the dry season. Wildlife viewing is excellent, with large concentrations of buffaloes and elephants along the river’s edges, while predators such as lions, wild dogs and leopards are often sighted. Kudus, zebras, impala and waterbuck feed on the surrounding plains. Birdlife is superb, for both woodland and riverine species. Yellow-billed storks, Mana Pools National Park

A suggested itinerary...

Zimbabwe’s Wild Side 12 Days & 9 Nights from £5,745 Discover the larger wildlife of Zimbabwe on this luxury fly-safari itinerary. Day 1: Fly to Victoria Falls (N) Day 2: Fly to Mana Pools Arrive and fly by light aircraft to Mana Pools. Stay 3 nights at Zambezi Expeditions. (L, D) Days 3-4: Mana Pools Safari activities including wildlife drives, guided walks, fishing and canoeing safaris. (B, L, D) Day 5: Fly to Hwange National Park Fly to Hwange National Park. Stay 3 nights

at Somalisa Camp. Its seven tents with gauze sliding doors provide guests with splendid savanna views and there is a natural waterhole in front of the camp, where wildlife congregate to drink. (B, L, D) Days 6-7: Hwange National Park Safari activities including day and night wildlife drives, guided walks and birdwatching. (B, L, D) Day 8: Victoria Falls Transfer to Victoria Falls and stay 3 nights at The Elephant Camp. Activities include meeting the Wild Horizon elephants and Sylvester the cheetah, drinks at sunset at Batoka gorge, a village tour, birding and nature walks, and a visit to the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust. (B, L, D)

Days 9-10: Victoria Falls At leisure or optional activities. (B, L, D) Days 11-12: Fly home (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £5,745 (Apr – Jun) High season from: £6,995 (Jul – Oct) Tour code: BAB

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

ZIMBABWE

Matobo Hills National Park San rock art & local history • Track black & white rhinos on foot Matobo Hills National Park is home to huge granite kopjes, interspersed with picturesque grassy plains and dense wooded thickets. It has the highest concentration of leopards in Africa and the highest concentration of Verreaux’s eagles of any park in the world. Some of the largest populations of white and black rhinos in southern Africa can be tracked here on foot, a rarity in a national park. The ancient San people have left a legacy of more than 50,000 rock paintings, with new discoveries still being found. Matobo was the site of the Ndebele rebellion against the British in 1896. Colonialist Cecil John Rhodes also spent a lot of time riding in Matobo and his grave can still be visited in Zimbabwe today. Granite kopjes, Matobo Hills National Park

Great Zimbabwe A Unesco world heritage site • Insight into ancient African civilisation Great Zimbabwe is an ancient ruined stone city, set between the country’s south-eastern hills. The word 'Zimbabwe' derives from a local Shona word meaning ‘houses of stone’, while carved soapstone birds found in the Great Zimbabwe site today feature in the country’s flag. European treasure hunters from the 1890s onwards ravaged Great Zimbabwe and many African artefacts of historical importance were destroyed or removed. At its peak, the city had a population of 20,000 and speculation about Great Zimbabwe’s architects ranged from the Queen of Sheba and the Phoenicians to the ancient Egyptians and Greeks. It is now generally accepted that the ruins of Great Zimbabwe reflect the culture of the Shona peoples who still reside in the region today.

White rhino, Matobo Hills National Park

Eastern Highlands Home to dramatic scenery & Zimbabwe’s highest peak • Superb hiking, camping & fishing The Eastern Highlands with its spectacular gorges, waterfalls and valleys, provides some of the most dramatic scenery in southern Africa. The area is made up of three mountain groups: Nyanga to the north, Bvumba in the centre and Chimanimani to the south. Nyanga contains Mount Nyangani; standing at 2,592 metres, it is Zimbabwe’s highest peak. The highlands are also home to the Bvumba Botanical Gardens, which contain many different species of trees and shrubs that have been gathered from all over the world. The area is known for its hiking, camping, fishing and abundance of birdlife, and so provides a dramatic contrast to the safari destinations on the rest of a typical Zimbabwean itinerary. Leopard Rock Hotel and Troutbeck Resort are our recommendations here. Lichtenstein’s hartebeest

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

ZIMBABWE • ACCOMMODATION

Zimbabwe Hotels & Camps This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

The Elephant Camp, Victoria Falls

Situated on a private concession, The Elephant Camp is a luxury camp with tented rooms offering views over the dramatic Batoka gorge. There are close-up photographic opportunities at the camp’s waterhole, while the spray of the falls can be seen from the swimming pool and heard throughout the camp. An excellent elephant interaction is included, where there is an opportunity to feed the elephants.

Features:

12 luxury tents, swimming pool, dining area, viewing deck overlooking the plains.

Superior

The Victoria Falls Hotel, Victoria Falls

The Victoria Falls Hotel, popularly known as ‘the grand old lady of the falls’, overlooks the thundering waters. Established in 1904 and redecorated to include modern touches, this gracious colonial building is set in tropical gardens. Rooms retain their old-world charm, with the corridors lined with historical artefacts. Dine at the signature Livingstone Room or Jungle Junction, a thatched alfresco restaurant.

Features:

161 rooms, 2 restaurants, bar, pool, spa, tennis courts, library, reading room, chapel, Wi-Fi.

Superior

Little Makalolo Camp, Hwange National Park

Little Makalolo is a small and intimate camp set within a teak forest in the remote eastern area of Hwange National Park. It is situated in a private concession area with exclusive wildlife viewing, highly trained professional guides and outstanding walking. During siesta hours, guests can watch animals (particularly elephants) from the safety of the log-pile hide in front of camp.

Features:

6 tented chalets, dining room, lounge, plunge pool, open fire area.

Superior

Khulu Bush Camp, Hwange National Park

Bumi Hills Safari Lodge, Lake Kariba

Zambezi Expeditions, Mana Pools National Park

Features:

Khulu Bush Camp is a small and intimate bush lodge on a private concession in Hwange National Park. The camp combines old world hospitality with modern luxuries and encourages time around the campfire in the evenings to recount the day’s wildlife sightings. The camp is set along an ancient riverbed that attracts a variety of the greatest wildlife and birdlife in Hwange National Park.

5 tents & 1 tented suite, dining room, lounge, viewing area.

Bumi Hills is in a prime location with panoramic views over the vast Lake Kariba. Stylish rooms are nestled in the hills looking down to the waters edge. Golden sunsets shimmer over the lake as you relax on the large open deck that extends from the bar. Lake cruises and tiger fishing excursions are available as well as bush walks and wildlife drives to Matusodona to view lions and some fossilized dinosaur footprints.

10 tents, dining area, outdoor deck, swimming pool.

Zambezi Expeditions is a mobile luxury tented camp located on the banks of the Zambezi river. Accommodation is in simple meru tents decorated in a colonial theme and featuring period furniture. Dinner is normally taken alfresco on the shores of the Zambezi with the focus on freshly cooked meals. Activities include canoeing, fishing, walking and wildlife drives.

5 tents, mess tent serving brunch and afternoon tea, outdoor seating area.

TOUR • SOUTHERN AFRICA

Four Countries Safari Duration • 12 Days & 9 Nights

Category • Superior

formalities. Enter the world-renowned Chobe National Park for a wildlife drive. Lunch at Old House before transferring mid-afternoon to Wildtrack Safaris Eco Lodge for 2 nights. Evening sunset drinks in the boma overlooking the waterhole. (B, L, D)

Tour overview Get under the skin of southern Africa by travelling cross country by road through Zambia, Namibia, Botswana and Zimbabwe. Starting from the spectacular Victoria Falls on the Zambian side, cross the border into Namibia’s Caprivi Strip for magnificent views of all four countries. Continue into Botswana’s Chobe National Park. Just south of Chobe, gain a unique insight into the Motswana culture, before crossing into Zimbabwe’s Hwange National Park.

IMAGE BOX

This private tour features...  4-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available  International flights via Johannesburg  Internal flights  9 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 9 dinners  Guided safari activities included  National park & game reserve fees included

C&K Signature experiences  Sunset cruise on the Zambezi  Drinks at sunset on Impalila island

overlooking four African countries

Motswana culture

 Village visit for an insight into the

Area map

MAP

Private Tour • From £4,695

Sunset cruise, Zambezi river

Day 1: Fly to Johannesburg (N) Day 2: Fly to Livingstone, Zambia Arrive in Johannesburg and connect with an onward flight to Livingstone. Transfer to Waterberry Zambezi Lodge for a 2-night stay. Secluded and informal, the property enjoys an attractive river setting close to Victoria Falls. Afternoon sunset cruise along the Zambezi river spotting hippos and crocodiles. (D) Day 3: Livingstone, Zambia Day at leisure or optional excursions. Activities (two per day included) include a visit to the falls (excluding entrance fee), a daytime or sunset cruise, a village walk, island picnic, Livingstone town tour, guided birding in Mosi oa Tunya Park and fishing. (B, L, D) Day 4: Impalila island, Namibia Transfer by road to Kasane immigration to clear Botswana border formalities and then a short boat transfer to The Raft floating restaurant for a braai (barbecue) lunch as you spot wildlife. Clear Namibia border formalities at Impalila island and continue to Kaza Safari Lodge by boat for 2 nights. Afternoon guided walk to the 2,000-year-old baobab tree for sunset drinks overlooking the spectacular landscape. Impalila island straddles the intersection of Zimbabwe, Zambia, Namibia and Botswana. (B, L, D) Day 5: Impalila island, Namibia Morning and afternoon activities including an ox cart tour of the island, guided birding or fishing and boating. (B, L, D) Day 6: Chobe National Park, Botswana Early breakfast and transfer by boat to Impalila island to clear Namibia immigration, then to Kasane immigration to clear Botswana border

Day 7: North-east Botswana Morning cultural visit to Pandamatenga village. Begin by meeting some of the elders at Pandamatenga kgotla, a public meeting area. Visit some of the social engagement projects that Wildtrack is involved in and stop at a home for an insight into some of the customs of the Motswana culture. Afternoon wildlife drive in Kazuma Pan, with cheese board sundowners. (B, L, D) Day 8: Hwange National Park, Zimbabwe Transfer into Zimbabwe via the Pandamatenga border post. On arrival in Nantwich, swap vehicles and take a slow wildlife drive to Camp Hwange, arriving in time for lunch. Stay 3 nights. Afternoon wildlife drive. (B, L, D) Days 9-10: Hwange National Park, Zimbabwe Morning and afternoon safari activities including guided bush walks and wildlife drives. (B, L, D) Days 11-12: Victoria Falls • Fly home via Johannesburg Transfer to Victoria Falls via the Mbala Gate and on to Victoria Falls airport. Fly home via Johannesburg, arriving the next day. (B) (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Tour code: OOU

Low season from £4,695 Guide price months: Jan – Mar High season from £5,455 Guide price months: Jul – Oct The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

ZAMBIA

Discover Zambia

Livingstone Visit Livingstone island • See the Lunar Rainbow On the Zambian side of the Zambezi river is the historic town of Livingstone, named after the famous Victorian missionary explorer of the same name. A former capital of Zambia, Livingstone is home to the country’s oldest museum, which we highly recommend, and gives access to exceptional views of Victoria Falls. One of the best places to witness this immense mass of water is tiny Livingstone island, the place where Livingstone first glimpsed Mosi-oa-Tunya (‘The Smoke That Thunders’). Also on the Zambian side of the falls is the Mosi-oaTunya National Park, where it is possible to track white rhinos. Many of the lodges offer a huge range of activities, from gentle to very active. See page 81 for details of excursions available on the Zimbabwean side of the falls. Victoria Falls, Zambia

A suggested itinerary...

Zambia in Style 11 Days & 8 Nights from £7,945 Visit the South Luangwa valley and Livingstone’s Victoria Falls at a relaxed pace while staying in some of Zambia’s most stylish accommodation. Day 1: Fly to Lusaka (N) Days 2-3: Fly to Mfuwe • Chinzombo Arrive and connect with an onward flight to Mfuwe in the South Luangwa. Transfer to Chinzombo for a 2-night stay. Wildlife viewing by vehicle or on foot. (B, L, D) Day 4: South Luangwa National Park Transfer to Mchenja / Kakuli Bush Camp and stay 3 nights. Wildlife viewing activities include safari drives (day and night), guided

walks and boating (from 20 January to 5 April). (B, L, D) Days 5-6: Mchenja Bush Camp Wildlife viewing. Alternatively, opt to spend a night under the stars in the remote Luwi dry river bed; with just a bed roll and a mosquito net, experience the thrill of the first safari pioneers (supplement £315 per person). Days 7-9: Fly to Livingstone Fly to Livingstone and transfer to Tongabezi for 3 nights. One of the many benefits of staying here is the wide range of activities that are included in the nightly rate. Apart from visiting the Victoria Falls, high on the list for foodies is a private lunch on a nearby island or the Sampan floating candlelit dinner. Canoeing on the Zambezi, sunrise and sunset boating, fishing, guided bush walks and safari drives all connect you with the African bush. For a more holistic

experience of Livingstone, take a stroll around Maramba market or Simonga village and visit the Livingstone Museum. (B, L, D) Days 10-11: Fly home (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £7,945 (Jan – May) High season from: £8,995 (Jun – Oct) Tour code: ZIS

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

ZAMBIA

Walking safari, South Luangwa National Park

South Luangwa National Park Explore on foot • Superb night drives The lush Luangwa valley teems with wildlife. Hippos are easily spotted lounging in the river and lagoons, while Thornicroft’s giraffes are unique to the Luangwa valley. The park is home to 14 types of antelope, including majestic kudus, ensuring a photographic opportunity is never far away. Regular predator sightings include lions, leopards and wild dogs (especially in February), while more than 400 different bird species can be found. With its history of mobile walking safaris, there is now a wide range of first-rate walking experiences in both North and South Luangwa. Robin Pope Safaris offers a 5-day walk staying in a simple mobile camp which moves with the group. The trip starts and finishes at two excellent permanent camps and proves a great option for those looking to be totally immersed in the bush. This 5-night mobile walking safari itinerary starts from £2,825 per person (excluding international flights, available Jun – Sep). A shorter alternative is the 2- or 3-night Luangwa bush camping experience, operating in the wildlife-rich Nsefu sector of the park. With no more than four people on each trip and accompanied by an experienced guide, these trips come highly recommended for those who want to dip their toes into the experience of the walking safari. Although Zambia is landlocked, a short flight will take you to the shores of Lake Malawi and its beautiful beaches – an excellent combination with the Luangwa valley (see page 88).

Elephant & calf, Lower Zambezi National Park

Lower Zambezi National Park View elephants from the water • Wide variety of activities on offer The Zambezi river flows through a huge rift in the Earth’s crust, over Victoria Falls, into Lake Kariba and eastwards into the Lower Zambezi valley. The river is flanked by two national parks: Mana Pools on the Zimbabwean side and the Lower Zambezi National Park on the Zambian side. The most notable aspect to this safari area is the wide range of activities on offer, including day and night 4x4 safari drives, walking, canoeing and motorboat safaris. This area supports a wide variety of antelope, hippos, crocodiles, large lion prides, wild dogs, leopards and huge elephant herds. Although usually visited in combination with South Luangwa and Livingstone, Lower Zambezi can stand alone, especially as a one-week safari.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

ZAMBIA

Fruit bats, Kasanka National Park

African fish eagle, Luangwa

Luangwa Safari House © Robin Pope Safaris

C&K Recommends... The Emerald Season

An underrated time of year, the Emerald Season runs from November to March (when it rains) and April to May (when the bush dries out). During this time, there is wonderful birdwatching (migrant and resident birds), excellent photography opportunities (much less dust), an abundance of young nursery herds, superb boating on the high Luangwa river and a lush green bush bathed in spectacular light. It is also excellent value with fairer pricing.

Photographic hides

For anyone who loves wildlife, Shenton Safaris offers five hides (hippo hide, elephant hide, Carmine bee-eater hide, Mwamba’s last waterhole hide and a mobile hide), which provide an up-close view into the lives of the animals, enabling you to watch and photograph them undisturbed in their natural environment. Specialist bean bags, dust covers and charging facilities all cater well for photographers.

A suggested itinerary...

Luangwa Valley & Lake Malawi 14 Days & 11 Nights from £5,560 This journey combines the South Luangwa National Park with a stay on Lake Malawi, a great combination of bush and beach. Day 1: Fly to Lusaka (N) Day 2: Fly to Mfuwe Fly to Mfuwe in the South Luangwa National Park. Stay at Nkwali for 2 nights. Afternoon safari. (L, D)

Specialist destinations

Although less visited, Zambia is home to a few unusual and hidden gems. Kasanka National Park hosts millions of straw-coloured fruit bats during November; the Bangweulu Wetlands is famous for its population of over 100,000 black lechwe and is home to endangered shoebill storks; Liuwa Plains National Park is known for its clans of 40-strong spotted hyenas, but also for the third largest wildebeest and zebra migration in Africa (and the newly-opened King Lewanika Lodge); and North Luangwa National Park is home to some of the most remote walking safaris in the country.

Exclusive safari houses

Stay at a private house in either Livingstone, the South Luangwa or the Lower Zambezi National Parks for the ultimate in privacy and flexibility. Robin’s House, Luangwa Safari House, Tangala or Chongwe River House all have their own chef, private guide and safari vehicle so that the pace of your safari is totally adaptable.

Day 3: Mfuwe Wildlife viewing (B, L, D) Days 4-6: Tena Tena Drive to Tena Tena and stay 3 nights. Wildlife viewing. (B, L, D) Day 7: Fly to Monkey Bay Fly to Monkey Bay direct or via Lilongwe. Stay 6 nights at The Makokola Retreat*. (L, D) Days 8-12: Monkey Bay At leisure or optional activities. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Fly home (B) Accommodation: You may wish to upgrade to Pumulani Lodge or Mumbo Island Camp *

on Mumbo island. Guideline Prices Low season from: £5,560 (28 Mar – 21 May) High season from: £6,995 (Jul – Oct) Tour code: ZKO

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

ACCOMMODATION • ZAMBIA

Zambia Hotels & Camps This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Exceptional

Luxury

Tongabezi, Livingstone

The Royal Livingstone, Livingstone

Mchenja Bush Camp, South Luangwa

Features:

Located 30 minutes upstream from Victoria Falls, Tongabezi is a peaceful retreat set in a grove of ebony trees. A wide range of activities are included in the price such as canoeing, picnic lunch on a nearby island, a visit to a local school, wildlife drives and walks. Guests can choose to dine at the main lodge with the other guests or privately at one of the lodge’s romantic locations.

10 rooms, dining room, seating area and private deck overlooking the Zambezi river.

Superior

Tena Tena, South Luangwa

Located in a secluded area under a grove of mahogany trees on the banks of the Luangwa river, Tena Tena, like all of the Robin Pope safari camps, offers a sense of simplicity, with an ‘all you need and nothing you don’t’ philosophy. An intimate tented camp, it offers a good chance of spotting leopards and other wildlife. Bush camping is possible between Nsefu (another Robin Pope camp) and Tena Tena.

Features:

6 tented rooms, lounge, dining room, bar.

The Royal Livingstone is a member of the Leading Hotels of the World and is located in the Mosi oa Tunya National Park on the banks of the Zambezi river. Guestrooms all feature private balconies with spectacular views of the river and beyond. The hotel offers private access to Victoria Falls with a boat departing from the bottom of the gardens to Livingstone island on the edge of the falls.

173 rooms, restaurant, bar, swimming pool, terrace, spa, casino.

Superior

Mchenja, meaning ‘ebony’, occupies a stunning setting on the banks of the Luangwa river in the northern sector of the national park. Tented octagonal rooms are stylishly designed and feature an open-air bathroom with Victorian-style bathtubs and views of the river. This is an excellent location for wildlife viewing and activities include safari drives both day and night, boat trips and walks.

5 tented chalets, plunge pool, lounge, dining room.

Standard

Chongwe River Camp, near Lower Zambezi National Park

Busanga Bush Camp, Kafue National Park

Features:

Chongwe River Camp is situated at the confluence of the Chongwe and Zambezi rivers, directly opposite Mana Pools. Lying under a canopy of albida thorns and surrounded by cool lawns, all tents have private verandas and feature an open-air bathroom. All fittings are made from natural materials found near the lodge. Activities include safari drives, canoeing, walking and boat safaris.

8 tented rooms, restaurant, bar, pool, library, Wi-Fi.

Busanga Bush Camp is set on a verdant island in the centre of the Busanga plains, home to high concentrations of antelopes, buffaloes, wildebeests and rare species including the secretive sitatungas and Lichtenstein's hartebeest. There is also an impressive lion population. This secluded camp offers comfortably furnished tents and a charming dining area under a canopy of fig trees.

4 tented rooms, dining area, hot air balloon flights, boating.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

ZAMBIA • TOUR

Zambia: The South Luangwa Valley Duration • 10 Days & 7 Nights

Category • Superior

Private Tour • From £5,245

Tour overview The South Luangwa valley is vast, remote and home to a truly impressive variety of flora and fauna. The three intimate camps on this safari lie next to the Luangwa river, which acts as a magnet for animal and birdlife, especially during the dry season. The contrasting camps offer 4x4 safari drives, including very productive night drives and some of the best walking Africa has to offer.

IMAGE BOX

This private tour features...  4-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions & flight upgrades available

 International flights  6 breakfasts, 7 lunches, 7 dinners  Guided safari activities included  National park & game reserve fees included  Porterage at airports & stations

C&K Signature experiences  Camps with understated elegance,

seclusion & highly experienced guides

 Option to get closer to the flora & fauna on a walking safari at Tena Tena  Exceptional year-round wildlife viewing

Area map

Tower of Thornicroft giraffe, South Luangwa National Park

Day 1: Fly to Lusaka via Johannesburg (N)

Cultural activities

Day 2: Fly to Mfuwe • Nkwali Arrive and connect with an onward flight to Mfuwe in the South Luangwa valley. Transfer to Nkwali for 2 nights. Situated on Robin Pope Safaris’ private land, there is exclusive access to the park either by boat or across the pontoon. Afternoon wildlife viewing. (L, D)

In addition to safari drives and walks, there are optional opportunities to meet with the local community. Stroll around Kawaza village and its school, both supported by Robin Pope Safaris. Enjoy the small dukas (shops), the market and bars of the Mfuwe area or visit Tribal Textiles, a small cottage industry of locally produced hand-painted textiles, which draws inspiration from the Zambian wildlife and surroundings.

Day 3: Nkwali Wildlife viewing with a chance to see leopards, lions, baboons and an impressive bird population. (B, L, D) Days 4-6: Tena Tena Drive to Tena Tena and stay for 3 nights. Afternoon wildlife viewing. Alternatively, join a 2-day Luangwa bush camping experience. This walking safari brings you even closer to the wildlife. (B, L, D) Day 7: Nsefu Transfer to Nsefu for 2 nights. Nsefu is situated in the exclusive Nsefu Sector, on a magnificent meander of the Luangwa river where elephants often cross. Afternoon wildlife viewing. (B, L, D)

MAP

Day 8: Nsefu Wildlife viewing. (B) Day 9: Fly home via Lusaka & Johannesburg Morning wildlife viewing. Fly home via Lusaka and Johannesburg. (B) Day 10: Arrive home (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information Emerald Season variations: Tena Tena is closed every year from 1 Nov to 21 May. Nsefu is closed annually from 21 Nov to 21 Jan, and 1 Apr to 21 May. Camp locations will be amended accordingly. Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards, to discuss flight options or to tailor this itinerary, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Tour code: ZAA

Low season from £5,245 Guide price months: May – Jun High season from £5,995 Guide price months: Jul – Oct The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

MALAWI

Discover Malawi The landlocked country of Malawi is a unique destination offering a softer wildlife experience and its people are extraordinarily friendly and welcoming. On the southern end of the Great Rift Valley, the shores of Lake Malawi provide a welcome beach retreat. The lake is one of the most diverse fresh water ecosystems on the planet, home to more than a thousand species of fish.

Lake Malawi Kayak to Domwe island • Snorkel with cichlids • Sail the open waters The freshwater Lake Malawi makes up half of this small country; it is over 360 miles long and is one of the deepest lakes in the world. The lake is home to numerous endemic chichlid fish that flash their vivid colours in the clear waters and are best seen snorkelling around the rocky islands. The palm-fringed lake shore has mostly soft sandy beaches, where you will find a wide range of lodges and hotels for a relaxing beach retreat.

Liwonde National Park Track lions and rhinos • Boat cruises on the Shire river • Search for Pel’s fishing owl and other excellent birding Liwonde National Park has taken great strides at reintroducing wildlife following years of heavy poaching. It is still not the big game experience you will find in neighbouring Zambia; however, wildlife viewing is good, with unexpected delights like bell frogs and swooping fish eagles. This lush tropical park has open plains and woodlands where elephants, buffaloes and lions roam but it is dominated by the Shire river. Crocodiles, hippos, waterbucks, impala, bushbucks and the rarer sable antelope are often seen here. Monkey Bay, Malawi

Kaya Mawa, Likoma Island

Mvuu Lodge, Liwonde National Park

Features:

Likoma island sits in the middle of Lake Malawi and is the larger of two inhabited islands on the lake. The intimate and beautifully designed Kaya Mawa offers secluded beach coves and crystal-clear waters, and is often voted the best beach lodge in Africa. The island can be explored on foot or by bicycle to visit St Peter’s Cathedral and the local markets.

11 chalets and family houses, bar, beach dining, lounge, kayaking, sailing.

On the western boundary of Liwonde National Park, overlooking the Shire river, Mvuu Lodge is nestled around a lagoon. The main lodge area and tented suites are raised on wooden platforms, affording superb views. On boat trips you can spot hippos and crocodiles, and watch elephants come down to the water’s edge to drink. Take a night drive to seek out lesser known predators like caracals and servals.

8 tents, dining room, bar, lounge area, wildlife library, swimming pool.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

XXXXXXXXXX

IMAGE BOX

Madagascar Group tours • Tailor-made travel The fourth largest island on Earth, and home to 18 fascinating tribal cultures, Madagascar’s diversity is simply stunning. Venture through volcanic highlands, lush rainforests, idyllic tropical beaches and semi-arid rocky massifs in search of a unique array of wildlife, 80% of which are endemic. Although Madagascar’s 70 lemur species are the star attraction, travel west to see the Avenue of the Baobabs near Morondava, or south to the spiny rainforest and vibrant markets of the local Antandroy tribe. Madagascar has almost 3,000km of beautiful palmfringed, soft white sand shoreline, numerous offshore islands and coral reefs providing wonderful swimming and snorkelling as well as opportunities for island hopping. Due to its size, it is impossible to see all that Madagascar has to offer on a first visit, so we recommend choosing one to three regions to focus on to begin with. Furthermore, because of its good air connections, Madagascar combines very well with Kenya and Mauritius.

Discover Madagascar 94 Antananarivo, Isalo National Park & Andasibe-Mantadia National Park 95 Ranomafana National Park, Ifotaka Community Forest & Kirindy Private Reserve 96 Ankarana Reserve & Masaola National Park 97 Amber Mountain National Park & Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park Small group & private tours 98 Madagascar Wildlife Adventure • Group or private 100 Tour extensions 102 Madagascar: Untouched Wilderness • Solo Travellers tour 101 104

Places to stay – our suggestions Beach lodges Hotels, lodges & camps

Antananarivo

Image left: Coquerel's Sifaka, Madagascar

Climate

Madagascar has a tropical climate, with large variations in rainfall across the island dictated by the central mountains and trade winds. The most popular time to visit is during the dry months between April and October. There is a rainy season from December to March, including the cyclone season in February and March.

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 26 26 25 25 23 20 20 20 23 25 26 26 B 16 16 16 15 12 10 10 10 11 13 15 16 C 279 260 201 61 27 14 19 20 15 69 171 310

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

MADAGASCAR

Discover Madagascar

Antananarivo

Isalo National Park

Colourful capital city • Sacred Ambohimanga palaces

Deep canyons & magical waterfalls • Elephant’s foot bloom in September & October

Forget any negative preconceptions about capital cities on mainland Africa – Antananarivo is a bustling explosion of Afro-Asian culture, where friendly citizens make the city a worthwhile stop on any itinerary. The rova (royal fort) sits atop the highest point, while below, jumbles of houses cover the steep slopes and mazes of narrow alleys and stairs crisscross the town. For an insight into Malagasy life, both past and present, visit the sacred Ambohimanga palaces, the burial site of former kings and queens, as well as the lively markets and handicraft stores. Try your hand at preparing a traditional Malagasy lunch or dinner in the Tana Kitchen, all under the supervision of a local chef. Set in a beautiful, renovated mansion, this culinary experience is informal and great fun.

Isalo National Park is Madagascar’s equivalent of the Wild West and easily one of its most beautiful parks. Looming over endless grassy plains, a huge sandstone massif features spectacular rock formations interspersed with canyons, tapia forest, trickling waterfalls and cool natural springs. Wildlife densities are lower than in other parks, although ring-tailed lemurs and red-fronted lemurs are often seen. There are also 80 bird species, of which 50 are endemic. There are more than 500 plant species, with the locally endemic elephant’s foot perhaps the best known, throwing the park into a sea of yellow when it blooms in the autumn. The dry tropical climate ensures suitable warm weather for walking year round, with trails catering for all abilities.

Andasibe-Mantadia National Park Home to indri lemurs • Untouched primary rainforest in Mantadia National Park A scenic drive east from Antananarivo, the Andasibe-Mantadia National Park is split into two separate forested reserves: Analamazoatra and Mantadia. Analamazoatra is a small rainforest where the star attractions are the 11 lemur species, the best known being the indri. There are more than 100 bird species and many reptiles, amphibians and butterflies. Mantadia’s primary rainforest is magical. Walking in the area can be strenuous and, due to the forest’s size, spotting lemurs is not guaranteed. However, this forest offers excellent bird and reptile viewing, and serenity not always found in its smaller sister reserve. Night walks in Mitsinjo are also recommended.

Ring-tailed lemurs, Isalo National Park

MADAGASCAR

Ifotaka Community Forest Lemur spotting in rare gallery & spiny forest • Fascinating Antandroy tribal culture The Ifotaka Community Forest is an admirable government initiative which engages the local Antandroy people in harvesting forest products from some areas, while elsewhere the forest is left intact for eco-tourism. The only accommodation in the area is the superb Mandrare River Camp (see page 104). Wildlife activities range from spotting ring-tailed lemurs and Verreaux’s sifakas in the deciduous gallery forests, to searching for mouse and white-footed sportive lemurs by night in the unique spiny forest. The cultural activities, based around the local Antandroy tribe, are exceptional. Spend a morning at the colourful, buzzing and utterly authentic local market, or take a walk with an Antandroy guide into the sacred forests where you will find huge individually decorated tombs.

IMAGE Chameleon

Fossa

Ranomafana National ParkChameleon

Kirindy Private Reserve

Beautiful montane rainforest • Home to rare golden bamboo & greater bamboo lemurs

Best place to see fossas • Home to Madame Berthe’s mouse lemurs

Established in 1991, after the discovery of golden bamboo lemurs, Ranomafana has quickly become a popular destination for wildlife viewing on foot. Steep slopes and elevations ranging from 600 metres to 1,400 metres allow for different forest types, from lowland rainforest to cloud and high plateau forests. There are 12 lemur species in total, the best known being the golden, greater and lesser eastern bamboo lemurs. The golden and greater species are critically endangered, as well as Milne-Edwards’ sifakas. Ranomafana is also noted for its 118 bird species, of which 36 are endemic. Among them are Henst’s goshawks, rufous-headed ground-rollers, velvet asitys and the threatened crested ibis.

Delicate and unspoilt, Kirindy’s dry deciduous forest is home to some extraordinary wildlife species. Among them are elusive fossas, nocturnal felines that are the only natural hunters of Madagascar’s lemurs. The best time to find them is at night during their mating season (October to December). Locally endemic Madame Berthe’s lemurs are one of eight lemur species that can be found in the park and are the smallest primates in the world. Giant jumping rats – kangaroo-like rabbits that hop as well as run – are another rarity. Kirindy is best visited between October and January when the rains begin to fall and many of the animals come out of hibernation to feed on the fresh sprouting vegetation.

A suggested itinerary...

Madagascar Explorer 13 Days & 10 Nights from £3,245 This easy-paced 2-week holiday in Madagascar combines lush lemur-rich rainforests with a 6-night stay at the beautiful reef-protected beach on Ile Sainte-Marie. Day 1: Fly to Antananarivo (N) Day 2: Peyreras • Andasibe-Mantadia National Park Arrive into Antananarivo. Meet your driverguide and transfer to Andasibe-Mantadia National Park via Peyreras. Stay 3 nights at the Andasibe Hotel. Evening walk in Mitsinjo forest. (L, D)

Days 3-4: Andasibe-Mantadia National Park Full-day exploration of Andasibe-Mantadia National Park including a visit to Vakona Private Reserve. (B, L, D) Day 5: Analamazaotra Reserve • Antananarivo Morning visit to the Analamazaotra Reserve. Afternoon drive to Antananarivo and stay overnight at Pavillon de l’Emyrne. (B) Day 6: Fly to Ile Saint Marie Fly to Ile Saint Marie and stay 6 nights at Princesse Bora Lodge & Spa. Activities include snorkelling, kayaking and cycling. Optional activities (payable locally) include spa treatments and whale watching by boat (from Jul – Sep). (B, D) Days 7-11: Ile Sainte Marie Days at leisure or enjoy optional excursions. (B, D)

Day 12: Fly to Antananrivo Fly to Antananarivo and transfer to Pavillion de l’Emyrne where you will have use of a day room. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursion. (B) Day 13: Fly home via Nairobi (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £3,245 (15 Jan – 31 Mar) High season from: £3,985 (Jul – Sep) Tour code: MXX

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

MADAGASCAR

IMAGE

Ankarana Reserve

Masoala National Park

Ankarana Reserve

Masoala National Park

Largest underground network of canyons & caves in Africa • Knife-edge rocktowers of the tsingyvalleys

Unesco world heritage site • See aye-aye lemurs

Located 2 hours’ drive south of Diego Suarez, the Ankarana National Park is a remarkable landscape of limestone karst topography, also known as tsingy. Erosion, caused by heavy annual rainfall, has created valleys of rocky spikes and a deep canyon and cave system that is the largest in Africa. The thick tropical jungle that exists between the rocks is home to extremely high densities of wildlife, including crowned lemurs, Sanford’s brown lemurs, Perrier’s black lemurs, northern sportive lemurs and dwarf lemurs. Ring-tailed mongooses, fossas, tenrecs and Madagascar striped civets are also present. Ankarana is very accessible, with an array of wide trails, boardwalks and bridges among the tsingy.

A suggested itinerary...

Lemurs, Forests & Islands 14 Days & 11 Nights from £4,995 Combine lemur viewing in Andasibe with the spectacular scenery of several national parks, finishing on Nosy Komba island. Day 1: Fly to Antananarivo via Nairobi (N) Day 2: Antananarivo Arrive in Antananarivo and transfer to Tamboho Hotel for 1 night. Afternoon city tour. (B, L) Day 3: Peyreras • Andasibe National Park Drive to Andasibe National Park via Peyreras and stay at Vakona Lodge for 2 nights. (L, D) Day 4: Andasibe National Park Morning tour of Mantadia. Afternoon visit to Vakona Reserve and evening walk in the Mitsinjo forest. (B, L, D)

Encompassing 230,000 hectares of rainforest, coastal forest, marsh and mangrove habitats, the Masoala peninsula is an utterly unique ecosystem. The national park is home to a plethora of lemurs, reptiles, birds and butterflies. Masoala’s forests are full of local endemics, including red-ruffed lemurs, Madagascar red owls and Madagascar serpent eagles. A boat trip and overnight stop at the nearby Nosy Mangabe island is a must for those seeking aye-aye lemurs. This tropical paradise is one of the last remaining sanctuaries for the world’s largest nocturnal primate. The picturesque Bay of Antogil is a perfect place to spot breeding humpback whales between June and September.

Day 5: Analamazaotra Reserve • Antananarivo Morning visit to Analamazaotra. Afternoon drive to Antananarivo. Overnight at Tamboho Hotel. (B, L, D) Day 6: Fly to Diego Suarez • Joffreville Fly to Diego Suarez and transfer to the Nature Lodge in Joffreville for 2 nights. Afternoon visit to Le Fontenay Nature Park. (B, L, D) Day 7: Joffreville Guided walks in the park. (B, L, D) Day 8: Ankarana Drive to Ankarana, via Ankarana Reserve East. Stay 2 nights at Ankarana Lodge. Afternoon visit to the small tsingy. (B, L, D) Day 9: Ankarana Full-day visit to Ankarana Reserve West. (B, L, D) Days 10-12: Nosy Komba Drive to Ankify. Catch the ferry to Baobab

Beach via Nosy Be. Stay 3 nights at Eden Lodge. Days at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 13: Fly to Antananarivo Fly to Antananarivo and transfer to Tamboho Hotel where you will have use of a day room. (B, D) Day 14: Fly home (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £4,995 (Mar – Jul) High season from: £5,565 (Aug – Jan) Tour code: RLI

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

XXXXXXXXXX

Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park

Amber Mountain National Park

Unesco world heritage site • Impressive panoramas & rare wildlife

Huge diversity of flora & fauna • Great variety of wildlife & accessible trails

The vast, mystical Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park is one of the last true wilderness areas in the country. It is known for its vast tracts of tsingy (Malagasy for ‘walking on tiptoes’), limestone rock pinnacles formed by erosion from acidic rain, and as the historical home of the Vazimba – the first inhabitants of Madagascar.

The Amber Mountain National Park is packed with endemic flora and fauna, impressive waterfalls and volcanic lakes, and is a superb walking area. Impressive tree ferns, huge epiphytic bird’s nest ferns and strangler figs all make for green and lush scenery.

Hiking in the park can be challenging, but visitors are rewarded with unrivalled panoramas of the tsingy, as well as seeing a number of endangered species, such as locally endemic Sambirano lesser bamboo lemurs, Madagascar iguanas and Antsingy leaf chameleons. The best time to visit this area is in the dry season (June to November) when water levels are low enough to allow entry to all sections of the tsingy.

A suggested itinerary...

Madagascar: Off the Beaten Track 16 Days & 13 Nights from £5,745 This is an ideal itinerary for the adventurous traveller or those who are second-time visitors to Madagascar and in search of more specialist wildlife. Day 1: Fly to Antananarivo via Nairobi (N) Day 2: Antananarivo Arrive in Antananarivo and transfer to Tamboho Hotel and stay overnight. Afternoon city tour. (L, D) Day 3: Fly to Marondava • Marofandilia Fly to Morondava and transfer to Le Camp Amoureux near Marofandilia for 2 nights. Guided walk into Marofandilia forest. (B, L, D) Day 4: Marofandilia Morning walk into Marofandilia forest. After lunch, visit a local village. Evening walk in the Kirindy Reserve. (B, L, D) Day 5: Kirindy Reserve • Tsingy de Bemaraha Morning walk in the Kirindy Reserve. Transfer to Bekopak and the Tsingy de Bemaraha.

The fauna is exceptionally diverse and includes ring-tailed mongooses, elusive fossas, eight lemur species, including Sanford’s brown lemurs, crowned lemurs, lesser bamboo lemurs and five species of nocturnal lemurs. There are 75 different bird species, 35 of which are endemic and even locally endemic, such as the Amber Mountain rock-thrush. Among the 60 reptile species are tiny stump-tailed leaf chameleons, which are the smallest chameleons in the world, leaf-tailed geckos, snakes, 35 frog species and more than 40 butterfly species.

Stay 3 nights at the Olympe de Bemaraha. (B, L, D) Day 6: Tsingy de Bemaraha Morning visit to the Great Tsingy. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 7: Tsingy de Bemaraha Morning visit to the Manambolo gorge by canoe. Afternoon visit to the Little Tsingy. (B, L, D) Day 8: Morondava Return to Morondava via Belo sur Tsiribihina and see the sunset at the baobab trees. Stay 2 nights at Palissandre Côte Ouest Resort & Spa. (B, L, D) Day 9: Morondava Day at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 10: Fly to Antananarivo Fly to Antananarivo and overnight at Tamboho Hotel. (B, D) Day 11: Fly to Maroantsetra Fly to Maroantsetra and overnight at the Relais du Masoala. (B, L, D) Day 12: Masoala National Park Transfer by boat to Masoala National Park, passing close to Nosy Mangabe. Stay 3 nights at the Masoala Rainforest Lodge. Afternoon guided walk through the national park. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Masoala National Park Morning guided walk in Masoala National Park. Afternoon at leisure and evening forest walk. (B, L, D) Day 14: Masaola National Park Morning pirogue (boat) trip along the Tampolo river. Afternoon at leisure and evening traditional Malagasy music and dance. (B, L, D) Day 15: Fly to Antananarivo Boat transfer to Maroantsetra and fly to Antananarivo. Transfer to Tamboho Hotel where you will have use of a day room. (B, D) Day 16: Fly home via Nairobi (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £5,745 (Jun – Jul) High season from: £6,275 (11 Jul – 18 Aug) Tour code: MBT

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

MADAGASCAR • TOUR

Madagascar Wildlife Adventure Duration • 16 Days & 13 Nights Category • Discovery

Group Tour • From £3,695 Private Tour • From £4,695 Day 3: Andasibe • Vakona Private Reserve • Analamazaotra Reserve Morning walk in Andasibe. Return to the lodge for lunch. Visit Lemur Island in Vakona Private Reserve, a small island sanctuary for lemurs. Afternoon walk in Andasibe. After dinner, take a second night walk to the Analamazaotra Reserve. (B, L, D)

This group tour features…  3-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions (see page 100), room & flight upgrades available

 Average group size – 9 people (max 16)

 International & internal flights  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour manager  14 breakfasts, 12 lunches, 13 dinners

Parson's chameleon, Mantadia National Park

 Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports

Weather Antananarivo J F M A M J J A S O N D A 26 26 25 25 23 20 20 20 23 25 26 26 B 16 16 16 15 12 10 10 10 11 13 15 16

Much of Madagascar’s exotic flora and fauna is found nowhere else on Earth. This tour offers an opportunity to discover the island’s extraordinary wildlife, natural history, stunning scenery, idyllic beaches and fascinating culture, which is based on a mix of Christianity and ancient spiritual beliefs. This tour is well paced, allowing for a wildlife focus in Andasibe, Ranomafana and Isalo National Parks.

C 279 260 201 61 27 14 19 20 15 69 171 310

Ifaty

C&K Signature experiences

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 32 32 32 30 28 27 26 28 28 29 30 31

 Afternoon talk at the ValBio Research Centre, Ranomafana, by a specialist guide

B 23 23 22 20 17 15 14 15 16 19 20 22 C 108 99 40 17 15 12 5 4 7 12 22 104

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

 Walk in Mantadia’s primary rainforest  Traditional sunset music performance

Area map

in Isalo National Park

 Special ‘chef’s dinner’ in Antananarivo

Day 1: Fly to Antananarivo via Addis Ababa Overnight flight from London (regional connections available) to Antananarivo, via Addis Ababa, with Ethiopian Airways. (N) Day 2: Andasibe • Analamazaotra Reserve Early morning arrival. Drive to Andasibe. Transfer to Andasibe Hotel (or similar) and stay for 3 nights. Afternoon introductory walk in Andasibe rainforest, home to the largest living lemurs, the indri. After dinner, take a night walk to Analamazaotra Reserve. Here you may spot nocturnal lemur species, including mouse, greater dwarf and eastern woolly lemurs. Welcome drinks reception before dinner. (B, L, D)

Day 4: Mantadia National Park (or Mitsinjo forest) Full-day walk through the primary forest of Mantadia National Park. The beautiful scenery is home to the black and white ruffed lemur, the diademed sifaka, Parson’s chameleon and a wide variety of frogs. Alternatively, for the less active, walk in Mitsinjo Reserve and plant an endemic tree as part of the forest’s reforestation project. (B, L, D) Day 5: Antananarivo Morning drive back to Antananarivo. Stay 1 night at Le Royal Palissandre (or similar). Afternoon city tour including the hills of the royal palaces and the botanical and zoological garden of Tsimbazaza. Special chef’s dinner in the evening. (B, L, D) Day 6: Antsahabe • Antsirabe Drive to Antsahabe, a village typical of the Merina tribe. After lunch, continue to the spa town of Antsirabe and stay 1 night at Couleur Café Hotel (or similar). Afternoon tour of Antsirabe, centre of the gem trade and home to hundreds of poussepousse (rickshaws), a legacy of Chinese labour imported to work on the railways. (B, L, D) Day 7: Ambositra • Ranomafana Continue south to Ambositra, known as Madagascar’s handicraft and wood-carving capital. Following a typical Malagasy lunch accompanied by folklore entertainment, continue to Ranomafana. Stay 3 nights at Thermal Hotel (or similar). Evening walk in search of nocturnal species. (B, L, D) Day 8: Ranomafana Morning walk in the Ranomafana National Park where you can spot three species of bamboo lemur: the grey, the golden and the greater. Endemic birding in the park is also excellent. Afternoon visit to Tanala village. (B, L, D) Day 9: Ranomafana Morning walk in Ranomafana National Park. Afternoon talk at the ValBio Research Centre by a specialist guide. Second evening walk in search of nocturnal species. (B, L, D) Day 10: Fianarantsoa • Ambalavao • Ranohira Morning drive via Fianarantsoa, the Betsileo

XXXXXXXXXX

Ring-tailed lemurs

tribe’s capital, to the vineyard of Lazan’ny Betsileo. Continue to Ambalavao. Visit the Antemoro paper factory and the Anja Reserve, where ring-tailed lemurs are often spotted. Continue to Ranohira and stay 3 nights at Relais de la Reine (or similar). (B, L, D) Day 11: Isalo National Park Full day to explore the breathtaking eroded sandstone landscapes of Isalo National Park. In the morning, visit the natural swimming pool where there is a crystal-clear waterfall that tumbles into a deep-green pool. In the afternoon continue to the Cascade des Nymphes where you may spot ring-tailed lemurs, Verreaux’s sifakas and the dumpy Elephant’s foot’ plant (flowers in September). Birdlife that you may see includes Malagasy hoopoes, white-browed owls, Madagascar nightjars and juvenile long-eared owls. (B, L, D) Day 12: Isalo National Park Morning walk in Isalo National Park to explore the viewpoint. Enjoy a break at the hotel in the mid-afternoon to rest before an early evening traditional music performance against a view of the sunset. (B, L, D) Day 13: Zombitse-Vohibsia National Park • Ifaty Continue towards the west coast. Stop en route at Zombitse-Vohibsia National Park. It may be possible to spot Appert’s tetrakas, one of the most endangered endemic birds on the island. The region is known for its large baobabs and traditional family tombs, central to Malagasy beliefs and culture. Stay 1 night at Les Dunes d’Ifaty (villa room) (or similar) in Ifaty, a quiet coastal fishing village known for its long beach. Evening farewell dinner. (B, D) Day 14: Fly to Antananarivo Morning at leisure. Afternoon flight from

Toliara to Antananarivo. Transfer to Le Royal Palissandre (or similar) for 1 night. (B, L, D)

from arrival in Antananarivo to day 13 in Toliara.

Days 15-16: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Morning at leisure. Afternoon flight to London via Addis Ababa with Ethiopian Airways, arriving the following day. (B) (N)

Discovery tour: This tour is best suited to the hardier traveller as it includes some quite basic accommodation, longer and rougher road journeys and more strenuous activities, such as trekking. Please visit this tour on our website to see details of the hotels included.

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information Group tour manager: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a local tour manager

Guideline prices for 2019-20

Tour code: WAM

Group tour Low season from £3,695 Guide price months: May & Oct

Private travel Low season from £4,695 Guide price months: May & Oct

High season from £3,740 Guide price months: Aug – Sep & Nov

High season from £4,745 Guide price months: Aug, Sep & Nov

Single supplement from £530

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices.

Ethiopian Airways flight upgrades Business Class from £2,945 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019 Out (Fri) 03 May 19

Rtn (Sat) 18 May 19

Out (Sat) 24 Aug 19 07 Sep 19

Rtn (Sun) 08 Sep 19 22 Sep 19

Out (Sat) 12 Oct 19 09 Nov 19

Rtn (Sun) 27 Oct 19 24 Nov 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

MADAGASCAR • TOURS

Tour Extensions

Beach, Nosy Be

Tour + Anakao 8 Days & 6 Nights from £1,150 Tour code: WAMANA

Tour + Nosy Komba 8 Days & 6 Nights from £2,395 Extension starts on Day 15 Tour code: WAMKOM

Anakao is an unspoilt fishing village in south-west Madagascar. The area has national park status and is very remote. Anakao Ocean Lodge is situated on the perfect half-moon beach of Andovoke Bay. Day 14: Anakao Transfer to Toliara and take a one-hour boat ride to Anakao. Transfer to Anakao Ocean Lodge & Spa for 4 nights. (B, D) Days 15-17: Anakao A full-day excursion is included to Tsimanampetsotsa National Park. The landscape includes spiny forest, wetlands, baobab and banyan trees. Tsimanampetsotsa is a birder’s paradise, with lemurs and reptiles. Following days at leisure (B, D) Day 18: Fly to Antananarivo Fly from Toliara to Antananarivo. Stay at Le Royal Palissandre for 2 nights. Afternoon at leisure. (B) Day 19: Antananarivo Morning tour of Ambohimanga, one of the 12 sacred hills of Antananarivo. En route back to the hotel, visit La Digue handicraft market. Afternoon at leisure. (B) Day 20: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B) Day 21: Early morning arrival into London (N)

100

Fly to Nosy Be island and travel south-east by boat to the smaller island of Nosy Komba, meaning ‘lemur’ in Swahili. This is an excellent place to see black lemurs at close quarters. Stay 4 nights at Tsara Komba on full-board basis and either relax or take an excursion to the nearby marine reserve, Nosy Tanikely. Return to Antananarivo, and overnight at Le Royal Palissandre. Morning at leisure. Afternoon flight on day 20 back to London via Addis Ababa. Early morning arrival on day 21.

Tour + Nosy Be 8 Days & 6 Nights from £1,295 Extension starts on Day 15 Tour code: WAMNBE

A small picturesque island located off Madagascar’s north-west coast, Nosy Be has beautiful sandy beaches. Stay 4 nights at the Vanilla Hotel & Spa (Ocean room) and relax on the beaches, wander through the perfumescented plantations of ylangylang trees and spices, explore the lemur reserves, search for chameleons, visit quaint villages – where local stalls sell everything from seafood to lace tablecloths – and take boat rides to other nearby islands. Return to Antananarivo, and overnight at Le Royal Palissandre. Morning at leisure. Afternoon flight on day 20 back to London via Addis Ababa. Early morning arrival on day 21.

Wild baby coquerel sifaka

Tour + Ifaty 8 Days & 6 Nights from £695 Tour code: WAMDUN

Ifaty is a quiet coastal fishing village just north of Toliara (Tulear) with a charming hotel built in traditional Malagasy style. Relax on the long, sandy beach or take optional excursions from Les Dunes d’Ifaty hotel, such as snorkelling to view the coral reef, whale watching (July to mid-September) and excursions into the baobab forest. Days 14-17: Ifaty Stay 4 nights at Les Dunes d’Ifaty (villa room). Days at leisure. (B, D) Day 18: Fly to Antananarivo Fly from Toliara to Antananarivo. Stay at Le Royal Palissandre for 2 nights. Afternoon at leisure. (B) Day 19: Antananarivo Morning tour of Ambohimanga, one of the 12 sacred hills of Antananarivo. En route back to the hotel visit La Digue handicraft market. Afternoon at leisure. (B) Day 20: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B) Day 21: Early morning arrival into London (N)

ACCOMMODATION • MADAGASCAR

Beach Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Exceptional

Luxury

Miavana Island, Nosy Ankoa

Anjajavy Hotel, Anjajavy peninsula

Tsarabanjina, Mitsio archipelago

Features:

Lying off the north-eastern coast of Madagascar on Nosy Ankao, this luxurious beach retreat offers forest walks, turtle, whale and dolphin watching. Individual one- to threebedroom villas have decks leading straight to the pristine white beach. There are indoor and outdoor restaurants and a well-stocked wine cellar. The main lodge houses a 'chamber of curiosities' containing wonderful items salvaged from around the island.

14 villas, rooftop bar, 3 dining spaces, wine cellar, swimming pool, spa.

Superior

Tsara Komba, Nosy Komba

Tsara Komba is set on a steep hillside of bougainvillea, papaya and flame trees and the thatched bungalows perch above a beautiful beach and the Indian Ocean beyond. The restaurant combines the best of Malagasy spices with French cuisine using fresh produce. Hummingbirds flit around and the call of black lemurs (accompanied by tree frogs) can frequently be heard.

Features:

6 bungalows, restaurant, bar with viewing deck.

Anjajavy lies on a remote north-western peninsula accessible only by air. Accommodation is in two-storey villas that open on to a large sea-facing veranda. The hotel has its own botanical garden, where lemurs and a variety of birds can be spotted. Private dinners can be arranged at several locations, including on the beach. Activities include forest walks, kayaking through the mangroves and boat trips.

25 two-storey villas, restaurant, swimming pool, garden.

Superior

Tsarabanjina is a tranquil island off the northwest coast of Madagascar, fringed by white sandy beaches. This mountainous island supports a wide variety of birdlife as well as the smallest chameleon species in the world. Meals are served in the restaurant in the mezzanine above the bar overlooking the sea and seafood platters can be served alfresco on the beach. Activities at the lodge include snorkelling, fishing and tennis.

25 bungalows, seafront restaurant, bar, shop, small spa, library, Wi-Fi.

Good Standard

Princesse Bora Lodge & Spa, Sainte-Marie

L'Heure Bleu, Madirokely

Princesse Bora Lodge & Spa is an ecolodge located in a vast palm grove next to a white sandy beach. Accommodation is in round beach villas, built using local wood and stone and largely open to benefit from the beauty of the site. Activities include snorkelling, 4x4 driving excursions and whale watching by boat (July to September).

L’Heure Bleue is set on the farthest end of the sandy beach at Madirokely. This beautiful, boutique lodge has bungalows that are set either on the water’s edge or on the hill with views across the bay. All have a private terrace with sea view. The food is excellent, with a focus on fresh seafood. L’Heure Bleue can arrange fishing and Nosy Be excursions including 4x4 trips around the island.

Features:

20 villas, restaurant, infinity pool, spa.

8 bungalows, 2 swimming pools, thatched bar & lounge, terrace on stilts.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

101

MADAGASCAR • SOLO TRAVELLERS TOUR

Madagascar: Untouched Wilderness Duration • 12 Days & 10 Nights Category • Discovery

Group Tour • From £3,995

Solo

NEW TOU R

This goup tour features…  3- & 4-star accommodation  Twin / double rooms for single use  Flexible – extensions (see p100), room & flight upgrades available

 Small group size – maximum 18  International & internal flights  Welcome & farewell group dinners  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour manager  9 breakfasts, 6 lunches, 10 dinners  Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports & stations

Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park

Weather Antananarivo J F M A M J J A S O N D A 26 26 25 25 23 20 20 20 23 25 26 26 B 16 16 16 15 12 10 10 10 11 13 15 16 C 279 260 201 61 27 14 19 20 15 69 171 310

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

Madagascar’s main draw is undoubtedly the extraordinary wildlife, much of which is endemic. However, the island is also a treasure trove for those interested in geology, with its vestiges of the Triassic and Jurassic eras. This journey takes in some of Madagascar’s most spectacular landscapes and visits national parks teeming with exotic wildlife.

C&K Signature experiences  Specialist naturalist & forest guides  Explore the impressive Allée des Baobabs

 Seek out nocturnal lemurs & chameleons

 Learn about conservation & reforestation at Mitsinjo

Day 1: Fly to Antananarivo via Nairobi Overnight flight from London (regional connections available) to Antananarivo, via Nairobi, with Kenya Airways. (N) Day 2: Antananarivo Transfer to the Palissandre Hotel & Spa for a

102

2-night stay. Welcome dinner at your hotel in the evening. Day 3: Antananarivo • Ambohimanga Morning visit to Ambohimanga. Afternoon city tour in vintage cars. (B, L, D) Day 4: Fly to Morondava • Kirindy Transfer to the airport for a flight to Morondava. On arrival, transfer to Relais du Kirindy for overnight stay. Afternoon and night wildlife walks in the Kirindy forest in search of lemurs, endemic birdlife and Madagascar’s largest carnivore – the fossa. (B, L, D) Day 5 & 6: Bemaraha National Park • Tsingy This morning drive to Bemaraha and stay 2 nights at the Olympe de Bemaraha (or similar). Afternoon visit to Petit Tsingy. Visit the Great Tsingy section of Bemaraha National Park and explore the labyrinth of dramatic limestone rock formations, spires and caves, searching for lemurs and local birdlife. Also visit the Manambolo river gorge. (B, L, D) Day 7: Bemaraha • Morondava Drive back to Morondava for an overnight stay at the Palissandre Côte Ouest. You may reach the Alleé des Baobabs in time to watch the sun set over the picturesque landscape. (B, D) Day 8: Fly to Antananarivo Fly back to Antananarivo. Afternoon tour

XXXXXXXXXX

Allée des Baobabs

including the Musée de la Photo, which showcases some extraordinary images relating to the history of Madagascar. Overnight at the Palissandre Hotel & Spa. (B, D) Days 9-10: Perinet • Mantadia National Park Head east to the rainforest region of Madagascar and spend 2 nights at the Andasibe Hotel. Evening walk in Analamazaotra, in search of nocturnal wildlife. Spend a day within the Mantadia National Park, a primary forest home to several species of lemur including the indri, one of the largest lemur species and a wide variety of endemic bird species. (B, L, D) Day 11: Perinet • Antananarivo Morning visit to Analamazaotra Special Reserve and reforestation project, with further wildlife spotting. Other lemur species which may be spotted include the common brown lemur and the grey bamboo lemur. Later, drive back to Antananarivo for a farewell dinner and overnight at the Relais des Plateaux. (B, D) Day 12: Fly to London via Nairobi Transfer to the airport and fly to London, via Nairobi, with Kenya Airways. (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

complete collection at CoxandKings.co.uk/solotravellers Discovery tour: This tour involves forest walks and some long, dusty drives over rough terrain, and is therefore suited to the hardier traveller. We suggest extending your stay to relax after the tour.

Guideline prices for 2019 Group tour Low season from £3,995 Guide price month: Jun

Tour code: WSS

High season from £4,035 Guide price months: Sep & Nov

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Kenya Airways flight upgrades Business Class from £1,650 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019 Out (Fri) 07 Jun 19

Rtn (Tue) 18 Jun 19

Out (Fri) 27 Sep 19

Rtn (Tue) 08 Oct 19

Out (Fri) 01 Nov 19

Rtn (Tue) 12 Nov 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

103

MADAGASCAR • ACCOMMODATION

Hotels, Lodges & Camps This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Superior

Lokanga Boutique Hotel, Antananarivo

Satrana Lodge, Isalo National Park

Le Relais de la Reine, Isalo National Park

Features:

Located on the royal hill in the oldest district of Antananarivo, Lokanga Boutique Hotel is the former residence of the royal musicians. This 1930s heritage house is packed with Malagasy memorabilia while each room is decorated with a different theme. The impressive dining terrace offers unrivalled views of the city and the restaurant prepares homemade cakes and traditional Malagasy dishes.

6 rooms, restaurant, garden, terrace.

Superior

Located at the entrance to Isalo National Park, Satrana Lodge’s tented suites complement the landscape of rolling savannas and deep canyons. The private decks and hilltop bar and restaurant have wonderful views across the Horombe plain and the private gardens feature an outdoor shower. The outdoor swimming pool is the perfect place to relax after a day’s hiking in the park.

40 tented suites, restaurant, bar, swimming pool, library.

Superior

Located in the south-west of Madagascar and hidden among a 16-hectare oasis bordering the Isalo massif, Le Relais de la Reine is a quaint French farmhouse-style lodge. Thirty cool and airy rooms are dotted among the manicured gardens and rocky sandstone formations. The lodge has its own equestrian centre and a spa centre offering many relaxing treatments and massages.

30 rooms, restaurant, bar, swimming pool, spa, tennis court, equestrian centre.

Good Standard

Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge, Manafiafy

Mandrare River Camp, Ifotaka Community Forest

Vakona Forest Lodge, Andasibe National Park

Features:

Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge has just six private bungalows and is an intriguing combination of rainforest lodge and barefoot luxury beach property. Meals are taken with your host in an open-sided bar and dining area and the nearby beach is great for swimming and snorkelling. Activities include guided rainforest walks to spot wildlife.

6 bungalows, restaurant, dining room, bar

104

Set in the grounds of an old colonial plantation house on the banks of the Mandrare river, the sun rises directly in front of the tents over the Mandrare river giving beautiful early morning views. This superb camp has six large tents, each tent with a four-poster bed and en suite facilities. Spot ring-tailed lemurs and other wildlife in the nearby gallery forests.

6 tented rooms, restaurant, terrace, outdoor fire area.

Built in a privately owned patch of forest between the Andasibe and Mantadia reserves, Vakona Forest Lodge features simple rooms, some are suitable for families. The main area of the lodge is suspended over a lake on a wooden platform where French cuisine is served. The lodge has its own ‘lemur island’ where a variety of semi-tame lemurs live.

28 rooms, dining room, terrace, lounge, swimming pool.

ACCOMMODATION • MADAGASCAR

Good Standard

Setam Lodge, Ranomafana National Park

Grand Hotel du Tsingy, Bekopaka

Built high up into the hillside, Setam Lodge provides excellent views overlooking the Ranomafana forest. Enjoy the vistas while sitting in the restaurant, featuring floor-toceiling windows and serving fine Malagasy cuisine. Only a 5-minute drive from the park gate, the lodge has 20 simple and comfortable rooms, all with a river view and housed in 10 thatched bungalows.

Located 17km from the Tsingy du Bemaraha National Park, Grand Hotel du Tsingy is a great starting point for visiting Madagascar’s unique rock formations. Rooms are in simple bungalows with their own private terrace. The restaurant, with terrace, and the nearby swimming pool offer splendid panoramic views of the surrounding countryside, the valley of the river Manambolo and the village of Bekopaka.

Features:

Simple

20 rooms, restaurant, terrace with park views.

Good Standard

Anakao Ocean Lodge & Spa, Anakao

Lying on a long sandy lagoon-enclosed beach, Anakao Ocean Lodge is a wonderful off-thebeaten-track retreat located just a few minutes boat ride from the village of Anakao. All of the bungalows are made entirely from local materials and have views of Mozambique channel’s warm turquoise waters. Spa treatments are available in addition to the numerous water-based activities on offer.

Features:

25 bungalows, restaurant, bar, library, shop, spa.

26 rooms, restaurant, terrace, swimming pool.

Masoala Forest Lodge, Masoala National Park

Set in a small clearing in the rainforest and accessible only by boat, Masoala Forest Lodge is located at the edge of the Tampolo Marine Park. Seven tents raised on wooden decks provide uninterrupted views of the forest canopy and sea, allowing guests to see their surrounds from the perspective of the lemurs and birds. Activities include sea kayaking, snorkelling and guided forest walks.

7 tents, dining area, lounge, bar.

Nature Lodge, Amber Mountain National Park

Le Camp Amoureux, Marofandilia

Located on a hill close to Joffreville, Nature Lodge has 12 simple bungalows. All private terraces at the lodge offer panoramic views of the bay of Diego Suarez and the Indian Ocean. The restaurant prepares both Malagasy and French dishes with fresh produce sourced from the garden and nearby mountains. The outdoor terrace is perfect for an evening drink.

Named after Les Baobabs Amoureux, the famous avenue of baobab trees, Le Camp Amoureux is a simple but highly atmospheric camp. The camp is solar powered and there is a separate dining area with a lounge / reading area. The cry of the red-tailed sportive lemur can be heard at night through the canvas of the tents, which are surrounded by the Marofandilia forest.

Features:

12 rooms, restaurant, bar, library, terrace.

7 tented bungalows, restaurant.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

105

XXXXXXXXXX

106

Ethiopia Group tours • Tailor-made travel The only country on the African continent never to be colonised and rich in Orthodox Christian heritage, Ethiopia is culturally and scenically enthralling, and completely unique in so many different ways. With the highest number of Unesco world heritage sites (nine in total) of any African country, it is best known for the historical locations in the north, including the rock-hewn churches of Lalibela, the obelisks of Axum and the Ark of the Covenant. There are 74 different tribes within Ethiopia, each with their own distinct language, music and dance. Ethiopians also have their own yearly calendar (the Julian Calendar), their own way of telling the time and a different naming system to us. Ethiopia’s flora and fauna is often overshadowed by the historic attractions but much exists if you are prepared to venture away from the usual sights. With Cox & Kings you can travel further afield into the Simien and Bale mountain ranges, and south through the Rift Valley to the tribal Omo valley. More than 850 bird species have been recorded in Ethiopia – 13 of them endemic – and gelada monkeys, walia ibex and Ethiopian wolves can all be spotted in the mountainous regions.

108 109 110 111

Discover Ethiopia The historical north National parks The Rift Valley The Omo Valley

112 114 116

Small group & private tours Ethiopian Odyssey • Group or private Tour extensions A Taste of Ethiopia • Solo Travellers tour

115

Places to stay – our suggestions Hotels & lodges

Climate

The best time to visit the highlands is between October and June. From July to September, temperatures are higher and rainfall greater. Night time temperatures can fall to near or below freezing in the mountains, particularly during the dry season. Because of the elevation of the country, it is advisable to bring a sweater year round.

Image left: Gelada monkey, Simien mountains

Addis Ababa

Lalibela

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 22 23 23 23 23 22 20 20 20 21 21 21

A 21 23 23 23 24 24 21 20 21 21 20 21

B 5 7 9 9 9 9 10 9 9 7 5 4

B 5 7 8 9 10 10 9 9 8 7 5 5

C 23 47 74 97 93 127 274 281 176 43 13 11

C 13 28 55 83 84 73 281 295 128 51 28 21

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

107

ETHIOPIA

Discover Ethiopia

Bete Giorgis, Lalibela

The Historical North

Timkat

Walk through the rock-hewn churches of Lalibela • Visit the Blue Nile Falls The northern historical circuit is the country’s most visited region, and encompasses Axum, Lalibela, Gondar and Bahir Dar, which can easily be combined into an inspiring one-week itinerary. The most famous site on the northern route is Lalibela, the ‘new Jerusalem’, which was built by King Lalibela ‘with the help of angels’ in the 12th century. Also in the north, although less visited, are the rock-hewn churches of Tigray, accessed from Mekelle. Ethiopian Airlines covers this circuit comprehensively, although timetables are prone to change. With the improvement of the roads in this area, we can now recommend travelling by 4x4 vehicle with your own private driver-guide.

A suggested itinerary...

The Road to Lalibela 15 Days & 12 Nights from £4,695 Travel overland in a private 4x4 vehicle through some of Ethiopia’s most spectacular scenery, accompanied by an expert driver-guide. Day 1: Fly to Addis Ababa (N) Day 2: Addis Ababa Arrive in Addis Ababa. Afternoon city tour. Stay 1 night at the Golden Tulip Hotel. (L, D) Day 3: Fly to Bahir Dar Fly to Bahir Dar, then visit the Blue Nile Falls and the market. Stay overnight at Kuriftu Lodge & Spa. (B, L, D) Day 4: Gondar Morning boat ride on Lake Tana to Zeghie peninsula. Visit Ura Kidane Mihret. Afternoon drive to Gondar. Stay 2 nights at the Mayleko Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 5: Gondar Morning tour of the castle of King Fasilides and

108

Ethiopia is alive with festivals. One of the most celebrated is Timkat (Epiphany) in January. Pilgrims travel for days to the churches and the local priests lead a long procession of the Tabot (a replica of the Ark of the Covenant), which is draped in multi-coloured cloth and taken slowly around the towns and villages preceded by people drumming, chanting and singing. The Tabot is then placed in a white tent overnight by a body of water while pilgrims and priests dressed in blue vestments with gold brocade pray and sing until morning. For Orthodox Christians, Timkat is the symbolic renewal of the baptism pledges. Our special Timkat Ethiopian Odyssey group tour departs on 7 January 2019 and 9 January 2020. See page 113 for details.

Trinity Church. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 6: Simien mountains Drive to the Simien mountains. Afternoon guided walk. Overnight at LimaLimo Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 7: Axum Full-day drive to Axum. Two nights at the Yared Zema Hotel. (B, L, D) Day 8: Axum Full-day Axum tour. (B, L, D) Day 9: Yeha • Hawaiian Full-day drive to Hawaiian via the Temple of the Moon, Yeha. Overnight at Gheralta Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 10: Mekelle Drive to Mekelle. En route visit the three rockhewn churches. Overnight at Planet Hotel. (B, L, D) Day 11: Lalibela Drive to Lalibela. En route visit Yimrehane Christos, a cave church. Stay 3 nights at the Maribela Hotel in Lalibela. (B, L, D) Day 12: Lalibela Morning at leisure. Afternoon visit to the northwest cluster of churches. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Lalibela Morning walk up to Asheton Maryam (weather permitting) or Nakutelab cave church. Afternoon visit to the south-east cluster of churches. (B, L, D) Days 14-15: Fly home via Addis Ababa Fly to Addis Ababa. Transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel. Day room with a car and driver at your disposal. Dinner at a cultural restaurant. Transfer to the airport and fly home. (B, L, D) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £4,695 (Apr – Aug) High season from: £4,995 (Sep – Mar) Tour code: LLI

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

ETHIOPIA

National Parks Encounter gelada monkeys • Stunning mountain scenery Most of Ethiopia is more than 1,500 metres above sea level and some areas are as high as 4,500 metres. For this reason, it is often referred to as ‘the roof of Africa’. Ethiopia has two highland national parks. The Simien mountains in the north is a region of jagged peaks and incredible mountain views, often included within the historic circuit as it provides an interesting contrast to the monuments of the north. The park is also known for its endemic walia ibex (mountain goats) and gelada mountain monkeys. Meanwhile, the wild alpine scenery of the Bale Massif National Park in the south-east is the favoured habitat of Ethiopian wolves and is the best place in Ethiopia to spot endemic birds, including a variety of raptors. Other wildlife you may encounter includes endemic giant mole rats, olive baboons, gureza monkeys, bush bucks, bush pigs, leopards, lions and wild dogs. Both of these parks have excellent hiking. Visit our website for more details of the Simien mountain trek, which combines Lalibela and Gondar with 7 nights camping, culminating in reaching Ras Dejen at 4,533 metres, Ethiopia’s highest peak. Awash National Park, about 150km west of Addis Ababa, and Abiata-Shala National Park, close to Lake Langano, are both excellent birdwatching areas. Also on our website is the Ethiopian Wildlife Safari (16 days & 13 nights) which blends Ethiopia’s most celebrated wildlife areas with selected northern highlights. Blue Nile Falls, Ethiopia

Ethiopian wolf, Simien Mountains National Park

A suggested itinerary...

Ethiopia & Zimbabwe: Wolves, Wild Dogs & Victoria Falls 15 Days & 12 Nights from £3,675 This tour offers a unique two-country itinerary that combines the pristine wilderness of Ethiopia’s Bale Mountain National Park with the exceptional wildlife viewing of Zimbabwe’s Hwange National Park and the iconic Victoria Falls. Day 1: Fly to Addis Ababa (N) Day 2: Addis Ababa Arrive in Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel for a 1-night stay. Afternoon city tour, including the Ethnographic Museum, Holy Trinity Cathedral and the Mercato. (L, D) Day 3: Bale mountains Drive to Goba in the Bale mountains, the largest area of Afro-Alpine habitat in Africa. Stay 4 nights at the Bale Mountain Lodge. (B, L, D)

Priest, Axum

Days 4-6: Bale mountains Days at leisure, or join an optional activity organised by the lodge. Activities include walks and guided trips to the Sanetti plateau or further afield to the Omar caves. (B, L, D) Day 7: Lake Langano Drive to the picturesque Lake Langano, backed by the Arsi mountain range with peaks rising to a height of 4,000 metres. Stay overnight at Hara Langano Lodge. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 8: Addis Ababa Morning drive to Addis Ababa via Lake Ziway. Stay overnight at the Radisson Blu Hotel. In the evening enjoy dinner at a cultural restaurant. (B, L, D) Day 9: Victoria Falls Fly to Victoria Falls. Transfer to Hwange National Park. Stay 3 nights at Somalisa Camp. Afternoon wildlife drive. Activities include guided walks and day and night wildlife drives. Common animal sightings include elephants, zebras, buffaloes, giraffes, lions, leopards, hyenas and sable antelope. Visits can also be made to the African wild dog conservation project. Wild dogs are unique

to Africa and are among the continent’s most endangered species. (B, L, D) Days 10-11: Hwange National Park Safari activities. (B) Day 12: Victoria Falls Transfer back to Victoria Falls. Stay 2 nights at Ilala Lodge Hotel. Afternoon at leisure or book optional excursions (see page 81 or speak to our Africa specialists for suggestions). (B) Day 13: Victoria Falls Day at leisure or optional excursions. (B) Days 14-15: Fly home via Addis Ababa (B) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £3,675 (Apr – Aug) High season from: £3,775 (Jan – Mar) Tour code: EZB

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

109

ETHIOPIA

Great Rift Valley, near Debre Libanos

The Rift Valley Outstanding birdwatching • Visit the Dorze people in Chencha Journey south of Addis and you will reach a cluster of lakes: Shala, Abiata, Ziway and Langano. These are great spots for birdwatching. Langano is a holiday resort, with Sabana Beach Resort and Bishangari Lodge both good places to relax for a few days after travel in the north. Visit our website for more details on our Ethiopian birdwatching itinerary. Head south through lush countryside and coffee plantations to Awasa, the largest town in southern Ethiopia. It also has a lively fish market and enjoys an enviable location on the edge of Lake Awasa. Pass through spectacular green hills and little visited villages to Arba Minch. From here, an excellent boat trip can be taken on Lake Chamo to spot crocodiles, hippos and a multitude of birds. The village of Chencha, overlooking Arba Minch, is well worth the ride up the switchbacks. Visit the Dorze people with their beehive-shaped houses and their fine quality weaving. Young boys from the Karo tribe

A suggested itinerary...

Ethiopia’s Great Rift Valley 12 Days & 9 Nights from £2,935 Journey from Addis Ababa to the Omo valley, stopping en route to absorb the fascinating cultures, towns and lakes of the south. Day 1: Fly to Addis Ababa (N) Day 2: Addis Ababa Arrive in Addis Ababa. Afternoon city tour. Overnight at the Golden Tulip Hotel. (L, D) Day 3: Lake Langano Drive to Lake Langano via the Unesco world heritage site of Tiva. Stay overnight at Sabana Beach Resort. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 4: Arba Minch Drive to Arba Minch. Stay 2 nights at Paradise Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 5: Arba Minch Morning boat ride on Lake Chamo. Afternoon

110

visit to Chencha. (B, L, D) Day 6: Karat-Konso Drive to Karat. Two nights at Kanta Lodge. Afternoon visit to a Konso village. (B, L, D) Day 7: Key Afar Full-day excursion to Key Afar in the Omo valley for the Thursday market. See the Konso, Bena and Tsemay tribes going about their daily lives. Return to Karat-Konso. (B, L, D) Day 8: Yirgalem Drive via Yabello to Yirgalem. Picnic lunch en route. Stay 3 nights at Aregash Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 9: Yirgalem Morning walk in the local area, including interaction with the local people. Afternoon drive to see the coffee plantations. Return to Aregash Lodge for a coffee ceremony and hyena viewing. (B, L, D) Day 10: Yirgalem Day at leisure. Optional excursion to the fish market in Awasa, including a 2-hour boat trip

to spot birds and hippos. Return to Aregash Lodge for lunch. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Days 11-12: Addis Ababa • Fly home Drive to Addis Ababa. Transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel where a day room is available. A car is at your disposal. Dinner at a cultural restaurant and transfer to the airport. (B, L, D) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £2,935 (Apr – Aug) High season from: £3,145 (Sep – Dec) Tour code: GRV

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

ETHIOPIA

Mursi Territory, Omo Valley

The Omo Valley Market day at Key Afar • Spectacular scenery on the road from Karat-Konso to Yirgalem South-west of Arba Minch is the Omo valley, home to a diverse array of ancient tribal cultures, the most well-known of which are the Mursi, Karo, Benna and Hamer tribes. This area is best explored by road with a driver-guide in a 4x4 vehicle. Sometimes distances are long, the roads are bumpy and the quality of the interactions with the local people can be mixed. However, with a good guide, it is possible to see and learn a huge amount as you travel through this dramatic, varied and completely tribal landscape. Stop en route to explore local villages, markets and museums. Venturing down to Ethiopia’s southern region, especially as a second-time traveller to Ethiopia, is thoroughly recommended. The suggested itinerary below, Ethiopia’s Tribal Kingdom, is for the more seasoned traveller with more time spent inside the Omo valley itself. As with all our programmes, these itineraries are completely flexible, so please speak to one of our specialists who will tailor the tour to suit your needs. Traditional women's dress from the Hamer tribe, Omo valley

A suggested itinerary...

Ethiopia’s Tribal Kingdom 13 Days & 10 Nights from £3,675 Travel past the Rift Valley lakes and coffee plantations to the Omo valley, meeting some of Africa’s most fascinating ethnic groups. Day 1: Fly to Addis Ababa (N) Day 2: Addis Ababa Morning arrival in Addis. Afternoon city tour. Stay 1 night at the Golden Tulip Hotel. (L, D) Day 3: Arba Minch Drive south to Arba Minch. En route, visit the engraved stele of Tiya. Stay 2 nights at Paradise Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 4: Arba Minch Morning visit to Chencha. Afternoon boat ride on Lake Chamo. (B, L, D) Day 5: Jinka Drive to Jinka via Karat-Konso, Weito and Key. Short stop in Konso, known for its intricate

totems. Stay 1 night at Eco-Omo Safari Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 6: Turmi Visit the Ari and Bena tribes, then continue to Mago National Park, home to the Mursi tribe. In the afternoon, drive to Turmi and stay 3 nights at Buska Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 7: Turmi Morning visit to the Karo tribe. Afternoon visit to the Dassanech in Omo Rate. (B, L, D) Day 8: Turmi Morning visit to the Hamer tribe. Afternoon at leisure or visit the Turmis market (Mondays or Saturdays). (B, L, D) Day 9: Karat-Konso Drive to Karat and stay overnight at Kanta Lodge. Afternoon Konso village visit. (B, L, D) Day 10: Yirgalem Drive to Yirgalem via Dublock. Stay 2 nights at Aregash Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 11: Yirgalem Morning walk in the local area. Afternoon drive around Yirgalem to see the coffee

plantations. Return to Aregash Lodge for a coffee ceremony and hyena viewing. (B, L, D) Days 12-13: Addis Ababa • Fly home Drive to Addis Ababa via Wondo Genet and Lake Langano. Transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel where a day room is available. Dinner at a cultural restaurant and transfer to the airport for your flight home. (B, L, D) (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £3,675 (Apr – Aug) High season from: £3,775 (Sep – Dec) Tour code: GDO

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

111

ETHIOPIA • TOUR

Ethiopian Odyssey Duration • 14 Days & 11 Nights Category • Discovery

Group Tour • From £3,295 Private Tour • From £4,095

This group tour features…  3-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions (see p114),

room & flight upgrades available

 Average group size – 10 people (max 18)

 Direct international flights  Internal flights  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour manager  11 breakfasts, 12 lunches, 12 dinners

 Welcome drink to meet the group

Church of St George, Lalibela

& guide

 Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports & stations  5 special festival departures, including Timkat

Weather Addis Ababa J F M A M J J A S O N D A 22 23 23 23 23 22 20 20 20 21 21 21 B 5 7 9 9 9 9 10 9 9 7 5 4 C 23 47 74 97 93 127 274 281 176 43 13 11

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

The only African country that has never been colonised, Ethiopia is also unusual for its Orthodox Christian heritage. This journey travels through this enthralling and beautiful country to discover the layers of history that have shaped the land.

C&K Signature experiences  Explore the impressive Tigray & Lalibela rock-hewn churches

 Spend 2 nights immersed in the

spectacular Simien mountains scenery

 Take a boat trip on Lake Tana & visit the Blue Nile Falls

Day 1: Fly to Addis Ababa Fly from London (regional connections available) to Addis Ababa with Ethiopian Airlines. (N) Day 2: Addis Ababa Arrive in the third highest capital in the world. Afternoon city tour, including the Ethnographic Museum and the Holy Trinity Cathedral. Overnight at the Golden Tulip Hotel (or similar). Pre-dinner welcome drink. (L, D) Day 3: Fly to Mekelle • Hawzien Morning flight to Mekelle. Short tour of Mekelle, including Bete Yohannes. Drive to Hawzien. En route, visit the rock-hewn churches of Wukro Cherkos and Abraha Atsbeha. Stay overnight at the Gheralta Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D)

112

Days 4-5: Axum Morning drive to Axum. Stay 2 nights at Sabean Hotel (or similar). The next day visit the tombs of King Kaleb and Gebra Meskel, the Queen of Sheba’s swimming pool and palace, King Ezana’s Stone and the magnificent stele (obelisks). Afternoon visit to the Cathedral of St Mary of Zion and the Chapel of the Tablet, said to contain the Ark of the Covenant, as well as the Axum Museum. (B, L, D) Days 6-7: Fly to Lalibela via Gondar Fly to the world heritage site of Lalibela, via Gondar. The site features 11 rock-hewn churches. Afternoon visit to the north-west cluster of churches, including the Church of St George. Stay 2 nights at the Mountain View Hotel / Mezena Lodge. Morning walk the following day up to Asheton Maryam (weather permitting). Alternatively, visit the cave church Nakutelab, accessible by car. Afternoon visit to the south-east cluster of churches. (B, L, D) Days 8-9: Fly to Gondar • Simien mountains Fly to Gondar, located at the foot of the Simien mountains. Visit the Church of Debre Berhan Selassie to see its murals. Drive to the Simien Mountain Lodge and stay for 2 nights. Evening talk on gelada monkeys, endemic to this area. Morning drive the following day to Chennek, home to the endemic walia ibex. Stop to view gelada monkeys and walk to a waterfall. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 10: Gondar Drive to Gondar and stay 1 night at the Mayleko Lodge (or similar). Afternoon tour of the castles of Emperor Fasiladas and the Palace of the Queen Mentuab. (B, L, D)

XXXXXXXXXX

Fasilides castle, Gondar

Day 11: Gorgora • Zeghe peninsula • Bahir Dar Drive to Gorgora and visit the monastery of Debre Sina Mariam. Cross Lake Tana by boat and visit Narga Selassie. Continue to URA Kidane Mihret and Azwa Mariam on the Zeghe peninsula. Stay 2 nights at the Kuriftu Resort & Spa (or similar). (B, L, D) Day 12: Blue Nile Falls • Bahir Dar Visit the Blue Nile Falls at Tissisat. Afternoon visit to the Bezawit Palace and the market in Bahir Dar. Optional spa treatments available. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Morning flight to Addis Ababa. Day room at the Golden Tulip Hotel. Short visit to the Mercato. Dinner at a cultural restaurant and transfer to the airport. Fly to London. Arrive the next day. (B, L, D) (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information Discovery tour: This tour is best suited to the hardier traveller as it includes some rougher road journeys and some basic accommodation. Hotels, while sometimes not reaching western standards, are clean and comfortable and the country’s cultural wonders more than make up for occasional deficiencies (please note that some churches are not open to female travellers). Ethiopia is mountainous and altitude may be a problem for some visitors. Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Festivals of Ethiopia Some of the departures have been scheduled to coincide with Ethiopia’s most celebrated festivals, as marked with an asterisk in the departure dates table. * Timkat: Taking place in Bahir Dar on 19 January, Timkat is the Ethiopian Orthodox celebration of Epiphany. The 7 January 2019 departure leaves and returns on a Monday. The 9 January 2020 departure leaves and returns on a Thursday. Both Timkat festival departures have an extra night duration of 15 days & 12 nights.

† Meskel: Celebrated in Addis Ababa on 27 September, Meskel commemorates the finding of the true cross by Queen Helena. The 15 September 2019 departure leaves on a Sunday and returns on a Saturday. ‡ Hidar Tsion: Celebrated in Axum on the 30 November, Hidar Tsion is associated with the presence of the Ark of the Covenant and is a joyous annual pilgrimage. The 27 November 2019 departure leaves on a Wednesday and returns on a Tuesday.

Guideline prices for 2019-20

Tour code: ETH

Group tour Low season from £3,295 Guide price month: Oct

Private travel Low season from £4,095 Guide price month: Oct

High season from £3,625 Guide price month: Jan

High season from £4,295 Guide price month: Jan

Single supplement from £545 The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices.

Ethiopian Airlines flight upgrades Business Class from £1,995 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019-20 Out *07 Jan 19 01 Feb 19 15 Mar 19

Rtn 21 Jan 19 14 Feb 19 28 Mar 19

Out †15 Sep 19 11 Oct 19 ‡27 Nov 19

Rtn 28 Sep 19 24 Oct 19 10 Dec 19

Out *09 Jan 20 07 Feb 20 20 Mar 20

Rtn 23 Jan 20 20 Feb 20 02 Apr 20

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

113

ETHIOPIA • TOURS

Tour Extensions

Great Rift Valley

Giant lobelia forest, Sanetti plateau, Bale mountains

White sand beach, Zanzibar

Tour + Rift Valley 8 Days & 7 Nights from £1,495

Tour + Bale Mountains 8 Days & 7 Nights from £2,245

Tour + Zanzibar 8 Days & 7 Nights from £1,865

Tour code: ETHASW

Tour code: ETHBLE

Tour code: ETHZNZ

Travel south from Addis Ababa, following the course of the East African Rift Valley through dramatic landscapes.

Discover Ethiopia’s natural wonders with an extension to the Bale mountains. The national park is the largest area of AfroAlpine habitat in the African continent. Visit the Sanetti plateau and take forest walks in Dinsho to discover the local scenery and endemic flora and fauna.

Zanzibar was once the centre of the slave trade and an important trading post for spices and cloves. This extension combines Zanzibar’s idyllic beaches with an opportunity to discover the island’s history. Stone Town is a wonderful place to explore, with its winding alleys, ornate mansions and intricately carved doors.

Day 13: Fly to Addis Ababa Fly to Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel (or similar) for 1 night. Dinner at a cultural restaurant. (B, L, D) Day 14: Tiya • Arba Minch Drive to Arba Minch via the Unesco-listed site of Tiya. Stay 2 nights at Paradise Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 15: Konso • Lake Chamo Morning visit to Konso. Afternoon boat trip on Lake Chamo to see hippos and crocodiles. (B, L, D) Days 16-17: Chencha • Yirgalem Morning visit to Chencha, home of the Dorze people – cotton weavers who live in tall beehive-shaped dwellings. Afternoon drive to Yirgalem. Stay 2 nights at Aregash Lodge. Following day at leisure and take part in the daily sunset coffee ceremony. (B, L, D) Day 18: Lake Langano Drive to Lake Langano. Overnight at Sabana Beach Resort. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 19: Addis Ababa Morning at leisure. Drive to Addis Ababa. Transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel for 1 night. (B, L, D). Day 20: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

114

Day 13: Fly to Addis Ababa Fly to Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel for 1 night. Dinner at a cultural restaurant. (B, L, D) Day 14: Lake Awasa Descend the Great Rift Valley. Take lunch at Lake Zwai and visit Lake Abijatta. Stay overnight at the Haile Resort on Lake Awasa. (B, L, D) Day 15: Bale mountains Drive to Goba in the Bale mountains and stay for 3 nights at the Bale Mountain Lodge. (B, L, D) Days 16-17: Bale mountains At leisure to enjoy the many walking trails, including those on the Sanetti plateau. (B, L, D) Day 18: Wondo Genet • Lake Langano Drive to Lake Langano via Wondo Genet, an area of natural springs. Stay overnight at Sabana Beach Resort. (B, L, D) Day 19: Addis Ababa Morning at leisure. Drive to Addis Ababa. Transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel for 1 night. (B) Day 20: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (N)

Day 13: Fly to Addis Ababa Fly to Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel (or similar) for 1 night. Dinner at a cultural restaurant. (B, L, D). Day 14: Fly to Zanzibar Fly to Zanzibar. Transfer to Breezes Beach Club and stay for 3 nights. (B, D) Days 15-16: Zanzibar Days at leisure or take advantage of the fitness centre, swimming pool and tennis court. (B, D) Day 17: Stone Town Morning at leisure. Afternoon transfer to Stone Town and stay 2 nights at Emerson Spice. (B) Day 18: Stone Town Morning walking tour of Stone Town’s winding mansion-lined lanes. Afternoon spice tour. (B) Day 19: Fly to Addis Ababa Morning at leisure. Afternoon flight to Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip Hotel (or similar) for 1 night. (B) Day 20: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (N)

ACCOMMODATION • ETHIOPIA

Hotels & Lodges This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Superior

Kuriftu Resort & Spa, Bahir Dar

Situated on the shores of Lake Tana, the Kuriftu Resort & Spa is surrounded by beautiful gardens. Each room is decorated in a traditional Ethiopian style with a comfortable mattress and a fireplace, and has doors which open onto a veranda. The spa treatments are some of the best in Ethiopia and are a unique fusion of Asian and European traditions. The Waterfront restaurant and bar features an outdoor patio.

Features:

37 suites, 3 restaurants, bar, spa, swimming pool, Wi-Fi.

Good Standard

Superior

Good Standard

Bale Mountain Lodge, Bale Mountains Bale Mountain Lodge is an eco-safari lodge that heralds a new era of luxury in Ethiopia. Set inside the park, walking in the area is superb, with marked trails taking guests to the nearby hot springs or up onto the Sanetti plateau. All guestrooms are spacious and comfortable with a cosy fireplace, and locally crafted furnishings. An external fire pit on the front deck encourages guests to gather for a sunset drink.

Features:

8 rooms & a 3-bedroom house, each with a wood burning stove, dining room, Wi-Fi.

Good Standard

Simien Mountain Lodge, Simien Mountains National Park

The Simien Mountain Lodge is the highest hotel in Africa at 3,260 metres. Each tukul (thatched hut) contains two comfortable, semi-circular rooms with tasteful decor. The main lodge building has a friendly bar with an open fire. This is a wonderful place to gather in the evening, as well as the highest place to get a drink in Africa. Activities include walking, biking and birdwatching.

Features:

26 tukul-style cottages with under-floor solar heating & balcony, bar, restaurant.

Good Standard

Mayleko Lodge, Gondar

Aregash Lodge, Yirgalem

Mountain View Hotel, Lalibela

Features:

The name Mayleko derives from a part of Ethiopia that is well known as the home of ancient kings and queens. The lodge is only 15km away from the castle of Fasiledes, and surrounded by nature. The en suite bungalows are tastefully furnished with traditional, rustic furniture, designed and styled to echo the area’s rich history. Each bungalow has a private veranda overlooking the mountains, gardens or forest.

20 bungalows, restaurant, swimming pool, bar.

Aregash Lodge is built in the style of a traditional Sidama village. Each tukul (thatched hut) is decorated with beautiful local furnishings to create a vibrant, warm ambience. The restaurant offers a wide variety of home-cooked Italian-inspired cuisine and traditional Ethiopian food. Enjoy your meal on the open-air terrace accompanied by the sound of the birds singing and take in the breathtaking forest views.

10 tukuls, restaurant.

Mountain View Hotel is situated at an altitude of 2,680 metres at the edge of the Lasta mountain chain. It has wonderful panoramic views of the mountain range and is an excellent place from which to view the beautiful sunsets. This comfortable hotel has an interesting stone-and-glass design and aims to blend in with the look of the area’s rockhewn churches. All 30 guestrooms have their own balcony.

30 rooms, restaurant, bar, terrace, Wi-Fi.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

115

ETHIOPIA • SOLO TRAVELLERS TOUR

A Taste of Ethiopia Duration • 9 Days & 7 Nights Category • Discovery

Group Tour • From £2,695

Solo

NEW TOU R

This goup tour features…  3-star accommodation  Twin / double rooms for single use  Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

 Small group size – maximum 18  Direct international flights  Internal flights  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour manager  7 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 5 dinners  Welcome & farewell group dinners  Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports & stations Rock Church of St. George, Lalibela

Weather

Addis Ababa J F M A M J J A S O N D A 22 23 23 23 23 22 20 20 20 21 21 21

Ethiopia is scenically beautiful and culturally rich, home to diverse ethnic groups and unusual wildlife. There is much to experience on this journey for solo travellers; visit volcanic lakes, explore the vast Rift Valley and the rock-hewn churches of Lalibela, and search for Ethiopian wolves in the Simien mountains.

B 5 7 9 9 9 9 10 9 9 7 5 4 C 23 47 74 97 93 127 274 281 176 43 13 11

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

C&K Signature experiences  Visit the palace of Emperor Menelik II  Explore the impressive rock-hewn

Area map

churches of Lalibela

 Spend 2 nights immersed in the

spectacular scenery of the Simien mountains

 Take a boat trip on Lake Tana & visit the Blue Nile Falls

MAP

116

Menelik II’s palace, including the artefact museum. Overnight at the Golden Tulip Hotel (or similar). Welcome dinner at a traditional restaurant. (B, L, D) Day 3: Fly to Gondar • Simien mountains Morning flight to Gondar. Drive via Sankaber and Bauit-Ras to view the Chain mountains before proceeding to Simien Mountains National Park. This world heritage site is home to the endemic walia ibex, Ethiopian wolves, Menelik’s bushbuck and gelada monkeys. Stay 2 nights at Limalimo Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D) Day 4: Simien mountains Drive to Chenek; at 3,620 metres above sea level it is a spectacular viewing point to witness the mountain range and the impressive escarpment right to the summit of Mount Buhit. (B, L, D) Day 5: Gondar Return to Gondar and check in to the Mayleko Lodge (or similar) for 1 night. Explore Gondar, the first capital of the Ethiopian empire. Ancient castles and picturesque ruins lie in the royal enclosure dating back to the 17th century. Visit Debre Birhan Trinity Church, adorned with murals. (B, L, D) Day 6: Fly to Lalibela Fly to Lalibela for a 2 night stay at Mountain View Hotel (or similar). Explore the rock-hewn churches dating back to the 12th century, built by King Lalibella of the Zaghwe dynasty. The

XXXXXXXXXX

Simien mountains

first group of churches lie in rock cradles, one behind the other, with Bet Medhane Alem being the largest, resembling a Greek temple. South of the Jordan river are another four churches with elaborate exteriors. (B) Day 7: Lalibela Begin with a visit to Naktolaab church, built around a shallow cave in which several pools are fed by natural springs. Treasures on display include paintings, crosses and a leather bible. This afternoon, explore a second group of churches and Bet Giyorgis, on a sloping rock terrace reached through a tunnel. In the evening take part in a traditional coffee ceremony at a local house in Lalibela. (B) Day 8: Fly to Addis Ababa Morning flight to Addis Ababa. You have the option to spend the day at leisure or visit St George’s Cathedral, built in 1896 to commemorate Ethiopia's victory over the Italians at the Battle of Adwa. Finally, visit the Mercato – one of the largest open-air markets in Africa. Farewell dinner in a cultural restaurant. Overnight at Golden Tulip Hotel. (B, L, D) Day 9: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Discovery tour: This tour is best suited to the hardier traveller as it includes some rougher road journeys and some basic accommodation. Hotels, while sometimes not reaching western standards, are clean and comfortable and the country’s cultural wonders more than make up for occasional deficiencies (please note that some churches are not open to female travellers). Ethiopia is mountainous and altitude may be a problem for some visitors.

Guideline prices for 2019

Tour code: EHR

Group tour From £2,695 Guide price month: Sep The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Ethiopian Airlines flight upgrades Business Class from £2,045 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019 Out (Sun) 03 Mar 19

Rtn (Mon) 11 Mar 19

Out (Sun) 12 May 19

Rtn (Mon) 20 May 19

Out (Sun) 29 Sep 19

Rtn (Mon) 07 Oct 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

117

XXXXXXXXXX

118

Sudan Group tours • Tailor-made travel With more pyramids inside its borders than Egypt, Sudan, the third largest country in Africa, is a culturally rich destination that has yet to feel the effects of mass tourism. The ancient Egyptians, onetime rulers during the reign of the so-called Black Pharaohs, oversaw the building of some of the finest cities and temples along the Sudanese Nile. From the ancient pyramid cities of Meroë and Karima, to the natural cataracts of the Nile and the three deserts of northern Sudan – the Bayuda, the Nubian and the Western deserts – this vast and mysterious country cradles unique treasures within a dramatic desert landscape. It is not unusual to have most of the impressive archaeological sites to yourself, providing a sense of what it must have been like to be among the first explorers to visit these spectacular desert landscapes. Home to the Nubian people, the friendliness of the Sudanese is undoubtedly one of the highlights of any trip. Gain an insight into their culture, which is a fascinating blend of Arabian and African influences, most evident in the colourfully painted village houses, Nubian wrestling, the atmospheric Sufi Whirling Dervishes and the vibrant markets.

120 122

Small group & private tour Treasures of Ancient Nubia • Group or private Tour extensions

123

Places to stay – our suggestions Hotels & camps

Climate

Sudan has a hot desert climate with a high variance between day and night. Winter months provide the best time to travel, from October / November to the end of March / April. The weather during this period is dry and sunny with temperatures between 30-35°C during the day, dropping to 12-18°C at night. December to February is slightly cooler, around 25-30°C during the day and 5-10°C at night. Khartoum is usually more humid than other areas. May and June are extremely hot months to travel in.

Khartoum J F M A M J J A S O N D A 31 33 37 40 42 41 38 37 39 39 35 32 B 15 16 20 23 26 27 26 25 26 25 20 17

Image left: Meroe pyramids, Sudan

C 0 0 0 0 3 6 46 68 22 3 0 0

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

119

SUDAN • TOUR

Treasures of Ancient Nubia Duration • 11 Days & 8 Nights Category • Discovery

Group Tour • From £3,175 Private Tour • From £3,995 only). Welcome dinner included at Assaha restaurant. (D)

This group tour features…  3- & 4-star accommodation*

Day 3: Wadi Muqaddam • Old Dongola • Karima Drive to Karima via the chai houses at Wadi Muqaddam and marble-columned Coptic temple on the banks of the Nile at Old Dongola. Hospitality abounds in this central area of the Nubian region, and some houses are painted with colourful patterns and flowers. Stay 3 nights in the Nubian Rest House, right at the foot of Jebel Barkal. (B, L, D)

 Flexible – extensions (see page 122), room & flight upgrades available

 Average group size – 8 people (max 14)

 International flights  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour manager  8 breakfasts, 8 lunches, 7 dinners  Welcome drink to meet the group & guide

 Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports & stations  Low single supplement on selected departures‡

Weather Khartoum J F M A M J J A S O N D A 31 33 37 40 42 41 38 37 39 39 35 32 B 15 16 20 23 26 27 26 25 26 25 20 17 C 0 0 0 0 3 6 46 68 22 3 0 0

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Sudanese girl

This fascinating tour takes in the historic sites of the capital Khartoum before heading into the desert in search of the remote ruins of Meroë, Jebel Barkal, El Kurru, Naga and Mussawarat. The quality of these archaeological sites rivals Egypt’s, providing a fascinating insight into Nubia’s lost civilisations and evidence of their influence throughout eastern Africa over thousands of years.

C&K Signature experiences  Visit some of the oldest sites in sub-

Saharan Africa, such as the pyramids of Meroë

 Experience the hospitality & unique culture of Nubia

Area map

 Cruise to the confluence of the White & Blue Nile

 Watch a sunset performance of the

Whirling Dervishes & Nuba wrestling

Day 1: Fly to Khartoum via Addis Ababa Overnight flight on Ethiopian Airlines from London (regional connections available) to Khartoum, via Addis Ababa. (N) Day 2: Khartoum Late morning arrival. Overnight at the Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites / Corinthia Hotel†. In the afternoon, take a Nile cruise to see the confluence of the Blue and White Nile. Sunset performance of the Whirling Dervishes (Fridays

120

Day 4: Jebel Barkal • Napata Visit the Unesco world heritage site at Jebel Barkal. At the foot of this isolated red sandstone mountain lies a holy temple, dedicated to the Pharaohs of the New Reign. Take an optional 20-minute walk to the top of the mountain, where you will be greeted by impressive views overlooking the ruins of the palaces and temples. Return to the Nubian Rest House for lunch. Drive south to the village of El Kurru and the necropolis of Napata. Visit tombs located under partially collapsed pyramids. Return to Karima after visiting a desert area containing fossilised tree trunks. (B, L, D) Day 5: Tombos • Kerma Drive via the Third Cataract of the Nile to the village of Tombos, where there is a small stele and a statue of King Taharqa. Continue to the town of Kerma and visit the deffufa (a type of mud brick temple) and a fascinating museum. Return to Karima. (B, L, D) Day 6: Bayuda desert • Meroë Cross the Nile and visit the Pyramids of Nuri. Enter the impressive Bayuda desert, characterised by sharp, black basalt mountains. Picnic in the desert, where groups of Bisharin nomads, with their herds of camels and donkeys, are likely to be seen. Cross the Nile for the last time and visit the Railway Museum. Stay 3 nights at Meroë Tented Camp. (B, L, D) Day 7: Meroë Visit the royal necropolis at Meroë, located in a semi-desert area, set against reddish-brown hills. Optional 10-minute camel ride between the north and south necropolis (payable locally). Return to camp for lunch and then visit the ancient ruins of the royal city of the Kushite kings. (B, L, D) Day 8: Naga • Mussawarat Morning visit to the archaeological sites of Naga and Mussawarat. Picnic lunch in the area around Mussawarat and return to camp. (B, L, D)

XXXXXXXXXX

Temple ruins, Naga

Day 9: Khartoum Drive to Khartoum via a spectacular desert area covered in huge granite boulders. Have lunch at the Sabaloka gorge, where there are impressive rock formations, and the rapids of the sixth cataract. Drive on to Omdurman where local handicrafts can be purchased in the colourful souk. Continue on to Khartoum and watch Nuba wrestling. Overnight at the Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites / Corinthia Hotel†. (B, L) Days 10-11: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Check out of the hotel after breakfast. Morning visit to the Omdurman market and Khalifa House Museum (including Mahdi’s tomb). Lunch at Al Hoshe restaurant on the Nile. Afternoon visit to the Archaeological Museum. Transfer to the airport and fly back to London, via Addis Ababa, arriving the next day. (B, L) (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

‡ Departures with low single supplement: The following departures have a low or no single supplement: 14 Mar, 24 Oct 2019 and 12 Mar 2020. Please speak to an Africa consultant for further details.

Itinerary: The itinerary may be run in reverse without any changes to the content of the tour.

Private & tailor-made travel: This itinerary can be taken privately on a date that suits you, for which guideline prices are shown. Alternatively, it can be tailored to your exact requirements. Visit our website for a longer private journey in Sudan, which includes Tombos, Kerma and Soleb. Please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/ make-an-enquiry for further details.

Guideline prices for 2019-20

Tour code: SUD

Group tour Low season from £3,175 Guide price month: Oct

Private travel Low season from £3,995 Guide price month: Mar

High season from £3,245 Guide price month: Nov

High season from £4,295 Guide price month: Nov

Single supplement from up to £520 The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices.

Ethiopian Airlines flight upgrades Business Class from £1,445 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Important information Discovery tour: This tour is based in 3- and 4-star accommodation and involves some long drives over rough terrain. It is therefore better suited to the hardier traveller. Please visit this tour on our website to see details of the hotels included. *

Hotel upgrade: Upgrade to the Corinthia Hotel in Khartoum for 2 nights from £130 per person, or from £185 single room supplement.

†

Departure dates for 2019-20 ut (Thu) Rtn (Sun) O 17 Jan 19 27 Jan 19 07 Feb 19 17 Feb 19 ‡ 14 Mar 19 24 Mar 19

ut (Thu) O 24 Oct 19 14 Nov 19 19 Dec 19

Rtn (Sun) 03 Nov 19 24 Nov 19 29 Dec 19

ut (Thu) Rtn (Sun) O 16 Jan 20 26 Jan 20 13 Feb 20 23 Feb 20 ‡ 12 Mar 20 22 Mar 20

ut (Thu) Rtn (Sun) O 02 Apr 20 12 Apr 20

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

121

Tour Extensions

Gelada monkey, Simien mountains

Fasilades baths, Gondar

Tour + the Simien Mountains 8 Days & 6 Nights from £2,695

Tour + Ethiopia’s Historic North 10 Days & 8 Nights from £2,725

Tour code: SUDSIM

Tour code: SUDETH

Explore the jagged peaks and incredible mountain views of the Simien mountains. The park is also known for its endemic walia ibex (mountain goat) and gelada mountain monkey.

Discover the main highlights of Ethiopia’s northern circuit.

Day 10: Khartoum Morning visit to the Archaeological Museum. After lunch at the Al Hoshe restaurant, take a Nile cruise to see the confluence of the Blue and White Nile. Overnight at Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites (or upgrade to the Corinthia Hotel). (B, L) Day 11: Fly to Addis Ababa Fly to Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip for 1 night. (B, D). Day 12: Gondar • Simien Mountains Fly to Gondar, Ethiopia’s first capital, located at the foot of the Simien mountains. Morning visit to the Church of Debre Berhan Selassie to see its murals. Drive to Limalimo Lodge and stay for 3 nights. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Simien mountains Days at leisure. Optional activities include guided treks, birding, bush dining, massage, yoga and a village visit. (B, L, D) Day 15: Gondar Drive to Gondar and stay 1 night at the Mayleko Lodge (or similar). Afternoon tour of the castles of Emperior Fasiladas and the palace of Queen Mentuab. (B, L, D) Day 16: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Afternoon flight to Addis Ababa. Dinner at a cultural restaurant then transfer back to the airport and fly to London. (B, L, D) Day 17: London Early morning arrival. (N)

122

Day 10: Khartoum Morning visit to the Archaeological Museum. After lunch at the Al Hoshe restaurant, take a Nile cruise to see the confluence of the Blue and White Nile. Overnight at Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites (or upgrade to the Corinthia Hotel). (B, L) Day 11: Fly to Addis Ababa Fly to Addis Ababa and transfer to the Golden Tulip for 1 night. (B, L, D). Day 12: Fly to Bahar Dar Fly to Bahar Dar and overnight at Kuriftu Resort & Spa. Afternoon visit to the Blue Nile Falls at Tissisat. (B, L, D) Day 13: Zeghe peninsula • Gondar Boat trip on Lake Tana to the Zeghe peninsula and the monastic complex of Ura Kidane Mehret and Azuwa Maryam. Cross Lake Tana, stopping at various island monasteries. Disembark and drive to Gondar. Stay 2 nights at the Mayleko Lodge (or similar). (B, L, D) Day 14: Gondar Full-day visit to the castles of Emperor Fasiladas, the Palace of Queen Mentuab and the church of Debre Berhan Selassie. (B, L, D) Day 15: Fly to Lalibela Fly to Lalibela. Stay 2 nights at the Maribela Hotel (or similar). Afternoon visit to the northwest cluster of churches. (B, L, D) Day 16: Lalibela Morning walk up Asheton Maryam (weather permitting). Alternatively, visit the cave church of Nakutelab, which is accessible by car.

Obelisks, Axum

Afternoon visit to the south-east cluster of churches. (B, L, D) Day 17: Fly to Axum Fly to Axum and overnight at Sabean Hotel (or similar). Full-day tour of the tombs of King Kaleb and Gebra Meskel, the Queen of Sheba’s swimming pool and palace, as well as the Ezana stone and the magnificent 21-metre-tall King Ezana’s stela. (B, L, D) Day 18: Fly to London via Addis Ababa Morning visit to the Cathedral of St Mary of Zion, the Axum Museum and the Chapel of the Tablet, said to contain the Ark of the Covenant. Afternoon flight to Addis Ababa. Dinner at a cultural restaurant then transfer back to the airport and fly to London. (B, L, D) Day 19: London Early morning arrival. (N)

ACCOMMODATION • SUDAN

Hotels & Camps This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Good Standard

Corinthia Hotel Khartoum, Khartoum

Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites, Khartoum

Features:

Situated at the meeting point of the Blue and White Nile rivers and in the centre of the city’s commercial district, Corinthia Hotel Khartoum is Sudan’s most luxurious hotel. All rooms and suites have panoramic views of the city. Mugran restaurant on the 16th floor has fantastic views overlooking the Nile, while the Rickshaw restaurant on the 18th floor is Khartoum’s highest eatery.

230 rooms & suites, 4 restaurants, 3 cafes, indoor swimming pool, Sabratha spa including Turkish hammam, Wi-Fi.

Good Standard

Built in the late 1800s, this colonial-style hotel has hosted the likes of Thomas Cook, Sir Winston Churchill and Queen Victoria in its time. Adjacent to the Blue Nile, the modest, centrally located Grand Holiday Villa Hotel & Suites is a lovely property with a charming atmosphere. Enjoy light snacks and beverages in the lobby lounge, the cake shop and the poolside cafe.

160 rooms, 3 restaurants, pool cafe, 2 swimming pools, shopping arcade, recreational club, Wi-Fi.

Good Standard

Nubian Rest House, Karima

The Meroë Camp, Meroë

Features:

Nubian Rest House is a boutique hotel located in Karima at the foot of Jebel Barkal, the holy mountain that was known as Napata in ancient times. Set within a walled garden in the market town of Karima, the Nubian-style building is adorned with arches and domes. The rooms all have verandas which open up onto the garden where hundreds of birds flock to at sunset. Run by an Italian, Nubian Rest House combines Mediterranean charm with Sudanese history.

22 rooms with air conditioning, private bathroom & veranda, restaurant, living room, open-air lobby.

The Meroë Camp overlooks the Royal Necropolis, where there are a large number of pyramids to explore. The tent verandas at Meroë Camp are the perfect place to take in the vast expanse of the empty desert surroundings. There is also an indoor restaurant with a large paved area for alfresco dining and a veranda on top of the restaurant, which is an excellent spot to sip a drink and watch the sun set over the desert landscapes.

22 tents each with private bathroom (located in a separate hut) & veranda, restaurant.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

123

XXXXXXXXXX

124

Kenya & Tanzania Kenya

Group tours • Tailor-made travel Tanzania

Safari means ‘journey’ in Swahili, and it was in Kenya that the concept originated. Kenya is renowned for its wide-open spaces, dramatic wildlife viewing, golden beaches and fascinating indigenous cultures, such as the Masai and Samburu peoples. Because of its excellent air connections, Kenya combines very well with Mozambique, Mauritius, the Seychelles, Tanzania, Rwanda, Uganda, Ethiopia, Malawi and Madagascar. Immediately south of Kenya, the vast landscapes of Tanzania are a photographer’s dream. Snow-capped Kilimanjaro, exotic Zanzibar, the plains of the Serengeti and the amphitheatre of the Ngorongoro Crater are all symbolic of Africa. The country is blessed with the winning combination of superb safari parks and spectacular tropical beaches. Both countries are renowned for some of the most dramatic wildlife viewing in Africa, including the annual great migration of two million wildebeest into the Masai Mara and the Serengeti, rumoured to be visible from space.

Discover Kenya & Tanzania 126 Kenya 136 Tanzania

143 Tanzania Family Adventure • Private 144 Tanzania Wildlife Safari • Solo Travellers tour

Small group & private tours 130 Kenya & Victoria Falls • Nonexclusive group or private 132 Tour extensions 140 Highlights of Tanzania • Non-exclusive group or private 142 Tour extensions

134 138 147 148

Places to stay – our suggestions Kenya lodges & beach hotels Tanzania safari collection Southern Tanzania safari collection Tanzania beach resorts

Climate

Image left: Giraffes in front of Mount Kilimanjaro, Kenya

The rains occur from late March to early June, and from late October to mid-December. From January to March it is hot and dry while June to October is warm and dry, with colder evenings. Wildlife viewing is good throughout the year; the annual wildebeest migration leaves the Serengeti for the Masai Mara at the end of March, arriving in Kenya in late June / early July. The return migration leaves in October, arriving back in December, depending on the year’s rainfall. The coast has a tropical climate, with showers possible at any time.

Nairobi, Kenya

Arusha, Tanzania

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 25 26 26 24 23 22 21 21 24 25 23 24

A 29 30 29 26 24 23 23 24 26 28 28 28

B 12 12 13 14 13 11 10 10 11 12 13 13

B 15 15 16 17 16 14 13 13 14 15 16 16

C 57 49 93 244 186 42 22 27 29 67 151 99

C 63 64 144 339 169 39 21 16 16 38 126 91

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

125

KENYA

Discover Kenya

Wildebeest jumping into the Mara river, Masai Mara

Masai Mara National Reserve

Laikipia Plateau

Wildebeest migration ( Jul – Oct) • Seek out the big cats

Camel rides across rugged plains • Spa treatments

The Masai Mara is Kenya’s most celebrated reserve, made famous by the film Out of Africa and featured in the BBC’s Big Cat Diaries. All of the Big Five can be found here, as well as hyenas, cheetahs, jackals, bateared foxes and distinctive Masai giraffes. Hippos and crocodiles are present in large numbers in the Mara and Talek rivers and a wide range of antelopes abound, including Thomson’s gazelle, topi and eland.

Laikipia is a beautiful region that stretches from the foothills of Mount Kenya to the shoreline of Lake Baringo. The area covers a wide range of landscapes and has become a sanctuary for elephants, lions, leopards, buffaloes and a wealth of plains wildlife.

The Mara ecosystem itself is growing in size as new wildlife conservancies neighbour the edge of the reserve, offering further protection to the animals on their well-trodden migration routes. These conservancies also provide the opportunity to take a night drive and go on guided walks in areas where tourist numbers are tightly controlled. Kicheche Valley and Naboisho Camp are two of our most popular conservancy camps.

A suggested itinerary...

Wings over Kenya & Zanzibar 12 Days & 9 Nights from £4,995 Combine the contrasting scenery and wildlife of the Samburu and the Masai Mara national reserves with the exotic beaches of Zanzibar. Day 1: Fly to Nairobi (N) Day 2: Nairobi Early morning arrival. Transfer to Wilson airport and fly to Samburu. Stay 3 nights at Elephant Bedroom Camp / Saruni Samburu*. Afternoon wildlife drives. (L, D) Days 3-4: Samburu Full days of safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 5: Fly to the Masai Mara Fly to the Masai Mara. Stay 3 nights at Karen

126

The safari lodges in Laikipia are among the most opulent in Kenya, and the involvement of local Samburu and Masai communities allows visitors a rare opportunity to meet local people. Our favourite lodges in the north include Loisaba, Sabuk Lodge, Ol Malo, Sosian and Ol Lentille, with Kicheche Laikipia Camp and Segera being our pick in the south. The large conservancy of Lewa is excellent for those interested in wildlife conservation.

Blixen Camp / Saruni Mara*. Afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Days 6-7: Masai Mara Safari activities, including day and night wildlife drives. Optional early morning hot air balloon safari and champagne bush breakfast can be arranged. (B, L, D) Day 8: Fly to Zanzibar via Nairobi Fly to Zanzibar via Nairobi. In Nairobi, stop at Ole Sereni Hotel for lunch (payable locally). Transfer to Breezes Beach Club & Spa (Deluxe room) / Essque Zalu Zanzibar* and stay 3 nights. (B, D) Days 9-10: Zanzibar Days at leisure (B, D) Day 11: Zanzibar Day at leisure. Day room held. (B, D) Day 12: Fly to London via Nairobi Early morning flight to London via Nairobi. Afternoon arrival into London. (N)

Guideline Prices Standard: Low season from £4,995 (Apr – May) High season from £6,695 (Jul – Sep) * Superior: Low season from £5,455 (Apr – May) High season from £7,295 (Jul – Sep)

Tour code Standard: WKZ Tour code Superior: WKS

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

KENYA

Rift Valley Lakes Boat trips for excellent bird & wildlife spotting • Fishing for Nile perch In Kenya, the Rift Valley runs from Lake Turkana in the north to Lake Natron in the south. Lake Naivasha is a wonderful place to watch birds and spot hippos. Colourful kingfishers, fish eagles and goliath herons can all be viewed at close quarters on a boat trip. A few kilometres north, and within easy reach from Lake Naivasha, is Lake Nakuru, where millions of flamingoes fringe the lake in shades of pink. Black rhinos are protected and may be viewed alongside a variety of antelopes, giraffes, lions and hyenas. A drive north takes you to Lake Elementeita. The Soysambu Private Conservancy is home to large herds of buffaloes, and leopards are regularly spotted. Travel west to Lake Victoria to experience an oasis of tranquillity. Mfangano Island Camp is well regarded for its slow pace of life. Boating, cultural walks and birdwatching are also on offer.

Flamingoes, Lake Nakuru

Samburu warrior

Meru National Park

Samburu National Reserve

Day & night safari drives • Guided bush walks • See the land that inspired the Adamsons

Unique northern species of flora & fauna • Learn about the Samburu culture

Meru National Park is a beautifully remote park with good wildlife viewing. Less visited than Samburu or the Masai Mara, the safari experience is quieter and more peaceful. The park was put on the map by the conservationists George and Joy Adamson who wrote the best-selling book Born Free about how they raised Elsa the lioness (buried in Meru).

Samburu National Reserve is situated north of Mount Kenya in the tribal lands of the Samburu people. The region’s bush is composed of wild acacia scrub and open savanna, with the huge Ewaso Nyiro river flowing through, filled with hippos and Nile crocodiles.

Although the wildlife can be more difficult to spot when high rainfall results in tall grasses, searching for animals is just as exciting. Animals in the park includes elephants, rhinos, buffaloes, reticulated giraffes, Grevy’s zebras and leopards. The superb Elsa’s Kopje uses excellent guides.

A suggested itinerary...

Timeless Kenya 13 Days & 12 Nights from £6,695 This tour combines two superb wildlife areas with time on Galu beach, a quaint resort on the tropical shores of the Indian Ocean. Day 1: Fly to Nairobi Fly to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni (or similar). (N) Day 2: Fly to Laikipia plateau Transfer to Wilson airport. Fly to the Laikipia plateau. Stay 3 nights at Kicheche Laikipia Camp. Activities include safari drives (day and night), bush walks, lion tracking, and a visit to the chimpanzee sanctuary and northern white rhino

The wildlife viewing here is very rewarding and the area is an excellent complement to the Masai Mara in the south-west. Lions, cheetahs, leopards, elephants and buffaloes may be found in the reserve, as well as several species considered unique to the area such as Grevy’s zebras, Beisa oryx, long-necked gerenuks and Somali ostriches. There are also more than 350 bird species.

enclosure. (L, D) Days 3-4: Laikipia plateau Morning and afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 5: Fly to the Masai Mara Fly to the Masai Mara. Stay 3 nights at Kicheche Bush Camp. Activities include safari drives, bush walks and village visits. Hot air ballooning and fly camping are available at an extra cost. (B, L, D) Days 6-7: Masai Mara Morning and afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 8: Fly to Galu beach Fly to Ukunda, near Mombasa. Transfer to Kinondo Kwetu, for a 4-night stay. (B, D) Days 9-11: Galu beach Days at leisure. (B, L, D) Day 12: Fly to Nairobi Morning at leisure (day room available

on request). Afternoon flight from Ukunda to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni (or similar). (B) Day 13: Fly home (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £6,695 (1 Mar – 8 Apr) High season from: £8,185 (Aug – Oct) Tour code: NYA

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

127

KENYA

Amboseli National Park Sunset drinks overlooking Mount Kilimanjaro • Take a trip to the Cynthia Moss Elephant Research Centre Amboseli National Park is known for the characteristic image of elephants crossing the vast open plains in front of the spectacular snow-capped Mount Kilimanjaro. Although a busy park, it is possible to choose lodges that are located in private concession areas neighbouring Amboseli itself, such as Tortilis and Porini Camp. The park’s main attractions are the lions, elephants and cheetahs, although it is full of plains wildlife and birdlife, especially near the swamps where you can see a large variety of water birds.

Elephant in front of Mount Kilimanjaro, Amboseli National Park

C&K Recommends... Hot air ballooning, Masai Mara

The adventure begins just before dawn when the flames from the hot air balloon burners light the darkness as the crew inflates the craft. See the animals from an entirely different perspective as you silently float above the plains, forest and rivers of the Masai Mara. End your safari with a champagne breakfast, laid out wherever you land.

Loisaba Star Beds, Laikipia Plateau

Set among a kopje of rocks, overlooking the Kiboko waterhole, staying in the Loisaba Star Beds brings you closer to nature. Sleep under the endless African night sky in large four-poster beds that sit on wheels and are rolled out onto raised wooden platforms. This unique experience is guided and hosted by a team of traditional Samburu and Laikipia Masai warriors.

Karisa Walking Safaris

Karisia Walking Safaris, located in eastern Laikipia, specialises in 3- to 5-night walking safaris supported by camels. A typical day starts off after an early breakfast and arrives in camp in time for lunch. In the evenings take short walks, stopping to enjoy the view and drinks at sunset. The area boasts the highest diversity of large mammals in Kenya and is home to several endangered species such as Grevy’s zebra, wild dogs and Jackson’s hartebeest. Hot air ballooning over the Masai Mara

A suggested itinerary...

Kenya in Style 14 Days & 13 Nights from £7,450 Experience three of Kenya’s prime wildlife areas while staying in some of the country’s small, up-market safari lodges. Day 1: Fly to Nairobi Fly to Nairobi. Transfer to Ole Sereni for 1 night. (N) Day 2: Fly to Amboseli Morning flight to Amboseli. Stay 2 nights at Tawi Lodge. Afternoon safari activity. Activities including bush walks and wildlife drives (one in Amboseli National Park). (B, L, D) Day 3: Amboseli Morning and afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D)

128

Day 4: Fly to Nairobi • Lake Naivasha Fly to Nairobi and drive to Lake Naivasha. Stay 2 nights at Chui Lodge. Afternoon boat cruise and bush walk. Wildlife drive by night. (B, L, D) Day 5: Lake Naivasha Morning visit to Hell’s Gate National Park. Afternoon wildlife drive in the Oserian Conservancy. Wildlife drive by night. (B, L, D) Day 6: Fly to the Masai Mara Fly to the Masai Mara. Stay 2 nights at Serian. Afternoon safari activity. (B, L, D) Day 7: Masai Mara Morning and afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 8: Fly to Ukunda • Msambweni Fly to Ukunda. Transfer to Saruni Ocean for a 5-night stay. (B, L, D) Days 9-12: Msambweni At leisure. (B, L, D)

Day 13: Fly to Nairobi Morning at leisure (optional day room available). Transfer to Ukunda and fly to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni. (B) Day 14: Fly home (B) Guideline Prices Low season from: £7,450 (9 Apr – 31 May) High season from: £8,585 (11 Jul – 18 Aug) Tour code: KSS

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

KENYA

Tsavo East, Tsavo West & Chyulu Hills Volcano walks & lava caves • Picnics & Masai interaction Situated between Nairobi and Mombasa, Tsavo National Park is divided into two sections. Tsavo East is generally flat, with dry plains over which the Galana river flows. Tsavo West is more mountainous and scenic, and has a black rhino sanctuary. Both sides of the park are home to a vastly diverse array of wildlife, including the Big Five. The proximity to Mombasa does result in a high volume of tourist traffic. However, in between these two parks lie the Chyulu Hills, a much lessvisited highland area of distinct natural beauty. Ol Donyo Lodge offers riding safaris, guided mountain biking and bush walks of the highest standard. Both Tsavo and the Chyulu Hills combine well with a beach stay along the Mombasa coastline. Cheetah, Tsavo West

Guinea fowl, Tsavo East

Chyulu hills

Kenya’s Beaches Enjoy the Swahili culture of Lamu • Take a traditional dhow cruise Kenya’s 490-km Indian Ocean coastline is one of the country’s key attractions. Running from Lamu in the north to Mombasa in the south, this area offers a striking combination of Swahili culture, beautiful palm-lined beaches and good coral reefs. The Mombasa coastline has been overdeveloped, especially around Diani, but it is still possible to find a few properties that retain a more exclusive feel, such as Saruni Ocean on Msambweni, Kinondo Kwetu or Funzi island. Two hours north of Mombasa lies the sleepy village of Watamu, where visitors can stay at the classic luxury coastal hotel, Hemingways. Beach in Mombasa

A suggested itinerary...

Kenya & the Seychelles 13 Days & 11 Nights from £5,135 Combine Kenya's premier wildlife destinations with the tropical beaches of the Seychelles. Day 1: Fly to Nairobi (N) Day 2: Fly to the Masai Mara Transfer to Wilson airport. Fly to the Masai Mara and stay 3 nights at Kicheche Bush Camp / Naibor*. Afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) Days 3-4: Masai Mara Safari activities. Optional morning hot air balloon safari and champagne bush

breakfast. (B, L, D) Day 5: Nairobi National Park Morning safari activity. On arrival at Wilson airport, take a wildlife drive transfer through Nairobi National Park. Stay 1 night at Nairobi Tented Camp / The Emakoko*. After lunch, enjoy an afternoon wildlife drive. (B, L, D) Days 6-11: The Seychelles Fly to the Seychelles with Kenyan Airways. Transfer to Constance Ephelia Resort / Banyan Tree* for 6 nights. Following days at leisure. (B, D) Day 12: Fly to Nairobi Fly to Nairobi and overnight at the Ole Sereni (or similar) (B) Day 13: Fly home (B)

Guideline Prices Superior: Low season from £5,135 (Mar, Jun) High season from £6,165 (Aug – Oct) * Luxury: Low season from £6,925 (Jan – Jun) High season from £8,595 (Jul – Sep)

Tour code Superior: KSY Tour code Luxury: KSJ

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

129

KENYA & ZIMBABWE • TOUR

Kenya & Victoria Falls Duration • 13 Days & 11 Nights Category • Superior

Non-exclusive Group Tour • From £3,755 Private Tour • From £3,995

This group tour features…  4- & 5-star accommodation in Kenya

 Choice of 4- or 5-star

accommodation in Victoria Falls

 Nights in Nairobi & Victoria Falls (private basis)

 A non-exclusive group tour element (days 2-7)

 Flexible – extensions (see page 132) & flight upgrades available

 Average group size – 6 people (max 14)

 International flights via Nairobi

Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe

 Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 10 breakfasts, 6 lunches, 6 dinners  Guided safari activities  National park & wildlife reserve fees

Weather Nairobi J F M A M J J A S O N D

This introductory tour to Kenya’s most beautiful and varied wildlife areas begins on the slopes of Mount Kenya National Park, one of the world’s highest national parks. Continue to the Ol Pejeta Conservancy with its ‘Big Five’ wildlife; Lake Elmenteita, where thousands of birds congregate; and the Masai Mara, where you will stay at Mara Serena Safari Lodge, a ringside seat to the annual wildebeest migration between July and October. Finish the tour at Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe, the incredible ‘smoke that thunders’.

A 25 26 26 24 23 22 21 21 24 25 23 24 B 12 12 13 14 13 11 10 10 11 12 13 13 C 57 49 93 244 186 42 22 27 29 67 151 99

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

C&K Signature experiences  Visit four of Kenya’s most prolific wildlife areas

 ‘Big Five’ wildlife viewing in the Masai Mara & the Ol Pejeta Conservancy

 A guided walking tour of the magnificent Victoria Falls

Day 1: Fly to Nairobi Overnight flight from London to Nairobi with Kenya Airways. (N) Day 2: Mount Kenya National Park Early morning arrival. Drive north to Mount Kenya and arrive in time for lunch and overnight at Serena Mountain Lodge. Set high on the slopes of Mount Kenya, this lodge offers stunning mountain views. Afternoon and evening at leisure for wildlife viewing over the lodge’s floodlit waterhole. (L, D)

130

Days 3-4: Ol Pejeta Conservancy Drive north to the Ol Pejeta Conservancy and stay 2 nights at Serena Sweetwaters Tented Camp. Morning and afternoon wildlife drives. (B, L, D) Day 5: The Rift Valley Drive south-west to Lake Elmenteita, arriving in time for lunch. Afternoon wildlife drive. Stay overnight at Serena Lake Elmenteita Tented Camp. (B, L, D) Days 6-7: Masai Mara Continue south-west to the Masai Mara, arriving in time for lunch. Stay 2 nights at Mara Serena Lodge. Morning and afternoon wildlife drives. (B, L, D) Day 8: Nairobi After breakfast, return to Nairobi. Overnight at the Nairobi Serena Hotel. Afternoon at leisure or optional excursions such as a visit to Daphne Sheldrick’s Elephant Orphanage (from £90) or an ‘Out of Africa’ tour (from £85) visiting the Karen Blixen Museum, the Giraffe Centre and Kasuri, a jewellery and ceramic-making business. (B) Day 9: Fly to Livingstone • Victoria Falls Fly to Livingstone (Zambia) and cross the border to Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe. Stay 3 nights at Victoria Falls Safari Lodge (Standard Room). Afternoon guided visit to Victoria Falls. (B) Days 10-11: Victoria Falls Day at leisure or optional excursions (see page 81 for suggestions). (B) Day 12: Fly to Nairobi Check out of your hotel (day room available at extra cost). Afternoon flight to Nairobi. Overnight at the Lazizi Premiere airport hotel. (B)

XXXXXXXXXX

Pride of lions, Masai Mara

Day 13: Fly to London Fly to London with Kenya Airways. (N)

Guideline prices for 2019-20

Tour code: KVF

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Group tour Low season from £3,755 Guide price months: Apr – May

Private travel Low season from £3,995 Guide price months: Apr – May

Important information

High season from £4,715 Guide price months: Jul – Aug

High season from £5,095 Guide price months: Jul – Aug

Group tour manager: This tour is fully escorted throughout by a local tour manager from arrival in Nairobi until arrival back in Nairobi on day 8.

Single supplement from £220

Transport: Based on a 7- or 9-seater 4x4 popup roof safari vehicle in which each passenger has a window seat. A 4x4 vehicle will be provided for those taking the tour on a private basis and you will be accompanied by an expert driver-guide. Tailor-made travel: For a price quote based on alternative accommodation standards, to discuss flight options or to tailor this itinerary, please call 020 3930 5008 or visit CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices.

Kenya Airways flight upgrades Business Class from £1,575 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019-20 This tour departs weekly from the UK on a Saturday and returns on a Thursday. Private travel tours depart on a date of your choice, subject to availability

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

131

KENYA • TOURS

Tour Extensions

Zebra, Lake Kariba

Victoria Falls

Cheetahs, Hwange National Park

Tour + Victoria Falls River Lodge 4 Days & 3 Nights from £1,185

Tour + Hwange National Park 5 Days & 4 Nights from £1,535

Tour + Lake Kariba 5 Days & 4 Nights from £1,995

Tour code: KVFLVI

Tour code: KVFHNP

Tour code: KVFMSC

Victoria Falls River Lodge is an ideal place to retreat after your tour. It is the first private wildlife lodge to be built in the Zambezi National Park and is situated so close to Victoria Falls you can see the spray in the distance.

Hwange National Park in Zimbabwe has around 60 waterholes which sustain dense wildlife populations. Stay at Somalisa Camp, set alongside a waterhole which provides a superb ‘armchair safari’.

Day 12: Victoria Falls Transfer to Victoria Falls River Lodge in Zimbabwe for a 2-night stay. Afternoon activity; choose from wildlife drives, sunrise or sunset boat cruises, birdwatching or a tour of the falls (excluding park entry fees). (B, L, D) Day 13: Victoria Falls River Lodge At leisure or optional activities. (B, L, D) Day 14: Fly to Nairobi Check out of your room in the morning. Transfer to Livingstone airport (Zambia) and fly to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni. (B, L) Day 15: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Day 12: Hwange National Park Transfer to Somalisa Camp for a 3-night stay. Afternoon wildlife drive. Activities include guided walks and wildlife drives. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Hwange National Park Morning and afternoon safari activities. Elephant viewing at Somalisa can be exceptional as the local herds wander between the tents. (B, L, D) Day 15: Fly to Nairobi Check out of your room in the morning. Transfer to Victoria Falls airport and fly to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni. (B, L) Day 16: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Situated on Lake Kariba in Zimbabwe, Musango Safari Camp is an exclusive 16-bed, owner-run camp. Activities include walking safaris, Big Five wildlife drives, tiger fishing (Apr - Oct) on Lake Kariba and tracking wild black rhinos on foot within the park.

132

Day 12: Lake Kariba Fly to Lake Kariba and transfer to Musango Safari Camp for a 3-night stay. Afternoon safari activity. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Lake Kariba Experience the large number of safari activities available. (B, L, D) Day 15: Nairobi via Harare Fly to Nairobi via Harare. Overnight at Ole Sereni. (B) Day 16: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

TOURS • KENYA

Elephants, Chobe National Park

Mokoro safari, Okavango Delta

Victoria & Alfred waterfront, Cape Town

Tour + Chobe National Park (Botswana) 5 Days & 4 Nights from £1,225

Tour + Okavango Delta 5 Days & 4 Nights from £2,355

Tour + Cape Town 5 Days & 4 Nights from £515

Tour code: KVFCNP

Tour code: KVFPPC

Tour code: KVFCPT

Chobe National Park has a reputation for rich wildlife dating back to the earliest reports by explorer David Livingstone. Wildlife is particularly prolific along the northern waterfront.

The Okavango delta in Botswana is Africa’s greatest wetland area with superb wildlife viewing, very low visitor densities and an excellent range of safari activities. Access is by light aircraft.

Cape Town has one of the most spectacular city locations in the world, set between the imposing Table Mountain and the vast Atlantic Ocean. Explore the city’s many cafes, galleries, shops and restaurants.

Day 12: Chobe National Park (Botswana) Transfer across the border into Botswana and stay 3 nights in Chobe Elephant Camp on the Western fringes of the park. Afternoon safari activity. Guided walks, wildlife drives and boating safaris on the Chobe river are on offer. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Chobe National Park Safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 15: Fly to Nairobi Transfer across the border to Victoria Falls airport (Zambia) and fly to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni. (B) Day 16: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Day 12: Fly to the Okavango delta (Botswana) Transfer across the border into Botswana. Fly from Kasane to Pom Pom Camp for a 3-night stay. Afternoon safari activity. Wildlife drives, mokoro rides and fishing are on offer. (B, L, D) Days 13-14: Okavango delta Safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 15: Fly to Nairobi Transfer across the border to Victoria Falls airport (Zambia) and fly to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni. (B) Day 16: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Day 12: Fly to Cape Town (South Africa) Transfer to Victoria Falls airport and fly to Cape Town. Stay 3 nights at the Victoria & Alfred Hotel. (B) Days 13-14: Cape Town At leisure or take optional excursions such as whale watching or a trip to Robben island. (see page 14 or talk to one of our Africa experts). (B, L, D) Day 15: Fly to Nairobi Transfer to the airport and fly to Nairobi. Overnight at Ole Sereni. (B) Day 16: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

133

KENYA • ACCOMMODATION

Kenya Lodges & Beach Hotels This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

Ol Donyo Lodge, Chyulu Hills National Park

Saruni Ocean, Msambweni

Hemingways, Watamu Beach

Features:

Located between the reserves of Amboseli and Tsavo West in south-east Kenya, Ol Donyo Lodge has the same magnificent views across the plains towards Kilimanjaro but is virtually devoid of other safari vehicles. All of the rooms have roof terraces where intimate ‘star beds’ can be set up. A range of wildlife activities are available and in-room massages can be arranged.

10 cottages, dining area, lounge.

Superior

Saruni Ocean is located in quiet and unspoilt Msambweni on the south Kenya coast, just 30 minutes from Diani and not far from Funzi island. All of the suites are within spacious and luxurious villas set near the beachfront and offering spectacular views of the Indian Ocean. The lodge has a spa offering a range of treatments and classes such as yoga, pilates and meditation.

14 suites, restaurant, infinity pool, spa.

Superior

Kiangazi House, near Lake Naivasha

Elephant Bedroom Camp, Samburu National Reserve

Features:

Kiangazi House has breathtaking views over lakes Oloidien and Naivasha. Professionally trained chefs use locally sourced ingredients, some from the hotel’s very own dairy and garden, while the furniture in the main house and rooms is crafted at the lodge’s workshop. The Oserengoni Wildlife Sanctuary is close by, providing excellent wildlife viewing opportunities.

7 rooms, restaurant, swimming pool, tennis court, veranda, gardens.

134

Set on the banks of the Ewaso Nyiro river, this small camp of 12 luxury tents is surrounded by palms and other indigenous trees. Tents are furnished in rustic African style and there is hot running water. Activities include safari drives, guided bush walks, cultural visits and lectures on the local Samburu culture. This is an ideal base from which to enjoy Kenyan wildlife viewing.

12 luxury tents, dining area, lounge, Wi-Fi.

A tropical paradise awaits at the colonialstyle Hemingways resort hotel. Situated in the pristine Watamu Marine National Park, with idyllic white sand beaches and turquoise waters, this is an ideal spot to relax after a safari. Take a sunset dhow cruise or learn to kite-surf, and nearby is a world-class golf course. Most rooms have a balcony and the property has lush coastal gardens.

39 rooms & apartments, in-room dining, swimming pool, spa, restaurant, bar.

Superior

Kinondo Kwetu, Diani Beach

Kinondo Kwetu is a quiet and peaceful, familyowned and managed property. Meals may be taken on the sand, in the boathouse by the sea or in the charming gardens. Activities include snorkelling, boat excursions, massages and spa treatments. You can also spot monkeys and birdlife in the sacred Kaya forest or learn about the spiritual rituals of the local communities.

Features:

38 guests accommodated in a variety of room types, dining in various locations, swimming pool, tennis court, sauna.

ACCOMMODATION • KENYA

Luxury

Superior

Sanctuary Olonana, Masai Mara National Reserve

Little Governor’s Camp, Masai Mara National Reserve

Ol Seki Hemingways, Masai Mara

Features:

Sanctuary Olonana has a gold award from Ecotourism Kenya. It is situated on the banks of the Mara river, in the heart of Kenya’s big wildlife country. Within a private concession, bordering the epic Masai Mara, the 14 luxurious canvas pavilions have a private riverview terrace overlooking the resident pod of hippos. Activities include wildlife drives, nature walks and a Masai village visit.

14 canvas pavilions, dining room, swimming pool, mini-spa, library.

Superior

Intimate in character, Little Governor’s Camp is a superior safari camp on the edge of the reserve and on the Mara river. Accommodation is in beautifully furnished, tented rooms tucked around a large watering hole that teems with animal and bird life. In keeping with safari tradition, lighting is by gas and kerosene lantern or candlelight and the camp only has electricity in the reception.

17 tented rooms, dining tent, bar tent.

Superior

Bordering the Masai Mara in the private Naboisho Conservancy, Ol Seki Hemingways offers luxurious camping, outstanding wildlife viewing and spectacular views over the Koyaki plains. The spacious tents are all en suite and fitted with comfortable amenities, while delicious meals are served in a central mess tent. Safaris are available with some of the best guides in the area.

10 tents, mess tent, camp fire, private safaris, night safaris.

Superior

Tortilis Camp, Amboseli National Park

El Karama Lodge, Laikipia

Ol Malo, Laikipia

Features:

Considered a pioneer of the ecolodge ethos in Kenya, Tortilis is a rustic tented lodge overlooking Mount Kilimanjaro, built on land belonging to a Masai family. Walk with a trained Masai guide or spend time following the elephant herds for which Amboseli is well known. The large tents are set on raised wooden platforms, each with a private veranda and daybed.

16 tented rooms, dining area, lounge, bar, swimming pool.

Located in the heart of Laikipia, El Karma is an intimate family-run ecolodge set amid 5,600 hectares of private land with excellent wildlife. Accommodation is in 8 airy cottages made of stone, wood, thatch and canvas. Meals are served using ingredients either grown by the lodge or sourced locally. Activities on offer include wildlife experiences, hiking, photography tours and birdwatching.

8 cottages, swimming pool, dining area, bar.

Ol Malo is a family ranch and game sanctuary in Kenya’s wild northern Laikipia province. Join the Francombe family at their beautiful home for an intimate and highly personal experience of ranch living. Ol Malo offers a mix of luxury and home comforts, and those who wish to get even closer to Africa’s ‘night life’ can spend a night in the leopard hide, star gazing in the tree house or in a tented fly camp.

4 private cottages, dining room, infinity pool, camp fire, daily excursions.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

135

TANZANIA

Discover Tanzania The Northern Safari Circuit World-class national parks • The great wildebeest migration Northern Tanzania contains a group of national parks: the Serengeti, Lake Manyara, Tarangire and the Ngorongoro Crater, which together form one of the most impressive safari areas in Africa. Although you can fly into these parks to save time, they are so close together that travelling with a private driver-guide in a 4x4 vehicle works well. Staying with the same guide for the whole safari allows you the continuity to build up your wildlife knowledge. In addition, you get the chance to see some of the towns and rural areas en route. The Serengeti National Park is known for its huge savanna plains, excellent wildlife throughout the year and the great wildebeest migration (November to July). Staying in a mobile camp offers one of the best ways to see the migration. Combine a stay with a few nights in the Loliondo concession. Adjoined to the north-east side of the Serengeti, this area opens up the chance to meet the local Masai and go on a night drive, not allowed in the Serengeti itself. Lake Manyara National Park contains a beautiful soda lake and an excellent variety of wildlife, including elusive tree-climbing lions. Tarangire National Park, with its ancient baobab trees, particularly comes to life in the dry season (January to February and July to October), with the Tarangire river acting as a magnet for large animals, especially elephants. The Ngorongoro Crater has one of the world’s greatest concentrations of wildlife. Although there are several lodges on the rim of the crater itself, we often recommend staying in the farmland of the Karatu to the south. Top or tail your safari with a beach stay or a climb up Mount Kilimanjaro. Alternatively, for a true wilderness adventure, fly up to Rubondo Island Camp on the south western corner of Lake Victoria. Forest walks, wildlife viewing, canoe trips, trekking through wild chimpanzee territory and fishing are all on offer here in this pristine corner of Tanzania. Lion, Serengeti National Park

A suggested itinerary...

Spirit of Tanzania 11 Days & 9 Nights from £6,795 This luxurious tour focuses on northern Tanzania and the group of national parks which form one of the most impressive safari areas in Africa. Days 1-2: Fly to Arusha via Nairobi Fly to Arusha via Nairobi, arriving the following day. Transfer to Arusha Coffee Lodge for 1 night. (N) Day 3: Tarangire National Park Drive in a 4x4 vehicle to Tarangire National Park. Full-day wildlife viewing. Stay 2 nights at Tarangire Treetops. (B, L, D)

136

Day 4: Tarangire National Park Safari activities in Tarangire. (B, L, D) Day 5: Karatu Drive to Karatu via a safari drive in Lake Manyara National Park. Stay 2 nights at The Manor. (B, L, D) Day 6: Ngorongoro Crater Safari drive in the Ngorongoro Crater, Masai village visit and picnic lunch. (B, L, D) Days 7-9: Fly to the Serengeti Transfer to Lake Manyara airstrip and fly to Lobo airstrip. Stay 3 nights at Migration Camp. Daily safari activities. (B, L, D) Day 10: Fly to Arusha • Fly home Fly to Arusha. Take a short city tour. A room will be held at the Arusha Coffee Lodge until your early morning flight to London. (B)

Day 11: Fly to London via Nairobi Very early morning flight to London via Nairobi. (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £6,795 (Jan – Feb) High season from: £7,595 (11 Jul – 18 Aug) Tour code: SPT

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

XXXXXXXXXX

Cheetah & her cub, Serengeti National Park

Western Tanzania Get close to chimpanzees â&#x20AC;˘ Remote & little visited Western Tanzania is a remote region, much less visited than the north or south. Camps here are usually visited via fly-in safaris, which use light aircraft to fly between the parks and camps. Once at the camps, guides will use 4x4 vehicles and boats to get you around the parks. In keeping with the raw nature of this environment, the properties mainly take the form of small, low-impact, permanent tented camps or lodges. The two key parks here are the Mahale Mountains and Katavi national parks, most commonly combined in a 7-night package. Access is twice weekly with scheduled flights operating on a Monday and Thursday to connect these parks with Arusha, with a refuelling stop at Tabora. The flights are relatively expensive, but the rewards you get in terms of wildlife and scenery are well worth it. Mahale Mountains National Park, on the shores of Lake Tanganyika, combines stunning white beaches with a superb chimpanzee interaction experience. The park is also home to Tanzaniaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s densest population of primates, which includes red colobus monkeys, yellow baboons and vervet monkeys. Greystoke Mahale, our preferred option, has Robinson Crusoe-style bandas (thatched cottages). Kungwe Camp, just around the corner, is a more affordable option. The tropical forests at Gombe Stream National Park and on the shores of Lake Tanganyika are even more remote, but well known for the pioneering research conducted by primatologist Jane Goodall. Gombe Forest Lodge offers activities to observe the chimpanzees going about their daily foraging. Other wildlife such as vervet and colobus monkeys, baboons, small antelopes and forest pigs also inhabit the forest. The birdlife here is also extraordinary. Chimpanzees, Mahale Mountains National Park

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

137

TANZANIA • ACCOMMODATION

Tanzania Safari Collection This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Superior

&Beyond Klein’s Camp, North-Eastern Serengeti

One Nature Nyaruswiga, Central Serengeti

Lamai Serengeti Main Camp, Northern Serengeti

Features:

Klein’s Camp is set in a 100-sq-km private concession in the northern sector of the Serengeti, perched on the edge of the Kuka Hills and within the path of the annual migration. Activities include wildlife drives and nature walks. The afternoon wildlife drives extend after sunset with the aid of a spotlight. Immerse yourself in Masai culture with a visit to a village (at extra cost).

10 cottages with private terraces, dining area, lounge with open fireplaces, swimming pool.

Superior

Chaka Camp, Central Serengeti

Chaka Camp is a small, intimate camp that moves seasonally from Ndutu from December to March, to the western Serengeti from May to June. Room fabrics feature handwoven African designs while the camp’s furniture and decor were designed and built by artisans in Arusha. Activities include wildlife drives, guided walking safaris, Masai cultural tours and visits to Olduvai gorge.

Features:

9 en suite tents, dining tent, bar, small library, fire pit.

138

This ultra-luxurious tented safari camp is surrounded by the Nyaruswiga Hills and overlooks the open plains of the Serengeti. There is a rich diversity of resident wildlife and the camp is located on the path of the annual migration. This eco-friendly lodge offers lavish relaxing spaces with deep sofas, ornate furnishings, antique maps and even a gramophone.

13 luxury tents, lounge & dining mess, spa, plunge pool.

Good Standard

Dunia Camp, Serengeti National Park

Set in a quiet location, Dunia Camp is a small, semi-permanent camp tucked away in a private location among the Moru kopjes, allowing guests to fully immerse themselves in the surrounding nature. This is the only area in the Serengeti where the rare black rhino can be found. Wildlife viewing is superb all year round and the area is particularly well known for its big cats.

Features:

7 spacious tents, lounge, dining tent.

Lamai Serengeti Main Camp is set in a beautiful area of small valleys, rocky kopjes and expansive plains. The rooms – a clever blend of canvas, plaster and natural poles – feature expansive verandas, which are designed to maximise the panoramic views, and to give a window onto life on the kopje. Activities include wildlife drives, guided walks, bush picnics and sunset drinks.

8 rooms, dining area, bar, library, map room, natural rock swimming pool.

Superior

&Beyond Lake Manyara Tree Lodge, near Lake Manyara National Park

The only permanent luxury lodge in Lake Manyara National Park, &Beyond Lake Manyara Tree Lodge is renowned for its romantic stilted tree house suites, which float in a sea of green. Activities include twice-daily wildlife drives in open 4x4 safari vehicles. Night drives, exploring Lake Manyara by bicycle and visiting a Masai village are available at an extra cost.

Features:

10 stilted tree houses, forest boma, interactive kitchen.

ACCOMMODATION • TANZANIA

Superior

Oliver’s Camp, Tarangire National Park Oliver’s Camp, in the south of the Tarangire reserve, is traditional in style yet very comfortable. Every tent has beautifully made local furniture and is decorated with dried flowers and African fabrics, each with a private shower and lavatory tent. Safaris are led by trained guides, with an emphasis on slowing down and having a relaxed, in-depth natural history experience with well-informed wildlife experts.

Features:

10 en suite tents, mess tent.

Luxury

Good Standard

Superior

Mbali Mbali Tarangire River Camp, near Tarangire National Park

Ndutu Safari Lodge, Ngorongoro Conservation Area

Features:

Set within a 25,000-hectare concession just 3.5km from the park entrance, this traditional camp allows guests to sleep under canvas. Tarangire offers a great concentration of wildlife, attracted to the river networks that lie between the Masai steppe and the Great Rift Valley. The camp overlooks the Tarangire river, where elephants congregate on the river banks.

20 safari tents, lounge & dining area, viewing deck, swimming pool.

Superior

34 stone and thatch cottages, private veranda, dining area, bar.

Superior

Greystoke Mahale, Mahale National Park

Chada Katavi, Katavi National Park

On the shores of Lake Tanganyika, with the forested slopes of the Mahale Mountains rising behind the camp, Greystoke Mahale is a unique beach escape where guests can trek to see chimpanzees in the wild. With a two-storey dining and lounge area with viewing deck, activities include forest walks, birdwatching, snorkelling, and dhow cruises.

In the heart of Katavi National Park and elevated above the Chada plains, this camp offers panoramic views of the plains and woodlands. The canopy of acacias, kigelias and tamarinds are a popular source of shade and food for the abundant bird and animal species that inhabit the region. World-class wildlife viewing without the crowds is the thrill of this remote tented camp.

Features:

6 bandas, 2-storey dining & lounge area, beach dining, sunset bar, library.

This is a traditional safari lodge and a classic choice for the northern Serengeti circuit. Cool cottages are set in lush grounds with a host of resident wildlife and prolific birdlife that wanders between the tall acacia trees. There is a slower, more relaxed pace here, allowing guests to absorb the surrounding bush and unwind in the lounge area. Share safari stories around the campfire in the evenings.

5 tents, private bathrooms, mess dining & lounge area, superb views.

Rubondo Island Camp, Rubondo Island National Park

This camp is situated in a remote corner of Lake Victoria and is ideal for chimpanzee sightings and those seeking a truly unique getaway. This eco-friendly camp is comprised of luxury banda-style tented rooms with views over the lake. After a day’s fishing, wildlife viewing or primate trekking, try a night in the treehouse, complete with a four-poster bed.

Features:

8 bandas, bar, restaurant, library, swimming pool.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

139

TANZANIA • TOUR

Highlights of Tanzania Duration • 10 Days & 8 Nights Category • Superior

Non-exclusive Group Tour • From £3,295 Private Tour • From £3,875

This group tour features…  4- & 5-star accommodation  Flexible – extensions (see page 142), room & flight upgrades available

 Average group size – 7 people (max 14)

 International flights  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour managers  7 breakfasts, 3 lunches, 6 dinners  Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports  Guaranteed weekly Saturday departures

Weather Arusha

Lionesses, Serengeti National Park

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 29 30 29 26 24 23 23 24 26 28 28 28 B 15 15 16 17 16 14 13 13 14 15 16 16 C 63 64 144 339 169 39 21 16 16 38 126 91

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

Explore Tanzania’s northern circuit on this excellent value tour of the country’s most renowned wildlife reserves. Visit the huge plains of the Serengeti, the open grasslands of the Great Rift Valley and the strikingly beautiful Ngorongoro Crater.

Special experiences

Day 4: Ngorongoro Crater Morning safari drive around Lake Manyara then drive to the Ngorongoro Crater. Stay 2 nights at Ngorongoro Serena Lodge. (B, L, D)

 3 nights in Serengeti National Park in

Day 5: Ngorongoro Crater Descend into the crater for a wildlife drive in a 4x4 vehicle and a picnic lunch. (B, L, D)

both the central & western areas

 Picnic lunch in the Ngorongoro Crater  Fly from the Serengeti to Arusha,

avoiding a long return road journey

Day 1: Fly to Arusha via Nairobi Evening flight from London (regional connections available) to Arusha, via Nairobi, with Kenya Airways. (D)

140

Day 3: Lake Manyara Drive to Lake Manyara National Park and stay 1 night at Lake Manyara Serena Lodge. Afternoon safari drive in the park, known for its elusive tree-climbing lions and huge flocks of migratory pink flamingoes. (B, L, D)

 Stay in the 5-star Kirawira Serena

Camp, a Small Luxury Hotel of the World, located in the renowned western Serengeti corridor

MAP

Day 2: Arusha Arrive and transfer to the Arusha Serena Resort for 1 night. (D)

Day 6: Serengeti National Park (central) via Olduvai gorge Drive to central Serengeti, stopping en route at the Olduvai gorge, which features the remains of the earliest human beings, discovered in the early 20th century by the Leakeys. Stay 2 nights at Serengeti Serena Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 7: Serengeti National Park (central) Morning and afternoon safari drives in

XXXXXXXXXX

Herd of zebras, Ngorongoro Crater

Serengeti National Park, known for its cheetahs, leopards, lions and great wildebeest migration. (B, L, D) Day 8: Serengeti National Park (west) Safari drive to the western Serengeti and stay 1 night at Kirawira Serena Camp. (B, L, D) Day 9: Fly to Arusha Morning safari drive. Afternoon transfer to the airstrip and fly to Arusha. Overnight at the Arusha Serena Resort. (B)

Guideline prices for 2019-20

Tour code: HIT

Group tour Low season from £3,295 Guide price month: Apr

Private travel Low season from £3,875 Guide price month: Apr

High season from £4,540 Guide price months: Jul – Aug

High season from £5,105 Guide price months: Jun – Oct

Single supplement from £105 The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (13 Dec – 05 Jan)

Day 10: Fly to London via Nairobi Early morning flight to London via Nairobi with Kenya Airways. (B)

Kenya Airways flight upgrades Business Class from £950 return

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information

Departure dates for 2019-20

Transport: Based on a 7- or 9-seater 4x4 pop-up roof safari vehicle in which each passenger has a window seat. A 4x4 vehicle will be provided for those taking the tour on a private basis and you will be accompanied by an expert driver-guide.

Out (Fri) 04 Jan 19 11 Jan 19 18 Jan 19 25 Jan 19 01 Feb 19 08 Feb 19 15 Feb 19 22 Feb 19 01 Mar 19 08 Mar 19 15 Mar 19 22 Mar 19 29 Mar 19

Rtn (Sun) 13 Jan 19 20 Jan 19 27 Jan 19 03 Feb 19 10 Feb 19 17 Feb 19 24 Feb 19 03 Mar 19 10 Mar 19 17 Mar 19 24 Mar 19 31 Mar 19 07 Apr 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun) 05 Apr 19 14 Apr 19 12 Apr 19 21 Apr 19 19 Apr 19 28 Apr 19 26 Apr 19 05 May 19 03 May 19 12 May 19 10 May 19 19 May 19 17 May 19 26 May 19 24 May 19 02 Jun 19 31 May 19 09 Jun 19 07 Jun 19 16 Jun 19 14 Jun 19 23 Jun 19 21 Jun 19 30 Jun 19 28 Jun 19 07 Jul 19

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Out (Fri) 05 Jul 19 12 Jul 19 19 Jul 19 26 Jul 19 02 Aug 19 09 Aug 19 16 Aug 19 23 Aug 19 30 Aug 19 06 Sep 19 13 Sep 19 20 Sep 19 27 Sep 19

Rtn (Sun) 14 Jul 19 21 Jul 19 28 Jul 19 04 Aug 19 11 Aug 19 18 Aug 19 25 Aug 19 01 Sep 19 08 Sep 19 15 Sep 19 22 Sep 19 29 Sep 19 06 Oct 19

Out (Fri) 04 Oct 19 11 Oct 19 18 Oct 19 25 Oct 19 01 Nov 19 08 Nov 19 15 Nov 19 22 Nov 19 29 Nov 19 06 Dec 19 13 Dec 19 20 Dec 19 27 Dec 19

Rtn (Sun) 13 Oct 19 20 Oct 19 27 Oct 19 03 Nov 19 10 Nov 19 17 Nov 19 24 Nov 19 01 Dec 19 08 Dec 19 15 Dec 19 22 Dec 19 29 Dec 19 05 Jan 20

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

141

TANZANIA • TOURS

Tour Extensions

IMAGE

Cheetah & cubs, Masai Mara, Kenya

Tour + Masai Mara, Kenya 5 Days & 4 Nights from £2,175

Tour + Selous Game Reserve 5 Days & 4 Nights from £2,235

Tour code: HITMAS

Tour code: HITSEL

The Masai Mara is one of the best-known safari areas in Africa. It is extremely rich in wildlife all year round, but especially from July to October when the migration herds are usually in residence. In the Mara river, hippos wallow while crocodiles sunbathe on the riverbanks.

The Selous is one of Africa’s greatest wildlife reserves. The park supports a wide variety of wildlife including elephants, lions, leopards, hippos, buffaloes, giraffes, crocodiles and many antelope and bird species. It is particularly well-known for motorboat safaris out on the Rufiji river and walking safaris. African wild dogs can also be spotted.

Day 9: Fly to the Masai Mara via Tarime Transfer to the airstrip and fly from the Serengeti to Tarime in Tanzania. Drive from Tarime to Migori in Kenya, clearing customs en route. Then fly from Migori to the Masai Mara, one of Africa’s greatest parks. Transfer to Sanctuary Olonana for a 3-night stay. Afternoon wildlife drive. (B, L, D) Days 10-11: Masai Mara Morning and afternoon safari activities. You may like to book an optional early morning balloon safari. Walk with a naturalist and learn about plants, trees, insects and even how to approach animals on foot. Relax by the pool or revitalise at the mini spa. (B, L, D) Day 12: Fly to Nairobi Morning wildlife activity. Transfer to the airstrip and fly to Nairobi. You will be met and transferred to Ole Sereni hotel for a 1-night stay. (B, L) Day 13: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

142

Day 9: Fly to Selous Game Reserve via Arusha Transfer to Seronera airstrip and fly to the Selous Game Reserve via Arusha. Transfer to Selous Serena Camp and stay for 3 nights. (Please note that this camp is closed between 1 April - 31 May.) Activities include wildlife drives, motorboat safaris, walking safaris and bush meals. (B, L, D) Days 10-11: Selous Game Reserve Morning and afternoon safari activities. Relax by the pool or watch elephants walking to the lake from your private deck. (B, L, D) Day 12: Fly to Nairobi via Dar es Salaam Fly to Nairobi via Dar es Salaam. You will be met and transferred to Ole Sereni hotel for a 1-night stay. (B, L) Day 13: Fly to London Transfer to the airport and fly to London. (B)

Dhow, Zanzibar

IMAGE

Malachite Kingfisher, Selous Game Reserve

Tour + Zanzibar 5 Days & 4 Nights from £695 Tour code: HITZHD / HITZNZ

Finish your tour with some relaxation time on the beautiful tropical beaches of Zanzibar. Day 9: Fly to Zanzibar via Arusha Morning transfer to Seronera airstrip and fly to Zanzibar, via Arusha. Transfer to The Z Hotel (based on breakfast only) / Breezes Beach Club and stay 4 nights in a Deluxe room. (B, D) Days 10-12: Zanzibar At leisure. (B, D) Day 13: Fly to London via Nairobi Day room held at The Z Hotel / Breezes Beach Club. Late transfer to the airport. (B) Day 14: Fly to London via Nairobi Fly to London via Nairobi. Afternoon arrival. (N)

FAMILY TOUR • TANZANIA

Tanzania Family Adventure Duration • 13 Days & 10 Nights Category • Superior

Private Tour • From £6,595 (adult) From £4,995 (12–16 years)

Family Adventure

Tour overview Tanzania is a wildlife lover’s paradise and safaris have been a way of life here for many decades. This family holiday combines a top-quality safari in the Selous Game Reserve, one of Tanzania’s relatively undiscovered wildlife areas, with a two-centre stay on Zanzibar, first to Stone Town and then to a beautiful beach resort on the island’s north-east coast. Expect a diverse safari experience packed full of activities including wildlife drives, walking safaris (16 years upwards) and boat cruises.

This private tour features...  4- star accommodation  International flights  Scenic internal flights  Private airport transfer on arrival  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles  Guided sightseeing  Guided safari activities  National park & wildlife reserve fees  Day room use on final day  Porterage at airports C&K Signature experiences  Relax on the beaches of Zanzibar or go kayaking, snorkelling & reef walking  Soft adventure, from off-road wildlife drives & bush walks to motorboat safaris  Go in search of hippos, crocodiles, lions, leopards & wild dogs

Area map

MAP

Zanzibar

Day 1: Fly to Dar es Salaam via Nairobi Fly overnight to Dar es Salaam via Nairobi. (N) Day 2: Fly to Selous Game Reserve Upon arrival, transfer to the domestic airport for a light aircraft scenic flight to the Selous Game Reserve for a 3-night stay at the Selous Riverside Safari Camp. Join an afternoon safari activity such as a wildlife drive in an open 4x4 vehicle, a boat safari or a guided walking safari. (L, D) Days 3-4: Selous Game Reserve Enjoy two full days of wildlife viewing in the Selous, exploring the river, acacia and palm forests, marshlands and open grasslands. (B, L, D) Day 5: Fly to Zanzibar • Stone Town Morning wildlife activity in the Selous before flying to Zanzibar. Spend 2 nights at the Zanzibar Serena Inn in Stone Town. Idyllically situated on the seafront and within walking distance of ancient Stone Town, the Zanzibar Serena Inn has a large pool and a superb rooftop restaurant. Afternoon at leisure. (B) Day 6: Stone Town • Prison island In the morning, take a guided city tour and follow the trail of the sultans, slaves and explorers in the winding streets of Stone Town. In the afternoon, sail from Stone Town to Prison island, formerly a detention centre for rebellious slaves. See the giant tortoises, soak up some sun on the powder white beach or snorkel in the crystal-clear waters. Return to Stone Town late this afternoon. (B) Day 7: Zanzibar’s north-east coast Zanzibar was once known as a spice island, exporting cloves, vanilla, nutmeg and cardamom across the world. Take a tour of a spice farm with an optional lunch (payable locally) at Hakuna Matata Beach Lodge. Drive to Pongwe Bay Resort for a 5-night stay (seaview suite), set on a sweeping beach beside a

stunning coral lagoon. Sea-view suites are set on the beach with a beautiful outdoor area and a private plunge pool. (B, D) Days 8-11: Zanzibar’s north-east coast Days at leisure or take a range of optional activities (payable locally) such as snorkelling, sea kayaking, reef walking, sailing and cultural visits. Pongwe is also well positioned for getting out and about around the island. A popular choice for families is a visit to Jozani Forest Reserve, which is home to red colobus monkeys. (B, D) Days 12-13: Fly home via Nairobi Day room use. Overnight flight home via Nairobi, arriving the next day. (B) (N) Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Guideline prices for 2019-20 Tour code: TFS

Low season from £6,595 (adult), £4,995 (12–16yrs) Guide price month: Mar High season from £7,345 (adult), £5,875 (12–16yrs) Guide price months: 11 Jul – 18 Aug Note: Prices are based on a family of 4 The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

143

TANZANIA • SOLO TRAVELLERS TOUR

Tanzania Wildlife Safari Duration • 10 Days & 8 Nights Category • Superior

Group Tour • From £3,695

Solo

NEW TOU R

This goup tour features…  4- & 5-star accommodation  Twin / double rooms for single use  Flexible – extensions, room & flight upgrades available

 Maximum group size – 14 people  International flights  Transfers in air-conditioned vehicles

 Experienced local tour managers  7 breakfasts, 5 lunches, 6 dinners  Guided sightseeing & entrance fees  Porterage at airports

Flamingoes, Ngorongoro Crater

Travel through northern Tanzania’s most renowned wildlife reserves on this tour for solo travellers. Explore the huge plains of the Serengeti, the open grasslands of the Great Rift Valley and the strikingly beautiful Ngorongoro Crater.

Weather Arusha

C&K Signature experiences

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 29 30 29 26 24 23 23 24 26 28 28 28 B 15 15 16 17 16 14 13 13 14 15 16 16 C 63 64 144 339 169 39 21 16 16 38 126 91

A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Area map

 Stay in the 5-star Kirawira Serena

Camp, a Small Luxury Hotel of the World, located in the renowned western Serengeti corridor

 3 nights in Serengeti National Park in both the central & western areas

 Picnic lunch in the Ngorongoro Crater  Fly from the Serengeti to Arusha,

avoiding a long return road journey

Day 1: Fly to Arusha via Nairobi Evening flight from London (regional connections available) to Arusha, via Nairobi, with Kenya Airways. (D) Day 2: Arusha Arrive and transfer to the Arusha Serena Resort for 1 night. (D) Day 3: Lake Manyara Drive to Lake Manyara National Park and stay 1 night at Lake Manyara Serena Lodge. Afternoon safari drive in the park, known for its

144

elusive tree-climbing lions and huge flocks of migratory pink flamingoes. (B, L, D) Day 4: Ngorongoro Crater Morning safari drive around Lake Manyara then drive to the Ngorongoro Crater. Stay 2 nights at Ngorongoro Serena Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 5: Ngorongoro Crater Descend into the crater for a wildlife drive in a 4x4 vehicle and a picnic lunch. (B, L, D) Day 6: Serengeti National Park (central) via Olduvai gorge Drive to central Serengeti, stopping en route at the Olduvai gorge, which features the remains of the earliest human beings, discovered in the early 20th century by the Leakeys. Stay 2 nights at Serengeti Serena Lodge. (B, L, D) Day 7: Serengeti National Park (central) Morning and afternoon safari drives in Serengeti National Park, known for its cheetahs, leopards, lions and great wildebeest migration. (B, L, D) Day 8: Serengeti National Park (west) Safari drive to the western Serengeti and stay 1 night at Kirawira Serena Camp. (B, L, D) Day 9: Fly to Arusha Morning safari drive. Afternoon transfer to the airstrip and fly to Arusha. Overnight at the Arusha Serena Resort. (B) Day 10: Fly to London via Nairobi Early morning flight to London via Nairobi with Kenya Airways. (B)

XXXXXXXXXX

IMAGE BOX

Serengeti National Park

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals.

Important information Solo Travellers group tours: These small group tours have been specially created for single travellers. Benefits include single occupancy of double / twin rooms as standard and at sensible prices, plus the company of like-minded travellers. View the complete collection at CoxandKings.co.uk/solotravellers Transport: Based on a 7- or 9-seater 4x4 pop-up roof safari vehicle in which each passenger has a window seat. This tour will depart with 2 vehicles if the group is larger than 7 people.

Guideline prices for 2019 Group tour Low season from £3,695 Guide price month: Mar

Tour code: TWS

High season from £4,340 Guide price month: Oct

The guideline high season prices may be significantly lower than the peak season prices (mid Jul – mid Aug)

Kenya Airways flight upgrades Business Class from £1,250 return

Regional air connections Please speak to your consultant for details

Departure dates for 2019 Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun) 15 Mar 19 24 Mar 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun) 14 Jun 19 23 Jun 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun) 06 Sep 19 15 Sep 19

Out (Fri) Rtn (Sun) 25 Oct 19 03 Nov 19

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

145

TANZANIA

Elephant, Selous Game Reserve

Southern Tanzania Pristine wilderness • Fly-camping opportunities Selous Game Reserve and Ruaha National Park are both areas with pristine wilderness and low visitor numbers. They are easily linked with the northern parks and commonly combined with Zanzibar and Pemba. The Selous Game Reserve is close to sea level and, with the Great Rufiji river flowing through it, has a tropical ambience. All lodges offer wildlife viewing in open 4x4 vehicles, on foot and by boat, where you are likely to drift past pods of hippos and huge numbers of crocodiles. The Selous is an excellent wildlife experience, with a healthy population of wild dogs and more than 450 bird species. Most of the safari camps offer fly-camping where you stay in a simple tent and, accompanied by your guide, spend your days walking through this remote landscape.

IMAGE

Ruaha National Park is higher and more mountainous than the Selous and the animals here are very relaxed, especially the elephants. Ruaha activites include 4x4 safari drives, guided walks and fishing trips. Wildlife highlights include elephants, lions, leopards and wild dogs. Southern Tanzania also combines well with the Quirimbas in northern Mozambique for a mix of wildlife and beaches. Impala, Ruaha National Park

A suggested itinerary...

Southern Tanzania Safari 12 Days & 9 Nights from £6,185 Stay in luxurious accommodation and explore two of Africa’s most remote and unspoilt wilderness areas. Day 1: Fly to Dar es Salaam (N) Day 2: Fly to Selous Game Reserve Connect with your flight to the Selous Game Reserve, one of the largest wildlife reserves in the world. Stay 3 nights at Selous Safari Camp. (L, D) Days 3-4: Selous Game Reserve Wildlife activities in the Selous, including boat

146

trips, safari drives and walks. (B, L, D) Day 5: Fly to Ruaha National Park Fly to Ruaha National Park. Transfer to Jongomero Camp for 3 nights. (B, L, D) Days 6-7: Ruaha National Park Wildlife activities, including safari drives and walks. (B, L, D) Day 8: Fly to Dar es Salaam • Ras Kutani Morning wildlife activity. Fly to Dar es Salaam and transfer by road to Ras Kutani for a 3-night stay. (B, L, D) Days 9-10: Ras Kutani At leisure. (B, L, D) Day 11: Ras Kutani Day at leisure. A room will be held at Ras Kutani until your very early morning flight. (B, L, D)

Day 12: Fly home Transfer to the airport for a very early morning flight home. (N) Guideline Prices Low season from: £6,185 (11 Jan – 15 Mar) High season from: £7,595 (11 Jul – 18 Aug) Tour code: TWI

Tailored travel Contact our experts

020 3930 5008

w CoxandKings.co.uk/make-an-enquiry

ACCOMMODATION • TANZANIA

Southern Tanzania Safari Collection This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Beho Beho, Selous Game Reserve

Beho Beho is an exceptional camp located in the cooler highlands of the Selous. The quality of the guiding, food and service is outstanding. Activities include wildlife drives, boat trips on Lake Tagalala and visits to the Tagalala hot springs. Experienced guides will plan your safari programme to meet your exact requirements. Eat together in the evening around one big table and share safari stories.

Features:

8 stone open-fronted cottages, open-sided dining areas, billiard room, swimming pool.

Superior

Jabali Ridge, Ruaha National Park

In a prime wildlife area around the Mwagusi river is Jabali Ridge. One of the most luxurious camps in the park, it is set among large granite boulders and blends into the surrounding environment. Exquisite views can be enjoyed from this elevated position looking out over the plains and landscapes below. Jabali Ridge offers a safari experience with impressive densities of big game.

Features:

8 banda suites & a private house, lounge, bar, infinity swimming pool, small spa.

Superior

Standard

Sand Rivers, Selous Game Reserve

Sand Rivers is right next to the Rufiji river. A notable highlight is sleeping in the openfronted rooms, close to nature, while still enjoying the comforts of a luxury safari lodge. All rooms are on raised decks with flush lavatories and showers, and panoramic views out over the river. Days at Sand Rivers are filled with exploring the reserve by 4x4 safari vehicle, by boat and on foot.

Features:

8 open-fronted rooms, pool, mess area, library.

Superior

Selous Wilderness Camp Selous Game Reserve

Set among the palm-fringed banks on the southern shores of the Rufiji river, this camp offers tranquil lounging and dining areas and nine authentic safari tents. Designed to mirror the natural surroundings of Rufiji river, all the tents sit under a traditional makuti thatch structure, all with river views and equipped with a fan and outdoor shower.

Features:

9 tents, swimming pool, bar, dining area, lounge, small library.

Superior

Jongomero, Ruaha National Park

Kwihala Camp, Ruaha National Park

Features:

Set on the banks of a seasonal river in the remote southern sector of the Ruaha National Park, Jongomero is gloriously isolated. Far from the tourist trail, this secluded spot offers a chance to discover true unadulterated wilderness. The dining and living areas provide a comfortable vantage point from which to take in the sights and sounds of the African bush. During meals, elephants often pass through.

8 tented suites, dining area, rock pool, library.

Kwihala is an intimate, six-tented camp set close to the Mwagusi sand river in a valley with abundant wildlife. Kwihala oozes style and has some characterful touches: all the plates, serving bowls, vases and even the sinks in the bathrooms are of matching handmade earthenware, embossed with the camp’s signature baobab tree. Excellent guiding and a light foot print on the environment is the camp’s focus.

6 tents, mess tent with lounge, dining room.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

147

TANZANIA • ACCOMMODATION

Tanzania Beach Resorts This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Superior

Exceptional

Luxury

Ras Kutani, Swahili coast

Kilindi, Zanzibar

Baraza Resort & Spa, Zanzibar

Features:

A 10-minute flight south of Dar es Salaam, Ras Kutani is set on a white sandy beach flanked by a freshwater lagoon and offers alfresco living with a Swahili twist. At the heart of the retreat lies an open-air lounge generously scattered with cushions creating the perfect ambience for a relaxing evening cocktail. Snorkelling to the shipwreck of the Chyko is a popular activity with guests here.

9 beach cottages, 4 suites & 1 house, restaurant, bar, lounge, water sports centre.

Luxury

Located on the north-west coast of Zanzibar and originally designed for Benny Andersson, one of the members of the 1970s pop group ABBA, Kilindi brings some real style to the island. Set on a sloping hillside overlooking the sea, Kilindi’s imaginatively designed villas offer a unique ‘open-to-nature’ approach. The property has a secluded powder-white sand beachfront.

15 Omani-style villas with private plunge pools, waterfall bar, alfresco dining, infinity pool, spa.

Superior

Bazara Resort & Spa, sister property of Breezes Beach Club, is a fully inclusive boutique resort offering a fusion of Arabic, Swahili and Indian design throughout the property. Villas feature a spacious terrace and private plunge pool. The food at Bazara has been designed using a blend of Arabic, Indian, Persian, Asian and Swahili flavours and the local spices for which Zanzibar is famous.

30 villas, 3 restaurants, 2 bars, spa, yoga, gym, tennis court, library, water sports centre.

Good Standard

Essque Zalu Zanzibar

Zanzibar Serena Inn

Emerson Spice, Zanzibar

Features:

Essque Zalu Zanzibar in Nungwi overlooks the coastline with direct access to the blue waters of the Indian Ocean. All of the spacious suites combine modern touches with Swahili design under a traditional makuti roof with views of either the ocean or the gardens. Dining options include a modern restaurant serving Arabic cuisine, a fine dining restaurant and a restaurant using local organic produce.

40 rooms, 3 restaurants, 3 bars, swimming pool, spa, gym, art gallery.

148

A refurbished historic building on the seafront in Stone Town, the Serena overlooks a sandy beach where fishermen ply their trade in traditional dhows. Restored to the glory of its 19th-century past, with traditional Zanzibari furniture, its spacious rooms are airconditioned and feature antique furnishings. A restaurant and bar overlook the Indian Ocean and there is a secluded pool.

51 rooms, 2 restaurants, bar, cafe, pool, gift shop.

Emerson Spice is made up of two impressive historic buildings, right in the very centre of the maze of alleyways that make up Stone Town. All rooms have a different theme and are opulently decorated with traditional Swahili furniture. The hotel’s Tea House restaurant is situated on the rooftop, the perfect spot for sunset cocktails with exceptional views out over the city.

6 rooms with antique Swahili beds, rooftop restaurant.

ACCOMMODATION • TANZANIA

Superior

Matemwe Lodge, Zanzibar

Z Hotel, Zanzibar

Anna of Zanzibar, Zanzibar

Features:

Matemwe Lodge, located opposite Mnemba atoll, is surrounded by some of the best beaches on the island. Built from local materials, the open-air restaurant overlooks the ocean and fresh seafood is bought daily from the passing fishing boats. Both cultural visits and water-based activities can be arranged. Just north of the main lodge, the new Matemwe Retreat has three individual villas.

12 bungalows with large bathtubs & walk-in showers, restaurant, multi-level swimming pool, bar.

Exceptional

This boutique hotel is located on the northern tip of Zanzibar in a secluded spot on the corner of an idyllic beach in Nungwi. The hotel blends elegant, contemporary design with traditional Zanzibari features to create a chic and relaxing environment, all set in a tropical garden above a lovely white sand beach. Relax by the pool, go snorkelling or explore Zanzibar’s history in Stone Town.

35 rooms, restaurant, cocktail bar, infinity pool.

Superior

Located on the wonderful white beaches of Zanzibar’s east coast and only an hour’s drive from Unesco-listed Stone Town, Anna of Zanzibar offers colonial simplicity combined with privacy and luxury. The villas all feature private verandas overlooking the ocean and garden. Take a stroll in the tropical garden, swim in the pool or enjoy the private beach huts with sun chairs in the gardens.

5 villas, dining area in main lounge (meals can also be taken alfresco), spa, lounge, curio shop.

Good Standard

&Beyond Mnemba Island Lodge, Mnemba Island

Fundu Lagoon, Pemba Island

Kinasi Lodge, Mafia Island

Located on a small island off the north-east coast of Zanzibar, &Beyond Mnemba Island is an exclusive island resort protected from the waves by a large coral reef, which is ideal for snorkelling. Enjoy delicious fresh cuisine, go swimming, kayaking and snorkelling around the reef, relax with a massage on the beach or just sit and soak up the sunshine.

Fundu Lagoon is a remote and peaceful resort only accessible by boat. Wooden walkways and sandy paths lead around the property and all the bungalows have breathtaking ocean views. Fundu Lagoon is an idyllic place to unwind and enjoy total peace and relaxation, whether it be lingering poolside or enjoying the sights of the spectacular Indian Ocean. The spa has an exclusive range of treatments using local spices.

Features:

10 beachside bandas (cottages) with private verandas, beach dining, Wi-Fi.

18 makuti thatched bungalows, restaurant, 3 bars, infinity pool, spa.

Kinasi Lodge is situated in an old cashew and coconut plantation, overlooking Chole Bay and within the Mafia Island Marine Park. Meandering sandy paths lead between the different parts of the lodge, through the gardens, and steps take you down to the pool and the beach. Its westfacing beach location makes for spectacular African sunset views. Relax by the pool and watch the fishing dhows sail by.

14 stone & thatched cottages, restaurant & bar, pool, spa with Turkish bath, water sports centre.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

149

XXXXXXXXXX

Uganda & Rwanda

Mountain gorillas, Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Park

Uganda

Tailor-made travel

Rwanda

Home to more than half of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s mountain gorilla population and a wealth of other primates, including chimpanzees, Uganda has some of the greatest diversity of wildlife and landscapes of any African country. With 20 national parks and reserves, the scenery varies from the dry savanna lands of Kidepo National Park in the north to the deep forests of the south. Uganda offers the finest birdwatching on the continent, with 1,000 recorded species including rare shoebill storks. Rwanda, also known for its mountain gorilla population, is a spirited nation with a progressive government that has worked hard to heal the rifts caused by the well-documented 1994 genocide. Today, Rwanda is a culturally colourful country and its people are extremely welcoming. Its landscapes range from the majestic Virunga mountains to the sweeping savannah plains of Akagera National Park and the inland sea of Lake Kivu â&#x20AC;&#x201C; home to some of the best inland beaches in Africa. 151 153

Discover Uganda & Rwanda Uganda Rwanda

155

Places to stay â&#x20AC;&#x201C; our suggestions Uganda & Rwanda lodges & camps

Climate

In Uganda, the rainy seasons in the south are from April to May and October to November, with April typically being the wettest month. In the north, the wet season is from April to October and the dry season is from November to March. Most of the country has the same tropical climate, with the hottest months from December to February. Humidity is generally low outside the wet season. In Rwanda, the dry season runs from June to September and is the best time of year for tracking gorillas. There are two annual rainy seasons: between mid-February and early June, and mid-September to mid-December. The wettest months are March to May and are ideally avoided.

Kampala, Uganda

Kigali, Rwanda

J F M A M J J A S O N D

A 29 29 28 28 27 27 26 27 27 28 28 28

A 26 26 26 25 25 26 26 26 26 26 25 25

B 16 16 17 17 17 16 15 16 16 16 16 16

B 13 13 13 14 13 12 12 13 13 13 13 13

C 67 75 141 194 172 83 64 86 94 129 163 101

C 75 102 118 186 107 23

9 35 90 109 140 101

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

t 150

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

UGANDA

Discover Uganda The roads in Uganda are good and the easiest way to explore the country is by 4x4 safari vehicle, travelling with your own private driver-guide. High quality lodges can now be found in most of the national parks and wildlife reserves. Flying by light aircraft between reserves, although more expensive, has become increasingly popular as a means of seeing the country’s highlights in a shorter time. As well as traditional safari experiences, Uganda offers a chance to get off the beaten track, in truly unspoilt settings. Queen Elizabeth National Park

Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Park Trek to see a mountain gorilla group • Superb birdwatching • Pygmy village visits The Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Park, located in the south of the country, is home to 400 of the world’s remaining mountain gorillas. With 120 species of mammal and 350 bird species, this habitat is one of the oldest and most biologically diverse forests on Earth. Encountering mountain gorillas in the wild is certainly one of the most extraordinary wildlife experiences. A guided gorilla trek can take anything from 30 minutes to 5 hours. Once you have found the gorillas, with the help of expert trackers, you will have one hour in their company. There are 11 habituated gorilla groups that can be tracked and the majority of these are accessed from the north-western Buhoma area. In addition to the mountain gorillas, the forest is also alive with an astonishing variety of bird species (including 23 Albertine Rift endemics) and diverse mammal species including black-and-white colobus monkeys, baboons and chimpanzees, as well as elephants and antelope. We recommend taking a village walk to discover the local Bakiga and Batwa pygmy cultures.

Queen Elizabeth National Park Boat cruise on Kazinga channel • Spot tree-climbing lions • Trek for chimpanzees in Kyambura gorge Queen Elizabeth National Park is a diverse ecosystem that includes sprawling savanna, large volcanic craters, humid forests, sparkling lakes and fertile wetlands. It is an ideal habitat for classic African wildlife, home to 10 primate species (including chimpanzees) and over 600 species of birds. Against the backdrop of the jagged Rwenzori mountains, the Kazinga channel is a highlight of any visit, its banks lined with hippos, Nile crocodiles, buffaloes, waterbucks, Uganda kobs and elephants. The channel joins the two lakes of George and Edward, and a guided boat cruise offers the best opportunity of seeing these animals at close quarters. It is also a wonderful place for bird lovers; martial eagles, African spoonbills, cormorants, African skimmers and elusive shoebill storks can all be seen. In the far eastern corner of the park is the rich, tropical Kyambura gorge, where visitors can go trekking for chimpanzees and take guided nature walks to spot black-and-white colobus monkeys, giant forest hogs and red-tailed monkeys. Ishasha, in the south-western part of the park, is known for its tree-climbing lions. This area of open savanna is also home to kobs, topi, buffaloes, hippos, elephants and a range of waterbirds.

Bwindi Impenetrable Forest National Park

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

151

UGANDA

MAP

Shoebill stork, Murchison Falls National Park

IMAGE

Lion, Kidepo Valley National Park

Murchison Falls National Park

Kidepo Valley National Park

Boat trip in Fajao gorge • Spot shoebill storks • Wildlife drives • Chimp tracking in nearby Budongo forest

Wildlife drives & guided walks • Bush breakfasts & sunset drinks • Spend time in a Karamojong village

Murchison Falls National Park is located in the northern part of the Albertine Rift valley, where the Nile explodes through a narrow gorge and cascades down to become a placid river thronged with hippos, buffaloes, waterbucks and crocodiles. Other wildlife that can be spotted in the area include lions, leopards, elephants, giraffes, hartebeest and the graceful oribi antelope. A boat trip to the base of the falls is the most popular activity here. Birdwatching is excellent and visitors have a good chance of seeing shoebill storks.

Kidepo, Uganda’s most remote park, with its jagged hills, golden grasses, soft glowing light and plains strewn with wildlife, is perfect for those looking for a true wilderness experience. Wildlife in Kidepo is abundant and much of it can be seen from your veranda at Apoko Lodge. Lions, leopards, cheetahs, elephants, giraffes, zebras and large herds of buffaloes can all be spotted. During the dry season, the only permanent water in the park is found in the wetlands of the Narus valley, near Apoka Lodge.

Kibale National Park Track chimpanzees • Visit crater lakes near Ndali • Bigodi swamp walks Kibale forest is the prime location in Uganda for chimpanzee tracking. This park, which forms a continuous block with the more southerly Queen Elizabeth National Park, is largely comprised of rainforest. It is home to 13 primate species including red colobus monkeys, the rare L’Hoest’s monkey, grey mangabeys, blue monkeys, pottos, black-faced vervet monkeys, baboons, galagos and also bushbabies; however, chimpanzees are arguably the star attraction. At least 60 mammal species are present in the park, with 335 bird species and an abundance of unusual plants and insects. Chimpanzee, Kibale National Park

Kidepo Valley National Park

152

RWANDA

Discover Rwanda Kigali Visit the Nyamirambo Women’s Centre • Lively craft markets • Visit the Genocide Memorial Kigali, Rwanda’s capital city, straddles several hills and is a colourful, bustling African city. It is also clean, safe and European in feel. The Genocide Memorial is a poignant reminder of the tragic events of the 1994 genocide and can be visited as part of a city tour. More recently, the country has transformed itself into a vibrant and welcoming nation, exemplified by the Nyamirambo Women’s Centre, which offers a great chance to interact with some local women, visit a local market and even participate in making some food.

Kigali

Volcanoes National Park Track mountain gorillas • Colobus & golden monkeys • Visit Dian Fossey’s grave Sitting with a small family group of mountain gorillas is undoubtedly one of the world’s greatest wildlife experiences. Rwanda’s 480 mountain gorillas roam the Virunga mountains of Volcanoes National Park. Some, such as the Susa group, studied by famous primatologist Dian Fossey, live at over 3,000 metres. In July, the annual naming ceremony of baby gorillas – Kwita Izina – attracts thousands of visitors. Chimps, colobus and golden monkeys can also be tracked. There is a huge variety of things to do in this area, including a visit to the spectacular twin lakes of Burera and Ruhondo, or visit the Iby'Iwacu cultural village. Golden monkey, Volacanoes National Park

Lake Kivu Spectacular lake views • The riviera of Rwanda • Ideal place to relax during your journey The misty, high altitude Lake Kivu forms the border between the Congo and Rwanda. Driving north on the road between Kibuye and Gisenyi, the lush, fertile hills are positively alpine. Travelling by road provides a fascinating insight into daily village life: crowds gather on market days, creating a splash of colour; vibrant tea and coffee plantations pass by; and, in the distance, you may spot fishermen on the lake in their dugouts. Gisenyi, with the air of a slightly down-atheel tropical beach resort, is the most northerly port on the Rwandan part of Lake Kivu. The comfortable Lake Kivu Serena, only an hour from Volcanoes National Park, can be used as a gorilla tracking base. Further south, Kibuye is the prettiest of Lake Kivu’s ports, sprawling across a series of hills interwoven with lagoon-like arms of the lake. The intimate Cormoran Lodge is our favourite here, built on stilts set into the hillside with beautiful views of the lake. Lake Kivu

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

153

RWANDA

Canopy walkway, Nyungwe Forest National Park

Impala in Akagera National Park

Nyungwe Forest National Park

Akagera National Park

Forest canopy walks • Chimpanzee tracking • Guided walks to scenic waterfalls • Excellent birding

Good plains wildlife viewing • Scenic location with rolling hills, forests & lakes

South-west of Kigali is Nyungwe Forest National Park, the largest surviving expanse of montane forest in east and central Africa. It also has east Africa’s highest canopy walk, some 75 metres above ground. Here, a suspension bridge, Uwinka Overlook, sways above the Igishigishigi Trail, named after the tree ferns in the forest below. Within the forest are 13 primate species including chimpanzees, L’Hoest’s monkeys, red-tailed monkeys and Ruwenzori colobus monkeys, all of which can be seen on foot. Guided walks can also take in the Kamiranzovu swamps and scenic waterfalls. There are over 275 different species of bird in this area, including the spectacular giant hornbill, great blue turacos and the red-breasted sparrow hawk.

Akagera is an extremely pretty park located in the north-east of Rwanda, along the border with Tanzania. Lakes and papyrus swamps cover a third of the park. In the north, vast savanna plains tempt the bigger herds of animals. The south offers undulating hills and valleys covered with grasses and bracken. Lions, which have been recently reintroduced, elephants, giraffes, buffaloes, zebras, warthogs and antelopes (including topi, oribi, waterbuck and impala) are all on the safari spotter’s list. The park is also home to some 500 bird species, including the rare shoebill, glorious African fish eagles, the yellowrumped tinkerbird and glossy blue starlings. Magashi Camp is an ideal base from which to experience this diverse park.

Herd of zebras in Akagera National Park

154

ACCOMMODATION • UGANDA & RWANDA

Uganda & Rwanda Lodges & Camps This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Sanctuary Gorilla Forest Camp, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park

One&Only Nyungwe House, Nyungwe Forest National Park

Bisate Lodge, Volcanoes National Park

Features:

Located within the Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, near to the village of Buhoma, Sanctuary Gorilla Forest Camp is an intimate and peaceful camp, as much a part of the forest as the ancient trees that surround it. It is an ideal base for gorilla trekking, but fascinating encounters with the Batwa community, superb birding and waterfall treks are also available.

8 luxury tents, dining area, lounge & bar with forest views, spa.

Superior

Set amid the tea plantations of Gisakura on the edge of the Nyungwe Forest National Park, One&Only Nyungwe House is an ideal base for tracking chimpanzees and encountering the rare mangabey monkey. Activities include canopy walks showcasing gigantic mahogany trees, primates, rare butterflies and exotic birdlife. Rooms have been designed to offer uninterrupted views of the Nyungwe forest.

23 rooms and suites, private deck, spa, fire pit, infinity pool.

Superior

Set high on a hillside with dramatic views of the Bisoke and Karisimbi volcano peaks, Bisate Lodge sets a new standard of accommodation in Rwanda and aims to be a model for sustainable tourism. The opulent forest suites have uninterrupted views from their private decks. Aside from gorilla trekking, activities also include community visits and golden monkey tracking.

6 suites, private decks, lounge with fireplaces, dining area, bar, wine cellar.

Superior

Virunga Lodge, near Volcanoes National Park

Baker’s Lodge, Murchison Falls National Park

Ishasha Wilderness Camp, Queen Elizabeth National Park

Features:

Set high on a ridge between the Virunga volcano range and the twin crater lakes of Bulera and Ruhondo, Virunga Lodge commands one of the best views in Rwanda. It offers a relaxed yet refined customer experience in a uniquely Rwandese style. A short drive to the park headquarters makes this an excellent base for mountain gorilla trekking and for exploring this stunning region of northern Rwanda.

10 rooms, restaurant, lounge, bar, butler service, laundry service, Wi-Fi in main area.

Set on the banks of the Nile river, Baker’s Lodge is named after the Victorian explorer Samuel Baker, who travelled up the Nile in search of its source. Offering expansive views across the river and into the Murchison Falls National Park, elephants and hippos are often seen from the lodge. Activities include boat cruises to Murchison Falls and the Albert Nile delta, and game drives on the northern bank.

10 river-fronted cottages, dining area, lounge, bar, swimming pool.

Located on the banks of the Ntungwe river within the Queen Elizabeth National Park, Ishasha Wilderness Camp is an eco-friendly tented camp in the heart of the wilderness. The area is known for its tree-climbing lions. Large herds of elephants, buffaloes and topi often congregate near to camp. The area also offers the best chance to see spotted hyena and leopard in Uganda.

10 luxury tented rooms, restaurant, lounge / bar, curio shop.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

155

XXXXXXXXXX

Mauritius

Tailor-made travel The very name Mauritius conjures up images of tropical luxury: walking barefoot along white beaches, swimming in shallow lagoons and indulging in spa treatments. The majority of hotels and resorts offer a huge array of water sports (mostly complimentary), have a good number of restaurants to choose from and offer excellent long- and short-stay beach packages, but Mauritius has so much more. Look beyond the resorts and the island is a fascinating melting pot of cultures, with interesting fusion cuisine and an exceptionally warm welcome wherever you go. There are also mountains swathed in verdant forests, huge sugar plantations and hidden waterfalls, as well as vibrant local markets and historic sites. It is essential to book well ahead for visits over Christmas and New Year. Port Louis, Mauritius

Climate

The best time to visit Mauritius is generally from July to September, which sees comfortable temperatures and the lowest rainfall, though Mauritius is a year-round destination. Rainfall is at its highest from January to May, when temperatures are at their peak. The cyclone season runs from November through to March, although a direct strike is a rarity.

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 30 30 30 29 27 25 25 25 26 27 29 29 B 22 22 22 21 19 17 17 16 17 18 20 21 C 235 242 191 171 97 83 83 76 54 50 66 162

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

t 156

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

ACCOMMODATION • MAURITIUS

Mauritius Resort Collection This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Shanti Maurice, South Mauritius

Oberoi, North-West Mauritius

Shangri-La’s Le Touessrok Resort & Spa, East Mauritius

Features:

Shanti Maurice is an exceptional 14-hectare resort located between sugarcane fields and the turquoise waters of the Indian Ocean. The hotel’s spa offers relaxing therapies focusing on uniting the mind, body and spirit. Rooms are spacious, luxuriously furnished and some feature a private pool, garden and hot tub. The hotel also has its own private beach.

55 suites & villas, 3 restaurants, bar, swimming pool, spa, private beach, golf course.

Superior

The Oberoi combines abundant natural beauty with refined luxury, and is set in 8 hectares of beautiful gardens with a large ocean front. The villas have private swimming pools and luxury pavilions with panoramic views of the sea. All rooms have romantic four-poster beds while bathrooms feature sunken marble baths overlooking an open-aired walled garden.

71 rooms, 2 restaurants, bar, spa, gym, tennis courts, swimming pool.

Superior

Shangri-La’s Le Touessrok Resort & Spa is located on the sands of Trou d’Eau Douce Bay with stunning views over the Indian Ocean. Shangri-La takes pride in the level of hospitality provided and some of the villas have a private butler. The hotel has two private islands, one of them featuring an 18-hole championship golf course.

203 rooms (3 exclusive villas), 4 restaurants, lounge, library, beauty salon, gift shop, bar, golf course, private beach.

Superior

Paradise Cove Boutique Hotel & Spa, North Mauritius

Sands Resort & Spa, West Mauritius

Le Sakoa, North-West Mauritius

Features:

Located on a secluded white sandy beach sheltered by a rocky peninsula, Paradise Cove Boutique Hotel & Spa has panoramic views over the ocean and five islets. The room interiors have a nautical theme and each has a balcony or terrace overlooking the lagoon. Activities include paddle boarding, snorkelling, kayaking, big and small game fishing and yoga.

67 rooms & suites, 4 restaurants, 2 bars, 2 fresh water pools, spa, gym, 2 tennis courts.

Located on a pristine beach in the seaside village of Flic en Flac on the west coast of Mauritius, the tranquil Sands Resort & Spa overlooks Tamarin Bay and Le Morne peninsula. The resort offers three different dining options serving a variety of international and local dishes. Activities include kayaking, snorkelling and trips on a glass bottom boat.

91 suites, 3 restaurants, bar, infinity pool, spa, tennis courts, gym.

In an ideal location between Port Louis and the Grand Bay, and with direct access to Trou aux Biches, one of the most beautiful lagoons and beaches in the country, Le Sakoa is an intimate family-run property with just 16 elegant rooms and suites. The restaurant has spectacular ocean views and serves an a la carte menu with seafood and local specialities.

2 suites & 14 rooms, swimming pool, restaurant, bar, water sports.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

157

XXXXXXXXXX

Seychelles

La Digue Anse Source d'Argent, Seychelles

Tailor-made travel The Seychelles is an otherworldly archipelago of 115 idyllic islands in the Indian Ocean, offering some of the most spectacular natural beauty on Earth. Azure waters, pristine white beaches and friendly inhabitants make for a classic luxury getaway or honeymoon destination. The three main islands of Mahé, Praslin and La Digue are where most of Seychelles’ hotels and guest houses are located; however, with a number of island resorts dotted around the archipelago, the accommodation options are as numerous and varied as the backdrops of the islands themselves.

Mahé, Seychelles

Climate

The best time to visit the Seychelles is generally between April and October, when there is less rainfall. Located in the tropics, the weather is warm throughout the year, with the highest rainfall between November and February. Early bookings for Christmas are recommended, as this is a popular time to travel.

Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 29 29 30 30 29 28 27 27 28 29 29 29 B 23 24 24 24 25 24 23 23 24 23 23 23 C 381 279 189 178 133 66 81 117 134 206 223 271

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

t 158

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

ACCOMMODATION • SEYCHELLES

Seychelles Resort Collection This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Constance Ephelia Resort, Mahé

Banyan Tree, Mahé

Carana Beach Hotel, Mahé

Features:

Constance Ephelia Resort is situated next to two of the most beautiful beaches on the island, overlooking a marine national park. It includes a north and south beach, linked together by a road, and a spa village set in beautiful tropical gardens. The south beach has the main resort facilities. North beach, set within the marine national park, offers some lovely spots for swimming and snorkelling.

313 suites & villas, 5 restaurants & bars, gym, spa village, kids club, 5 boutiques, tennis & squash courts.

Luxury

Banyan Tree Seychelles is situated among the swaying palm trees and tropical forests of Intendance Bay with a shoreline known for being one of the most picturesque in the world. The resort offers a choice of restaurants and signature destination dining experiences, from private candlelit meals on the beachside to the moonlight gazebo located on beautiful Intendance beach.

60 villas with private plunge pool & veranda, 3 restaurants, spa, gym, tennis courts.

Superior

This boutique all-suite hotel overlooks a beautiful beach. The rooms, a few steps from the beach, are surrounded by lush jungle and giant granite boulders. Accommodation includes 28 ocean-view chalets and 12 special ocean-view pool chalets, each with a private plunge pool. The ocean-themed decor and Seychelles hospitality ensure a casual yet chic ambience in which guests can unwind.

40 chalets, restaurant, beach bar & lounge, swimming pool, spa & wellness centre.

Superior

Constance Lémuria, Praslin

Le Domaine de l’Orangeraie, La Digue

Denis Island

Features:

A member of the Relais & Chateaux organisation, Constance Lémuria is located on Anse Kerlan beach, a very scenic corner of Praslin island. The elegant accommodation is spread along three perfect white sandy beaches. All the buildings are made from natural wood and stone. Dining at Lémuria is an exquisite affair, with the emphasis on local seafood and Mediterranean specialities.

105 rooms, suites & villas, 4 dining options, 18-hole golf course, tennis courts, gym, spa, 3 swimming pools.

Le Domaine de l’Orangeraie is a peaceful and private getaway in a beautiful tropical setting. The local architecture and the warmth of the wood provides a ‘home-away-from-home’ feeling. The property is close to all that La Digue has to offer in terms of local shops and restaurants. The best way to get around the island is by bicycle, which can be hired from the hotel.

63 suites & villas, 2 restaurants, spa, infinity pool.

Denis is a tiny coral private island 95km north of Mahé. Each of the elegant cottages has its own private sea-facing veranda and courtyard. Giant tortoises, turtles and an abundance of nesting bird species still inhabit this quiet undisturbed sanctuary. The chef prepares daily dishes and creative buffets with live cooking stations using fresh produce from the island’s estate and fished from the surrounding seas.

25 air-conditioned cottages & villas, dining room & alfresco dining, spa, tennis courts.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

159

XXXXXXXXXX

Mozambique

Sand dunes, Mozambique

Tailor-made travel Archetypal barefoot luxury, outstanding beaches with shallow reefs, exclusive lodges and a string of subtropical Indian Ocean islands all combine to make Mozambique one of Africaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most unspoilt marine areas. An ideal honeymoon or post-safari beach destination, it is also emerging as a rewarding safari destination in itself, where time on one of the islands can be combined with a true wilderness experience in one of the national parks. Visitors are often pleasantly surprised to discover the fascinating culture and history on offer, too. Although traditionally a more expensive beach destination than Mauritius, Mozambique is becoming more affordable due to new ways to connect with countries such as South Africa, Kenya and southern Tanzania. Maputo, Mozambique

Climate

Generally, Mozambique offers year-round sunshine, with temperatures along the coast warm and pleasant for most of the year due to the sea breezes. The best time to travel is during the winter months from May to October, when there is the least rainfall. During the rainy season (November â&#x20AC;&#x201C; March) it can be very hot and humid. The southern parts of the country are generally drier, with a less tropical climate than the north. Key: A: Maximum average temperature (C) B: Minimum average temperature (C) C: Average rainfall (mm)

J F M A M J J A S O N D A 31 31 30 29 27 25 25 26 27 27 29 30 B 22 22 22 19 16 13 13 15 17 18 20 21 C 159 138 98 56 30 18 18 15 41 57 77 84

Inspired to venture further afield? Browse our website to discover additional destinations, places to stay and itineraries; or speak to our Africa experts.

t 160

020 3930 5008

CoxandKings.co.uk

ACCOMMODATION • MOZAMBIQUE

Mozambique Resort Collection This is a selection of our recommended accommodation. Please see our website for more options.

Luxury

Azura Benguerra Island, Bazaruto archipelago

&Beyond Benguerra Island Lodge, Bazaruto archipelago

Villa Santorini, Vilanculos

&Beyond Benguerra Island is set amid indigenous milkwood trees overlooking Benguerra Bay. It consists of an open-fronted thatch and reed main building with lounge, bar and dining room area, flanked by secluded chalets. Built on stilts, each chalet or ‘cabana’ combines African style with the influence of Portuguese heritage. Activities include snorkelling, dhow cruises and island drives.

Located just a few kilometres from the coastal town of Vilanculos and surrounded by greenery, Villa Santorini’s exterior looks much like a Greek villa and is located above a stretch of untouched beach. Named after islands on the Bazurato archipelago, the property has just five luxurious villas plus a secluded villa known as The Chapel. The chic interiors echo the space and flow of the surrounding nature, helping you to relax and immerse yourself in this sumptuous retreat.

Features:

Set within a marine national park and with huge stretches of deserted, soft, white sand, Azura is Mozambique’s first eco-boutique retreat, built and operated in partnership with the local community. Each villa has a private infinity pool and is a stone’s throw from the beach, set between the indigenous trees and bush. Top international chefs prepare fresh local produce, which includes some of the finest seafood.

20 villas, restaurant, bar, spa, library, boutique.

Luxury

15 rooms, infinity pool, dining room, lounge, bar, beach shop, massage room.

Superior

6 suites, lounge, library, deck with small pool, courtyard pool, variety of dining spaces.

Superior

Azura at Quilalea, Quirimbas archipelago

Ibo Island Lodge, Quirimbas archipelago

Machangulo Beach Lodge, Maputo

With a prime waterfront location, Ibo Island Lodge consists of three historic mansions. All bedrooms are individually designed, with many opening onto private verandas. Dinners are served on the rooftop terraces with spectacular views over the ocean. Activities include daily boat trips to a pristine sandbank for swimming, guided cultural experiences and dhow safaris.

This idyllic beach resort sits on a stunning stretch of coastline in southern Mozambique, one hour by boat east of Maputo. There are ocean-view rooms, perched on a ridge overlooking the Indian Ocean, large beach villas and family rooms. The restaurants offer both formal and casual dining and there is a variety of activities on offer as well as more relaxing spa treatments.

Features:

Azura at Quilalea is a private island with a relaxed and understated castaway ambience. Nine spacious and luxurious seafront villas, including the clifftop Villa Quilalea with its own private plunge pool, make up the property. Activities include snorkelling (straight from the beach), sailing on a traditional dhow, exclusive picnics, candlelit dinners and deep-sea fishing.

9 villas, restaurant, clifftop pool, wine cellar, spa.

9 rooms, rooftop restaurant, garden, 3 pools including an infinity pool, lounge.

17 rooms, 2 restaurants, bar / lounge, swimming pool, spa.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

161

INFORMATION

Booking Conditions Our full booking conditions apply to all bookings. These appear on our website www.coxandkings. co.uk and can also be provided by post or e-mail on request. The following booking conditions contain only some of the terms and conditions (which may also be a summary) which apply to your booking. Before you make your booking, you must read our full booking conditions. By seeking confirmation of your booking, we are entitled to assume that you have done so and accept the full booking conditions as the basis for your contract with Cox & Kings Travel Limited (‘Cox & Kings’, ‘we’, ‘our’ or ‘us’) and with any supplier with whom you have a direct contract. In these booking conditions, ‘you’ and ‘your’ means all persons named on the booking or any of them as applicable (including anyone who is added or substituted at a later date).

unless you are informed otherwise. If all payments are not received on time, we or the Third Party Supplier are entitled to assume you wish to cancel. Cancellation charge will apply in accordance with clause 9(a). If we do not cancel straightaway because you promise to make payment, you must pay the cancellation charges shown in clause 9(a) depending on the date we or the Third Party Supplier reasonably treat your booking as cancelled by you. (e) Travel documents will be provided as referred to in our full booking conditions. (f) Prices include all government taxes in the amount applicable at the time of booking that do not have to be paid locally. Those that have to be paid locally by you are extra and are your responsibility (such as international airport departure tax).

1) YOUR CONTRACT (a) If you book only one type of service with us (for example hotel(s) only or cruise only) and unless otherwise advised at the time of booking, we act only as a booking agent for the supplier of that service. Your contract for that service will be with that supplier (‘Third Party Supplier’) and not us. The Third Party Supplier’s own terms and conditions (copies available on request) will apply to that contract in addition to the applicable parts of these conditions. (b) In all other cases your contract will be with Cox & Kings. (c) When you make a booking the person who makes the booking guarantees that they have the authority to accept and do accept on behalf of your party these booking conditions.

3) REDUCED MOBILITY / MEDICAL CONDITIONS / DISABILITIES / SPECIAL REQUESTS The information you are provided with about your holiday before you make your booking will include a general indication of the suitability of the holiday for someone with reduced mobility. However, reduced mobility means different things to different individuals as individual capabilities, restrictions and requirements are likely to vary considerably. If you suffer from restricted mobility or have any disability or medical condition which may affect your holiday arrangements, please give us full details before booking so that we can provide you with precise information as to the suitability of the holiday taking into account your needs. We may ask you to confirm full details in writing. Please promptly inform us in writing in the event that any material change in your mobility, any disability or medical condition occurs after your booking has been confirmed. We will deal with special requests and information relating to any disability, medical condition or reduced mobility as referred to in our full booking conditions. Special requirements we have accepted will be specifically confirmed as accepted on your confirmation invoice.

2) BOOKING, PAYMENT AND CONFIRMATION (a) Full information as to how to make a booking is shown on our website. A minimum deposit of £250 per person or 15% of your total holiday cost, whichever is greater, must be paid at the time of booking. For some holidays, a higher deposit will be payable or it may be necessary to make full payment at the time of booking. This is usually the case where full payment for certain services, such as your flight, has to be made immediately after your booking is confirmed in order to secure that service or the price quoted at the time of booking. Where full payment is required at the time of booking, 100% cancellation charges will also apply from confirmation of booking in the event that you subsequently cancel. (b) Where you book over the telephone and we are in a position to confirm your booking, a binding contract between you and Cox & Kings or between you and the Third Party Supplier, as applicable, will come into existence when we verbally confirm your booking. All other bookings will be confirmed and a binding contract will come into existence when we issue a confirmation invoice. Please note, though, that if you book private travel arrangements or an extension to a group tour, your accommodation, flights etc will only be requested by us once the payment due at the time of booking has been received. Your confirmation invoice will indicate your requested package cost and you will be advised of any accommodation, flights etc that are still on request and not confirmed at the time the confirmation invoice is issued. (c) It is your responsibility to check the confirmation invoice and other documents we send you carefully and to let us or your travel agent know immediately in the event of any error or inaccuracy, as it may not be possible to make changes later. Where we act only as agent for a Third Party Supplier we will have no responsibility for any errors in any documentation except where those errors we make. (d) The balance of your holiday cost is payable not less than eight weeks prior to departure,

162

4) YOUR TRAVEL AGENT For flight inclusive bookings, all monies paid to any authorised travel agent of ours for your holiday with us will be held on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust subject to the travel agent’s obligation to pay such monies to us in accordance with our trading terms unless we fail. In the unlikely event of our financial failure, all monies then held by the travel agent or subsequently paid by you to the travel agent will be held by the agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation on the agent to pay such monies to us. 5) INSURANCE It is a condition of booking that you have adequate insurance for your holiday. Further information on this requirement is shown in our full booking conditions. 6) ALTERATION BY YOU (a) If you wish to make any amendments to your holiday after it has been confirmed (including where you wish to transfer your place on the booking to someone else), you must inform us in writing and we will do our best to help. An amendment fee together with the costs and charges incurred as a result or, for certain alterations, cancellation charges, will be payable. Please see our full booking conditions for further information. (b) If you wish to change any aspect of your holiday after it has commenced, we and our agents will do their best to assist, subject to payment locally of all applicable charges and costs.

7) PRE-DEPARTURE CHANGES TO, OR CANCELLATION OF, YOUR ARRANGEMENTS BY US OR YOUR THIRD PARTY SUPPLIER (a) Pre-departure Changes (this clause 7(a) applies only if your contract is with us). Changes to confirmed holiday arrangements sometimes have to be made. Most changes will be insignificant and we have the right to make these. Where an insignificant change is made before departure, we will notify you in writing. No compensation is payable for insignificant changes. Insignificant changes are likely to include (but are not limited to) (1) changes to any destination(s), place(s) of stay or port(s) or place(s) of call for your holiday which is not a major, confirmed destination, place of stay or port or place of call and (2) substitution of a named lecturer and / or leader for another knowledgeable expert in the same field. Occasionally, before departure, we may be constrained by circumstances beyond our control to make a significant alteration to any of the main characteristics of the travel services which form part of your confirmed booking or to any special requirements which we have accepted as referred to in clause 3. In the event that we have to significantly alter any of the main characteristics of your confirmed arrangements or accepted special requirements, we will provide you with the following information in writing as soon as possible: (i) the proposed alteration(s) and any impact they have on the price; (ii) in the event that you do not wish to accept the alteration(s), details of any substitute package we are able to offer (and any price reduction where this is of a lower quality or cost); (iii) your entitlement to cancel your booking and receive a full refund if you do not want to accept the alteration(s) or any substitute package offered; and (iv) the period within which you must inform us of your decision and what will happen if you don’t do so. If you choose to cancel your booking, we will refund all payments you have made to us within 14 days of the date we receive your written cancellation. If we don’t hear from you with your decision within the specified period (having provided you with the above mentioned information for a second time), we will cancel your booking and refund all payments made to us within 14 days of our doing so. No compensation will be payable or other liability accepted where a change results from unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances (see clause 8). (b) Pre-departure Cancellation (this clause 7(b) applies only if your contract is with us). Occasionally, it may be necessary to cancel confirmed holiday arrangements. In the event: (i) we are prevented from performing your contracted holiday arrangements as a result of unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances (see clause 8) and we notify you of this as soon as reasonably possible; or (ii) we have to cancel because the number of persons who have booked the holiday on which you are travelling is smaller than the minimum number applicable to the holiday as stated in the contract and you are notified of the cancellation not less than 8 weeks before departure; we have the right to terminate your contract. In this situation, we will refund all monies you have paid to us within 14 days of the date we inform you of the cancellation but will have no further or other liability to you including in respect of compensation or any costs or expenses you incur or have incurred. All group holidays, except those labelled as ‘non-exclusive’, require a minimum number of bookings before they will operate. We will inform you of cancellation for lack of minimum numbers as set out above.

INFORMATION (c) This clause 7(c) applies if your contract is with a Third Party Supplier. If the Third Party Supplier changes or cancels your booking, we will pass on the new details to you together with any compensation the Third Party Supplier offers. We cannot accept any liability for any changes or cancellations made to these bookings by the Third Party Supplier. 8) UNAVOIDABLE AND EXTRAORDINARY CIRCUMSTANCES In these booking conditions, unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances means a situation which is beyond our control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. Such situations are likely to include, whether actual or threatened, war, riot, civil strife, terrorist activity, industrial dispute, natural or nuclear disaster, adverse weather conditions, flood, epidemics, fire, airport, port or airspace closures, restrictions or congestion and flight restrictions imposed by any regulatory authority or other third party. Except where otherwise stated, we have no liability including for compensation, costs and expenses, in such situations. 9) CANCELLATION BY YOU (a) You may cancel your confirmed holiday booking at any time prior to departure. Should you wish to do so, you must notify us or your travel agent (as applicable) in writing. Such notification will only be effective on receipt. Cancellation charges will apply as set out below unless you are otherwise advised at the time of booking. In calculating these cancellation charges, we have taken account of possible cost savings and the generation of income from other bookings which may be able to utilise cancelled services to the extent this is likely to be achievable for tailor-made holiday arrangements. For some bookings, including those for which full payment is required at the time of booking, 100% cancellation charges apply from confirmation of your booking. Where the cancellation charge is shown as a percentage, this is calculated on the basis of the total cost payable by the person(s) cancelling, excluding any visa charges and amendment charges which are not refundable. Days before Amount of departure cancellation charges notification as a % of total received total tour cost More than Deposit(s) (inc any 56 days higher deposit) 56-29 days 50% or deposit(s) if higher 28-15 days 90% 14-0 days 100% No allowance or refund can be made for meals, rooms, excursions etc included in the price of your tour but not taken, nor can any refund be made for services that cannot be used due to lost, mislaid or destroyed travel tickets or vouchers. Part cancellation of a booking may result in increased costs for the remaining party members. (b) Where you have a contract with a Third Party Supplier, their terms and conditions, including cancellation charges, will apply in the event of your cancelling. 10) PRICES Where your contract is with Cox & Kings, once the price of your chosen holiday has been confirmed at the time of booking, it will not change. Where your contract is with a Third Party Supplier, we must pass on to you in full all additional costs and charges of whatever nature imposed by the Third Party Supplier in accordance with its own terms and conditions. We reserve the right to make changes to, and correct errors in, advertised prices at any time before your holiday is confirmed. Occasionally our holiday prices are discounted for a limited period for promotional purposes. Discounts cannot be applied retrospectively to reduce the price of a confirmed booking. 11) YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES (a) Visas: General information concerning

visa requirements applicable is set out in our Documents & Health section. Please also see our full booking conditions for further information. (b) Passports: A full passport (valid for at least six months beyond the end of your holiday) is required for the holidays we offer. Please see our Documents & Health section for full details or seek the advice of our travel consultants. Requirements may change and you must check the up-to-date requirements in good time before departure. A British citizenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s passport presently takes approximately three to six weeks to obtain. See our full booking conditions for further information. (c) Health: It is your responsibility to ensure you are aware of all recommended and required vaccinations and health precautions in good time before departure. See our full booking conditions for further information. (d) Documents: It is the responsibility of the person who makes the booking to ensure that all members of the party are in possession of all necessary travel and health documents and have all necessary vaccination certificates before departure. (e) Travel advice: For up to date travel advice from the UK government, visit www. gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice and https:// travelaware.campaign.gov.uk/ which you are recommended to consult before booking and in good time before departure. 12) OUR LIABILITY This clause 12(a) does not apply where your contract is with a Third Party Supplier (a) (i) We promise to make sure that the holiday arrangements we have agreed to make, perform or provide as applicable as part of our contract with you are made, performed or provided with reasonable skill and care. This means that, subject to these booking conditions, we will accept responsibility if, for example, you suffer death or personal injury or your contracted holiday arrangements are not provided as promised or prove deficient as a result of the failure of ourselves, our employees, agents or suppliers to use reasonable skill and care in making, performing or providing, as applicable, your contracted holiday arrangements. Please note, it is your responsibility to show that reasonable skill and care has not been used if you wish to make a claim against us. In addition, we will only be responsible for what our employees, agents and suppliers do or do not do if they were at the time acting within the course of their employment (for employees) or carrying out work we had asked them to do (for agents and suppliers). (ii) We will not be responsible for any injury, illness, death, loss (including loss of possessions or enjoyment), damage, expense, cost or other sum or claim of any nature whatsoever which results from any of the following: (1) the act(s) and / or omission(s) of the person(s) affected; or (2) the act(s) and / or omission(s) of a third party not connected with the provision of your holiday and which were unforeseeable or unavoidable; or (3) unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances as defined in clause 8. (iii) We cannot accept responsibility for any services that do not form part of our contract. This includes, for example, any additional services or facilities that your hotel, cruise provider or any other supplier agrees to provide for you where the services or facilities are not advertised in our brochure or on our website as forming part of your holiday and we have not agreed to arrange them as part of our contract, and any excursion / activities you purchase while away. (iv) Except as set out in clause 12(a)(v), no limitation on the amount of damages which can be claimed will apply in respect of personal injury or death which we or our employees have caused intentionally or negligently or in respect of any other liability which we cannot limit under English law. For all claims concerning or arising out of loss of, delay and / or damage to any

luggage or personal possessions (including money) for which we are liable, the maximum amount we will have to pay you is ÂŁ1,500 per person affected, unless a different limitation applies to your claim under clause 12(a)(vi) below. For all other claims, if we are found liable to you on any basis, the maximum amount we will have to pay you is three times the total price of your holiday unless a lower limitation applies to your claim under clause 12(a)(v) below. (v) Where any claim or part of a claim (including those involving death or personal injury) concerns or is based on any travel arrangements (including the process of getting on and / or off the transport concerned) provided by any air, rail or sea carrier to which any international convention or EU regulation applies, our liability (including the maximum amount of compensation we will have to pay you, the types of claim and the circumstances in which compensation will be payable) will be limited as if we were the carrier in question as referred to below. The most we will have to pay you for that claim or that part of a claim if we are found liable to you on any basis is the most the carrier concerned would have to pay under the international convention or EU regulation that applies to the travel arrangements in question (for example, the Warsaw Convention as amended or unamended and the Montreal Convention for international travel by air and / or, for airlines with an operating licence granted by an EU country, the EC Regulation on Air Carrier Liability No 889/2002 for national and international travel by air, EC Regulation 392/2009 on the liability of carriers of passengers in the event of accidents and/ or the Athens Convention (as amended by the 2002 Protocol) for international carriage by sea and the Convention of 1980 concerning International Travel by Rail (COTIF) as amended for travel by rail). Where a carrier would not be obliged to make any payment to you under the applicable international convention or EU regulation (including where any claim is not notified and issued in accordance with the time limits stipulated in the applicable convention or regulation), we similarly are not obliged to make a payment to you for that claim or part of the claim. Please also note that strict time limits apply for notifying loss, damage or delay of luggage to the airline. Any proceedings in respect of any claim (including one for personal injury or death) must be brought within 2 years of the date stipulated in the applicable convention or regulation. You are not entitled to make any claim against us which concerns or is based on any travel arrangements provided by any air, rail or sea carrier if such a claim is not expressly permitted to be brought against the carrier by the international convention or regulation that applies to the travel arrangements in question. When making any payment, we will deduct any payment that you have received or are entitled to receive from the carrier for the complaint or claim in question. Copies of the applicable international conventions and regulations are available from us on request. (vi) We cannot accept any liability for any damage, loss, expense or other sum(s) of any description (1) which on the basis of the information given to us by you concerning your booking prior to our accepting it, we could not reasonably have foreseen you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you or (2) which did not result from any breach of contract or other fault by ourselves or our employees or, where we are responsible for them, our suppliers. Additionally we cannot accept liability for any expenses or losses that relate to or arise from any business (including without limitation, selfemployed loss of earnings). (b) Clauses 12(b) (i) and (ii) below apply only if your contract is with a Third Party Supplier. (i) As we act only as an agent for the Third Party Supplier concerned we accept no liability in relation to the arrangements provided by that Third Party Supplier or for the acts or omissions of

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

163

INFORMATION the Third Party Supplier concerned. The terms and conditions of the Third Party Supplier will apply to your contract (copies available on request from us). (ii) However, in the event that we are found liable in respect of any Third Party Supplier arrangements on any basis whatsoever, we are entitled to rely on the limitations and exclusions of liability and defences set out in clause 12(a). We do not exclude or limit any liability for death or personal injury that arises as a result of our negligence or that of our employees while acting in the course of their employment. 13) TRANSPORTATION (INCLUDING DELAY) (a) Air, rail, road and other departure times are supplied by the carriers. Please see our full booking conditions for details of our responsibility in the event of delay. (b) In accordance with EU Directive (EC) No 2111/2005, we are required to bring to your attention the existence of a ‘Community list’ that contains details of air carriers that are subject to an operating ban within the EU Community. The Community list is available for inspection at http://ec.europa.eu/transport/ modes/air/safety/air-ban_en. We are also required to advise you of the carrier(s) (or, if the carrier(s) is not known, the likely carrier(s)) that will operate your flight(s) at the time of booking. Where we are only able to inform you of the likely carrier(s) at the time of booking, we shall inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of this. Any change to the operating carrier(s) after your booking has been confirmed will be notified to you as soon as possible. For information on flight timings, please see our full booking conditions. (c) If your flight is cancelled or delayed, your flight ticket is downgraded or boarding is denied by your airline, depending on the circumstances, the airline may be required to pay you compensation, refund the cost of your flight and / or provide you with accommodation and / or refreshments under EC Regulation No 261/2004 – the Denied Boarding Regulations 2004. Please see our full booking conditions for further information. 14) COMPLAINTS AND PROBLEMS If you have a complaint about any of the holiday arrangements booked with or through Cox & Kings, you must follow the complaint procedure set out in our full booking conditions. 15) ASSISTANCE Where you are in difficulty, we will provide you with appropriate assistance as soon as reasonably possible including by the provision of appropriate information on health services, local authorities and consular assistance and by assisting you to make distance communications and to find alternative travel arrangements. Where you are in difficulty as a result of your negligence, we may charge you a reasonable fee for this assistance which will not exceed the costs we actually incur. 16) ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION A choice of two alternative dispute resolution schemes are available in the event that you have a compliant or claim against Cox & Kings which cannot be resolved. Please see our full booking conditions for further information. 17) EXCURSIONS / ACTIVITIES / SUPPLIERS TERMS AND CONDITIONS (a) Please see our full booking conditions for details of our liability for the excursions and activities which you may be offered. (b) Many of the services that make up your holiday are provided by independent suppliers who provide these services in accordance with their own terms and conditions which may limit or exclude the supplier’s liability to you, usually in accordance with applicable international conventions (see clause 12(a)(vi)). Copies of the relevant parts of these terms and conditions are available on request from ourselves or the supplier concerned.

164

18) FINANCIAL SECURITY We are a member of ABTA (ABTA number V2999). We also hold an Air Travel Organiser’s Licence issued by the Civil Aviation Authority (ATOL number 2815.) The Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements 2018 require us to provide security for the monies that you pay for the package holidays booked with us and for your repatriation in the event of our insolvency. We provide this security by way of an ATOL (number 2815) administered by the Civil Aviation Authority for flight-inclusive holidays. When you buy an ATOL protected flight or flight inclusive package from us, you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with services you have bought or a suitable alternative (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate, are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit, you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent or your credit card issuer where applicable. You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme. The price of our air holiday packages includes the amount of £2.50 per person which is the ATOL Protection Contribution (APC) we pay to the CAA. This charge is included in our advertised prices. For further information, visit the ATOL website at: www.atol.org.uk. If you have a contract with us for arrangements that do not include a flight(s), ABTA will financially protect your holiday in the event of our insolvency by arranging for you to receive a refund or to be repatriated except where your contracted arrangements with us do not include transport to and from the UK. In this case, if already abroad, you will be returned to the point where your contracted arrangements with us commenced. Please go to www.ABTA.com for information on ABTA’s travel protection. Please note, our ATOL and ABTA membership does not protect bookings where we act only as agent.

England and Wales. If proceedings are brought in Scotland or Northern Ireland, you may choose to have your contract and any dispute, claim or other matter of any description that arises between us governed by the law of Scotland / Northern Ireland as applicable (but if you do not so choose, English law will apply).

19) LAW AND JURISDICTION Your relationship (and any contract you may have) with us or with any Third Party Supplier and any dispute, claim or other matters of any nature arising from it (‘claim’) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. We both agree that any claim (and whether or not involving any personal injury) that arises between us must be dealt with under the ABTA or Aito arbitration schemes (if the scheme is available for the claim in question and you wish to use it – see clause 16) or by the Courts of England and Wales only unless, in the case of Court proceedings, you live in Scotland or Northern Ireland. In this case, proceedings must either be brought in the Courts of your home country or those of

ABTA ABTA and ABTA members help holidaymakers to get the most from their travel and assist them when things do not go according to plan. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. For further information about ABTA, the Code of Conduct and the arbitration service available to you if you have a complaint, contact ABTA, 30 Park Street, London SE1 9EQ or call 020 3117 0500 or www.ABTA.com The above applies only to services supplied by Cox & Kings Travel Limited and does not apply to services featured in this brochure that are provided by any Third Party Supplier where you enter into a contract with the Third party Supplier.

DATE OF ISSUE AUGUST 2018 DATA PROTECTION PRIVACY POLICY Cox & Kings Travel Ltd is a data controller for the purposes of the EU General Data Protection Regulation (which is otherwise known as GDPR) and the Data Protection Act 2018 (together referred to as data protection laws in this section). The protection of your personal data is extremely important to us. In order to respond to an enquiry, send you any material in respect of our holiday arrangements and process and fulfil your booking, we need to use, where appropriate disclose and otherwise process the personal data you provide us with. We will only process your personal data in accordance with our privacy policy for or in connection with the purpose for which you have provided it (for example, arranging your tour) or as you have consented to our using it (for example, to send you marketing material) or as permitted by data protection laws. Personal data which concerns your health or reveals your racial or ethnic origin are special categories of personal data. We generally require your explicit consent in order to process special categories of personal data which we will ask you to provide at the time of booking. We are unable to accept bookings where this consent is not provided. Our full privacy policy can be found on our website www. coxandkings.co.uk/data-protection. Please read our full privacy policy for details of the personal data we collect from you, why we do so and what we do with this data. We take appropriate technical and organisational measures to protect against unauthorised or unlawful processing of personal data and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data, which is appropriate to the harm that might result. Your personal data will be retained by us for the period referred to in our full privacy policy. You may ask us what personal data of yours is being held or processed, for what purpose and to whom it may be or has been disclosed. You may also withdraw your consent to receiving marketing material or other communications from us at any time by unsubscribing to our e-mails or otherwise contacting us on promotions@coxandkings.co.uk. Please also let us know if you believe the personal data we are holding is inaccurate, out of date or incomplete. If you have any complaint about the way in which your personal data has been dealt with, please contact us by e-mail to promotions@coxandkings.co.uk. We will investigate and respond to you as soon as we reasonably can. If you remain dissatisfied, you may complain to the Information Commissioner’s Office. For further details, see www.ico.org.uk

INFORMATION

Travel Insurance Travel insurance is an important part of any booking. Cox & Kings requires that everyone who books with us has travel insurance which includes cover for all activities featured as part of their trip at the time of booking. If you have not already arranged appropriate cover, our recommended travel insurance provider is Campbell Irvine Direct.

TRAVEL INSURANCE SUMMARY OF COVER (SUMS INSURED ARE PER INSURED PERSON) BENEFIT

LIMIT

A. Medical expenses

£10,000,000

Diagnostic tests

£10,000

In patient benefit

£10 per day up to £200

You can apply for travel insurance online at: campbellirvinedirect.com/coxandkings

Criminal injuries

£100 per day up to £5,000

B. Personal liability

£2,000,000

Or call: 01702 427 236 • Email: info@campbellirvine.com

C. Personal accident

£25,000

D. Cancellation or curtailment

£3,000*

To arrange cover or to obtain a quotation, please contact Campbell Irvine Direct.

E. Delayed departure or arrival

Either compensation up to

£100

OR cancellation after 8 hours up to

£1,500

Hijack of aircraft

£100 per day up to £3,000

Interruption of transport

£300

F. Personal effects

£2,000

(Valuables limited to £350)

(Single article limit £250)

(Disc collections £200)

Temporary loss of baggage

£100

Money

£500

Tickets

£1,000

Passport and visas

£250

G. Legal expenses

£50,000

H. Winter sports

Optional

Cancellation cover may be increased when you apply.

Young girl from the Karo tribe, Ethiopia

IMPORTANT

This is only a summary of cover; full details of the cover provided are shown on your policy document. You will be asked to read it carefully to ensure you are happy with the cover provided which is offered on a non-advised basis from a single insurer. A copy of the policy document is available for download online at campbellirvinedirect.com/coxandkings. The policy contains a 21-day cooling off period and details of how to make a claim and who to contact in the event of a medical emergency. The policy includes certain terms and conditions, exclusions and excesses. In particular cover is excluded for any defined pre-existing medical condition from which you or any person upon whom travel depends are suffering. If in doubt please contact the insurer's medical helpline as additional cover may be purchased directly from the insurer’s medical screening helpline for certain pre-existing medical conditions. An additional premium applies to any person aged 66 to 74 years at the date of payment of the insurance premium. The appropriate premium will be quoted on application. This insurance is not available to any person aged 75 years or more at the date of payment of insurance premium unless agreed in writing. If you are aged 75 or older, the charity Age UK offers a travel insurance policy. You can find details at ageuk.org.uk/products/insurance. Cox & Kings is an Introducer Appointed Representative of Campbell Irvine Ltd. who is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority. This can be checked on the FCA's register by visiting the FCA's website at fca.org.uk or by contacting them on 0800 111 6787.

Giraffe, Serengeti National Park, Tanzania

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

165

INFORMATION

Travel in Africa At Cox & Kings, we believe that a good holiday is not luck, but judgment. We have compiled the following information to outline the nature of travel in Africa, and to help you prepare for your holiday. However, even with the most meticulous planning, minor problems can occur and, while our local representatives are always on hand to rectify such occurrences, we do request that you have a patient and broadminded approach to travelling in Africa.

Flights

International flights: Cox & Kings uses a number of reputable airlines to Africa and the Indian Ocean, including British Airways, Ethiopian Airlines, KLM, Kenya Airways, Virgin Atlantic, South African Airways, Air Namibia and Rwandair. Direct services are used where possible and are classified as direct when there is no plane change involved. All our itineraries are based on Economy Class; however, should you wish to upgrade to a premium class this is normally possible, subject to availability. Baggage allowances vary according to the destination, flight and class booked, although, in the majority of cases, the allowance for Economy is 20kg, Business is 30kg and First is 40kg. However, if you are going to take internal flights on a light aircraft, it may be necessary to travel light – some charter flights into areas such as the Masai Mara, the Serengeti and the Okavango Delta are limited to one soft bag weighing 15kg or less, and it may not be possible to leave behind any excess baggage. Therefore, passengers are recommended not to bring any excess baggage on tours that feature light-aircraft flights. Please ask your tour consultant for further details regarding specific routes. Internal flights: Some internal flights are on smaller aircraft. Occasionally, when travelling on domestic flights with local carriers or on light aircraft, it may be necessary for operators to change schedules at short notice. If this should happen, everything possible will be done to minimise the inconvenience. Such a change may cause a delay to your onward travel arrangements and require an extra night’s accommodation at your board point, alternative travel by another airline or another method of transport. Although these arrangements are at the discretion of the airline, Cox & Kings will endeavour to help in any way it can and ensure that arrangements go as smoothly as possible. Flight delays & insurance: Unfortunately, due to the increase in air traffic, government restrictions and changing weather conditions, flight delays have become more commonplace. Apart from delaying your arrival at your destination, these delays can cause problems with onward connections and / or hotel and holiday arrangements, which may need to be rescheduled. Although the airline will sometimes make alternative arrangements to get you to your next destination at no extra cost, additional costs may be involved for you after your arrival in the form of additional accommodation costs, transfers and onward tickets. Unfortunately, since most services are paid for in advance, any services missed due to delays are non-refundable. Please also bear in mind that many international flight tickets are non-changeable and nonrefundable. We strongly advise that you are insured against such eventualities.

Specific seat requests with most major airlines can now only be made if travelling in Business or First Class. With all special requests, please remember that they are ‘requests‚’ and as such are at the discretion of the airline and cannot be guaranteed. Airport departure taxes: International UK departure tax is included in your airline ticket unless otherwise stated. Many cities in Africa levy a departure tax for passengers departing on international flights and, where this is not included in the ticket price, it will need to be paid in local currency or the equivalent in US dollars. Other cities within a country may also levy a small charge for departures on domestic flights. Occasionally, taxes may be included in your ticket and we will advise you accordingly. Since there is no standard charge between countries and taxes are subject to change, it is not possible to list the taxes in this brochure. We will advise you of the current charge with your final documents and our local agents will confirm the amount payable on arrival. Please ensure you keep enough local currency or US dollars to cover these taxes.

Road Travel

Generally, road conditions in southern Africa are reasonably good; however, they vary greatly between the modern cities and the remote areas, where the dusty gravel roads necessitate travel in a 4x4 vehicle. When travelling off the beaten track, roads are frequently narrow, bumpy and potholed, and have stretches that are not sealed or are under reconstruction. In Ethiopia, Madagascar, Namibia, Rwanda and Uganda particularly, conditions are very dusty and offroad journeys tend to be quite strenuous. Road conditions change throughout the year and heavy tropical rains and extreme weather patterns can affect journey times enormously.

Train Travel

Travelling by train in southern Africa can be a very rewarding and enjoyable experience. There are now three trains available – Rovos Rail, the Blue Train and the Shongololo Express – which offer a variety of excellent routes. Cox & Kings does not advise travellers to use local trains, which cannot be confirmed as safe.

Early Starts

Many flights within and to / from Africa depart and arrive in the late evening or early in the morning. Although Cox & Kings will endeavour to book you on a flight that travels at a reasonable time, there is often little or no choice and, as a result, some very early check-in times may be necessary. When on safari, you may find it is necessary to leave your lodge very early in the morning (around dawn) in order to maximise the opportunities for wildlife viewing.

Accommodation

Flight amendments: Most flights booked by Cox & Kings have special airline fares. These have certain conditions, which normally restrict changes of date, route and airline. Any such changes made after a ticket has been issued will normally necessitate the purchase of a new ticket at the passengers’ expense. Should you require flexibility with regard to your airline tickets, please advise us prior to booking your holiday and we will discuss the options with you.

Accommodation standards vary dramatically throughout Africa; however, hotels used on Cox & Kings holidays can normally be expected to be very comfortable. In more remote destinations, such as parts of Ethiopia, Madagascar, Rwanda and Sudan, accommodation will be more basic. Cox & Kings endeavours to use the best available properties in remote destinations and, although these will be clean and offer en suite rooms, in general they cannot be compared to hotels in the west. In some locations, many of the hotels we use are small, privately owned properties retaining much of their original ambience; however, the size, shape and design of the rooms vary enormously (although rooms may well all carry the same price) because they were not purposebuilt. In most destinations, service and food will be high quality, but in some less-developed regions hotel service can be slow and we ask you to show patience in this regard.

Special requests: Cox & Kings will endeavour to request any specific meals or services, on the condition that we are told at the time of booking.

Hotels across the continent are continually trying to upgrade their services and many have building works going on throughout the year. Cox & Kings

166

will endeavour to obtain rooms as far away from any construction work as possible, but please bear in mind that many hotels run on full capacity during peak season and specific rooms can rarely be pre-booked. Please note, all rooms reserved on your tour are standard; however, if you wish to upgrade your room (eg to a lake or falls view, de luxe or suite etc), please speak to your tour consultant who will be able to advise you about the options and applicable supplements. Check-in & check-out times: In some situations, when a flight arrives very early in the morning, it may be that you will be taken for breakfast or sightseeing before being allocated your rooms since check-in / check-out time is normally 12 noon. Cox & Kings’ local representatives will ensure that you are able to access your room as early as possible. Safari parks & remote areas: Within Africa we generally use the best accommodation available. However, even luxurious properties are a long way from other civilisation and can often only be reached down narrow and makeshift roads. Although accommodation will often be in tents, these can be more luxurious than some lodges and include private facilities. Even when you travel off the beaten track with Cox & Kings, you can be sure that your accommodation in safari lodges, smaller hotels and tented camps is on a par with the best available in that category. Sometimes the best hotel may be the only hotel, which may be very modest. In these cases, we feel that the inconvenience of such accommodation is outweighed by the experience of these more remote areas. Single supplements: Generally in Africa, single and double occupancy rooms have the same price, which means that single supplements for certain itineraries can seem high. In addition, single rooms cannot always be guaranteed at all hotels and lodges, especially in peak season. Occasionally, the location and standard of single rooms may not be as good as that of doubles, although often there is absolutely no difference. If you are in doubt, we suggest you ask us beforehand to book a double room at an additional supplement. If you are unhappy with your room while on holiday, please ensure that you query this with a Cox & Kings representative at the time. In the absence of a Cox & Kings representative, we advise you to discuss the matter with the hotel manager.

British Foreign & Commonwealth Advice Cox & Kings supports the British Foreign & Commonwealth Office (FCO) Travel Aware campaign to help you stay safe and healthy overseas. Find out more at travelaware.campaign. gov.uk. The FCO website provides travel information for many countries around the world which includes advice on safety and security, entry requirements and health, as well as general information. Cox & Kings strongly recommends that you, and everyone on your booking, visit the FCO website and read the advice about the country you are planning to visit prior to booking. You should also revisit the advice regularly prior to your departure as it may change frequently. It is also possible to sign-up to receive FCO e-mail updates for your destination so you are aware of any changes to advice they issue and we recommend you do this. There are different levels of advice, and sometimes this includes advice against travelling to certain areas or countries. To check the current travel advice, visit gov.uk/ foreign-travel-advice and follow twitter.com/ fcotravel and facebook.com/fcotravel.

INFORMATION

Documents & Health Health & Entry Requirements All the destinations featured in this brochure have specific entry regulations and many have recommended health precautions. The requirements and recommendations in force at the time of publication are detailed below. If there are any alterations, you will be informed at the time of booking or as soon as these are known to us. However, it is your responsibility to check the relevant requirements and recommendations before departure to ensure that you comply with them, and to take with you the correct documentation for the country or countries that you are visiting. Please note that the entry requirements listed are only valid for British citizens. All other nationalities should check with the relevant embassy / consulate for advice. Regarding any inoculations or health precautions that may be needed, Cox & Kings recommends that you consult your GP or travel clinic for personal advice. Requirements and recommendations are as follows: Botswana: AC†EFGIL Ethiopia: AB*CC†DEFGIKL Kenya: AB*CC†DEFGIKL Lesotho: AC*DEGHIKL Madagascar: AB*C†EFGHIKL Malawi: ABC*DEFGHIL Mauritius: AC*EGIL Mozambique: ABC*DEFGHIKL Namibia: AC*DEFGHIKL Rwanda: AB*C†DEFGHIKL Seychelles: AC†EGIL South Africa: AC†DEFGHIKL Sudan: ABC†DEFGHIJKL Swaziland: AC*DEFGIL Tanzania: AB*CC†DEFGHIKL Uganda: AB*C†DEFGHIKL Zambia: ABCC*DEFGIKL Zimbabwe: ABC*DEFGHIKL Key to the codes: A: Full valid British passport required (minimum six months validity from the intended date of return). B: Visa required (see note). B*: Visa required and can be obtained on arrival, please check requirements with your tour consultant. B†: Visa required, to be completed online. C: Yellow fever precautions advised. C*: A yellow fever certificate is required if travelling from an infected country. C†: A yellow fever certificate is required for all travellers more than one year old when travelling from an infected country. D: Cholera precautions advised. E: Typhoid, polio, rabies and hepatitis A precautions may be advised. F: Malaria precautions advised. G: Tetanus precautions advised. H: Areas of high altitude – check with your GP for confirmation that it is safe for you to visit.

I: Food and drink precautions advised. J: Entry is prohibited or can lead to complications if you have an Israeli stamp or stamps from other countries bordering crossing points with Israel in your passport. K: Diphtheria precautions advised. L: Hepatitis B precautions advised.

rate). Whether renewing your passport or applying for a new one, all relevant information can be found on the website or by telephoning the number above. The cost for a postal application is £75.50 and takes a minimum of three weeks to obtain from the date of application. Fast track passports of either 1 day or 1 week are also available at a higher cost.

Changes to requirements and recommendations: The above information is accurate at the time of writing (June 2018). Cox & Kings will advise you before accepting your booking should there be any subsequent changes to the above recommendations and requirements. You should contact your GP or visit the Masta (Medical Advice Service for Travellers Abroad) website at masta-travelhealth.com where you can receive professional advice as well as arrange any vaccinations. Further country-specific useful health advice for travellers can be found via: • fitfortravel.nhs.uk • gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice

High Altitude: Please check with your tour consultant as to which areas are at high altitude. In order to minimise the effects of altitude, it is advisable to rest for a few hours upon arrival. If you have any history of heart complaints, or if you are over the age of 60, please check with your GP that it is safe to visit these areas.

Information on visas may be obtained from the respective embassies and high commissions at the following addresses: • Botswana High Commission, 6 Stratford Place, London W1C 1AY. Tel: 020 7499 0031. • Ethiopian Embassy, 17 Prince’s Gate, London SW7 1PZ. Tel: 020 7589 7212. • Kenyan High Commission, 45 Portland Place, London W1B 1AS. Tel: 020 7636 2371. • Lesotho High Commission, 7 Chesham Place, London SW1X 8HN. Tel: 020 7235 5686. • Madagascar has no official representation in the UK. Please contact the French Embassy of Madagascar, 4 Avenue Raphael, 75016 Paris, France. Tel: +33 (0) 9 83 32 45 15. • Malawi High Commission, 36 John Street, London WC1N 2AT. Tel: 020 7421 6010. • Mauritius High Commission, 32 / 33 Elvaston Place, London SW7 5NW. Tel: 020 7581 0294. • Mozambique High Commission, 21 Fitzroy Square, London W1T 6EL. Tel: 020 7383 3800. • Namibian High Commission, 6 Chandos Street, London W1G 9LU. Tel: 020 7636 6244. • Rwanda High Commission, 120-122 Seymour Place, London W1H 1NR. Tel: 020 7224 9832. • High Commission for the Republic of Seychelles, Fourth Floor, 130/132 Buckingham Palace Road. London SW1X 7EE Tel: 020 7730 2046. • South African High Commission, South Africa House, Trafalgar Square, London WC2N 5DP. Tel: 020 7451 7299. • Embassy of Sudan, 3 Cleveland Row, St James, London SW1A 1DD. Tel: 020 7839 8080. • Swaziland High Commission, 20 Buckingham Gate, London SW1E 6LB. Tel: 020 7630 6611. • Tanzania High Commission, 3 Stratford Place, London W1C 1AS. Tel: 020 7569 1470. • Uganda High Commission, Uganda House, 58 / 59 Trafalgar Square, London WC2N 5DX. Tel: 020 7839 5783. • Zambia High Commission, 2 Palace Gate, London W8 5NG. Tel: 020 7589 6655. • Zimbabwe High Commission, Zimbabwe House, 429 The Strand, London WC2R 0JR. Tel: 020 7836 7755.

Passports & Embassies

Visas

This advice is only valid for British citizen passport holders. Holders of any other type of British passport (eg British subjects) or of any other nationality must contact the relevant embassy / consulate (details listed below). It is important that you hold a valid 10-year British passport and we recommend that your passport is valid for a minimum of six months from your date of return to the UK. Passport application forms can be obtained from the post office or online at gov. uk/browse/abroad/ passports. The passport advice telephone line is on 0300 222 0000 (calls are charged at national

If you require further information about obtaining a visa, Cox & Kings can recommend a reputable visa assistance company who can help with your application. Please contact your tour consultant for details. Neither Cox & Kings nor any visa assistance company can guarantee the granting of any visas as this is a matter outside of their control. If a visa is not granted through no fault of Cox & Kings or any visa assistance company, neither will accept any liability for the consequences. Therefore Cox & Kings reserves the right to pass on to you any costs incurred as a result, including cancellation charges.

General Health Advice Please see the advice regarding inoculations for specific countries above. For more general advice, please note the following: • Drink only bottled water and check the seal is secure when you receive it. • Do not eat raw vegetables, unpeeled fruit and raw or uncooked seafood. • Avoid drinks with ice in unless you know that the ice was made from filtered water. • Avoid food and drink from street vendors and restaurants that might have suspect refrigeration and sanitary practices. Malaria: Malaria is a risk throughout subSaharan Africa and no drug will guarantee total protection. It is essential that medical advice is sought before travelling to this region as there are many factors that need to be considered, including, but not limited to, the area to be visited, risk of exposure and possible side effects.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

167

INFORMATION

Flying in style Your choice of scheduled airlines: It is Cox & Kings’ policy to use scheduled flights on airlines with strong reputations for service, reliability and punctuality. Our holidays to Africa and the Indian Ocean feature a number of worldclass airlines and on these pages we have highlighted seven of the best and the different services they offer.

British Airways flies from London Heathrow non-stop to Cape Town, Johannesburg, Nairobi, Accra and the Seychelles, and from London Gatwick to Mauritius and seasonally to Cape Town. You can check in at the check-in kiosk at the airport, or alternatively online or by using the British Airways app, printing or downloading your boarding pass and taking your baggage directly to the Bag Drop desk.

World Traveller benefits: A 79cm (31in) seat pitch with lumbar support, footrest and adjustable headrest; 23cm (8.9in) personal television screen with audio video on demand, offering access to 200 film, television and music channels; and three-course meals with complimentary bar service.

World Traveller Plus benefits: A smaller cabin for more privacy; a 97cm (38in) seat pitch; wider seat with adjustable headrest, leg rest, footrest and lumbar support, offering more personal space than World Traveller; 27cm (10.6in) personal in-flight entertainment screen; and enhanced choice of meals served on china crockery with complimentary bar service. Upgrade from £875 per person return.

British Airways World Traveller Plus

168

Stretch out: On long-haul flights, a little extra room can make a big difference to your comfort, so Cox & Kings offers a range of upgrade options at great prices.

Regional connections: Cox & Kings offers excellent add-on prices for those wishing to connect to long-haul flights from regional UK airports.

In addition, the faster check in and comfortable lounges available to most upgrading passengers allow you to pass through the airport with ease.

For further information, please either refer to the price panel on the tour page in this brochure or contact Cox & Kings.

Club World benefits: Dedicated check-in desks, departure and arrival lounges, as well as complimentary treatments in the Elemis Travel Spa*; a seat that converts into a 183cm (6ft) fully flat bed with a bigger pillow, mattress topper and duvet; 31cm (12.1in) personal inflight entertainment screen; a new restaurantstyle dining experience serving freshly prepared dishes from display trolleys; and snacks and beverages from the Club Kitchen. Upgrade from £3,875 per person return.

Virgin Atlantic operates two daily non-stop flights from London Heathrow to Johannesburg out of Terminal 3. You can check in online or by using the Virgin Atlantic app – print or download your boarding pass and take your baggage directly to the Bag Drop desk. Alternatively, check in at the check-in kiosk at the airport. Economy Classic benefits: Seats with 79cm (31in) seat pitch and free seat selection; enjoy a three-course meal, drinks and snacks; fantastic inflight entertainment. Economy Delight benefits: Premium check in and boarding; on board, relax into your extra legroom seat with 86cm (34in) seat pitch; enjoy a three-course meal, drinks and snacks; fantastic inflight entertainment. Upgrade from £115 per person return. Premium benefits: Premium check in and boarding; dedicated Premium cabin; welcome drink; wide leather seat with 97cm (38in) seat pitch; in-seat power supply; premium menu. Upgrade from £695 per person return. Upper Class benefits: Chauffeur-driven car service* to take you to the Upper Class Wing within minutes**; access to the Clubhouse airport lounge***; on board, relax into your suite as we serve you imaginatively designed dishes and fine wines; then drift off to sleep in your fully flat bed. Upgrade from £3,495 per person return. * Chauffeur driven car service available at most destinations with selected Upper Class fares. Mileage restrictions apply. ** Timings based on using Upper Class Wing at London Heathrow. *** Lounge facilities vary at each destination.

First benefits: Exclusive experience at the First Wing in London Heathrow or from dedicated check-in desks at other airports; departure and arrival lounges; complimentary treatments in the Elemis Travel Spa*; personal suite with a seat that converts into a 198cm (6ft 6in) flat bed; 39cm (15.4in) personal inflight entertainment screen; turndown service including a duvet, pillows and pyjamas; preflight dining is available at London Heathrow; on board choose from a formal a la carte menu or an informal dining option, accompanied by fine wines and champagnes. Upgrade from £4,695 per person return. * Elemis Travel Spa: Available at London Heathrow Terminal 5. Cabin design elements may vary by aircraft.

British Airways Club World

Virgin Atlantic Upper Class

INFORMATION

Emirates operates 19 daily flights from 8 UK airports to Dubai, offering onward connections to Cape Town, Mauritius, Durban, Harare, Lusaka, Dar es Salaam, Entebbe, Nairobi, Addis Ababa, the Seychelles and Johannesburg. Economy Class benefits: Enjoy up to 86cm (34in) seat pitch with adjustable headrests; 34cm (13.3in) television screen with up to 3,500 channels of on-demand entertainment; savour regionally inspired multi-course meals served by multilingual cabin crew with a selection of complimentary beverages. Business Class benefits: Complimentary airport chauffeur-drive service (distance restrictions apply) in over 75 cities; priority check in and exclusive airport lounge access; lie-flat beds with up to 201cm (6ft 7in) pitch; up to 58cm (23in) personal digital television screens; multi-course gourmet cuisine served with award-winning wines. On the A380 you can enjoy conversations over fine wines in the Onboard Lounge. Upgrade from £3,395 per person return.

Emirates Business Class

Ethiopian Airlines operates daily flights from London Heathrow to Addis Ababa on their state-of-the-art Airbus A350 and four weekly flights from Manchester with onward connections to 56 destinations in Africa including Harare, Mombasa, Johannesburg, Cape Town, Entebbe, Kilimanjaro, Victoria Falls, Antananarivo, Zanzibar and Seychelles. Economy Class benefits: 83cm (33in) seat pitch with adjustable footrest; personal 27cm (10.6in) televisions screen with audio video on demand, offering access to 80 channels; and choice of meals with complimentary bar service. Business Class benefits: Dedicated check in, fast track and access to lounges; 155cm (61in) seat pitch that converts into a 6’4” (1.98m) long and 180-degree, lie-flat bed; personal 43cm (17in) television screen and complimentary a la carte menu served with fine wines and champagnes. Upgrade from £1,995 per person return

Departures are available from 19 UK regional airports to Nairobi, via Amsterdam, in conjunction with SkyTeam partners, or via Paris. Online check in is available. Economy Class benefits: An 81cm (32in) seat pitch with adjustable headrest; 27cm (10.6in) personal television screen with audio video on demand, offering access to 25 channels; and choice of two meals and complimentary bar service. Premier World benefits: Separate check in and complimentary lounge access; sleeper seat with width of 79cm (31in) and 190cm (6ft 2in) seat pitch, which reclines into a 170-degree flat bed; 39cm (15.4in) personal television screen with audio video on demand; restaurant-style meal with choice of three meals; and complimentary bar service, serving fine wines and beverages. Upgrade from £1,645 per person return.

Ethiopian Airlines Business Class

RwandAir operates flights three times a week from London Gatwick to the capital, Kigali. There are onward connections to over 26 cities in Western, Central, Eastern and Southern Africa, the Middle East, Asia and Europe.

KLM offers departures from 17 UK airports to Amsterdam. From there, passengers can seamlessly connect to Accra, Cape Town, Dar es Salaam, Entebbe, Freetown, Johannesburg, Kigali, Kilimanjaro, Lagos, Luanda, Mauritius, Monrovia, Nairobi, Windhoek and over 40 other destinations in Africa with partner airlines. Economy Class benefits: 81cm (32in) seat pitch; ergonomically designed seats; personal television screens with audio video on demand; and choice of meals with complimentary alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages.

Kenya Airways operates daily non-stop flights from London Heathrow to Nairobi on their flagship B787 Dreamliner aircraft with onward connections throughout Africa, including Mombasa, Addis Ababa, Kilimanjaro, Dar es Salaam, Zanzibar, Entebbe, Kigali, Brazzaville, Blantrye, Lilongwe, Nampula, Pemba, Maputo, Antananarivo, the Seychelles, Mauritius, Cape Town, Johannesburg and Victoria Falls.

Economy Class benefits: Seats with 79cm (32in) seat pitch; complimentary drinks; and a personal screen at every seat. KLM Economy Comfort

Economy Comfort benefits: Located at the front of Economy Class in a separate zone, Economy Comfort benefits from all of the features of Economy Class in addition to extra legroom (up to 89cm) and a greater seat recline (up to 18cm). Seats are on a request-only basis.

Premium Economy benefits: Priority check in and security fast track; a larger seat with 97cm (38in) seat pitch with a greater seat recline and a retractable leg rest; complimentary drinks and an upgraded meal service; and a personal screen at every seat. Upgrade POA. Business Class benefits: Priority check in, lounge access and priority boarding; a 112cm (44in) seat pitch which reclines into a full flat bed; a full meal service provided with complimentary drinks; an amenity kit is provided; and a larger personal screen at every seat. Upgrade from £1,125 per person return.

New World Business Class benefits: Priority check in and access to KLM Crown lounges and SkyTeam lounges worldwide; seats that convert into a flatbed up to 207cm (6ft 9in) in length; personal 43cm (17in) television screen; choice of three-course gourmet meals and fine wines. Upgrade from £2,195 per person return. New KLM World Business Class

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

169

INFORMATION

Cox & Kings Holidays Explained

Elephants, Lower Zambezi National Park

Accommodation Ratings The properties displayed on the accommodation pages in this brochure and on our website are each given one of the following six ratings, listed in order of comfort: Exceptional: Truly exclusive and exceptionally luxurious. Luxury: Very high class accommodation with superb facilities and service. Superior: High standard accommodation, service and facilities. Good Standard: Good standard accommodation, service and facilities. Simple: Clean and comfortable with en suite bathrooms, but limited facilities. Basic: Very modest, typically with shared bathrooms and minimal facilities. Due to space restrictions this brochure only features a limited selection of the hotels we offer. Please visit CoxandKings.co.uk to see our full range of hotels.

Prices We go to great lengths to ensure that our group and private tours represent excellent value for money, taking into account the quality of accommodation and the services included. Our guideline prices are per person in UK pounds, based on two people sharing a twin / double room. The pricing for all our tours to Africa includes the international airfare from the UK. However, in an era when airlines regularly change their fares due to fuel costs and other factors, the cost of a tour can change after the publication of our brochures. Therefore, in this brochure

170

all our prices are guideline prices. For each tour we publish a leadin price for the low season, which is indicative of the lowest price at which the tour is available, and the lead-in price for the high season. In some cases the prices for peak season departures, over the Christmas period for example, may be significantly higher than the guideline high season price. For group tours, to see more up to date pricing for a specific departure date, please visit our website at CoxandKings.co.uk Important: For both group and private tours, please contact one of our tour consultants for an accurate price quote for a specific departure date.

Escorted Group Tours To enhance your enjoyment of the tour, we like to keep our groups small and manageable. Therefore, numbers are normally restricted to a maximum of 26 people. The majority of our tours are general interest tours, most of which are operated by Cox & Kings for Cox & Kings clients. Where tours are labelled non-exclusive group tours, they are not operated by Cox & Kings and the participants may not all be Cox & Kings clients. There are four categories of group tour: Luxury, Superior, Standard and Discovery (see paragraph on Tour Categories).

Solo Travellers Tours In addition to our main group tours, we also feature Solo Travellers tours in Africa. This collection has been specially created for individual travellers who enjoy exploring fascinating parts of the world in the company of like-minded people. We also have a dedicated brochure and website section (CoxandKings.co.uk/solo-travellers) that describe the complete range.

INFORMATION

Tour Categories

Land-Only Travel

Cox & Kings tours fall into one of four categories, based on the level of comfort you can expect on a tour, as described below. On certain tours, we include some departures in one category and some in another.

Although guideline prices for the tours in this brochure include the international airfare, if you would prefer to book your own flights, whether to join a group tour or for private travel, your Cox & Kings tour consultant will be happy to quote you the price for taking the tour on a land-only basis.

Luxury: These are our most comfortable tours and will usually feature 5-star de luxe accommodation throughout. Superior: Most Cox & Kings tours fall under this category and are based in 4- or 5-star accommodation where available, or the best alternative elsewhere. Standard: Simpler in emphasis, these itineraries typically feature 4-star or good 3-star accommodation throughout, or the best alternative elsewhere. Discovery: This type of tour is best suited to the hardier traveller as it will typically include some quite basic accommodation, possibly longer and rougher road journeys and, in some cases, more strenuous activities, such as trekking.

Private Travel Private travel refers to trips taken independently and includes both set itineraries and tailor-made holidays. Almost all our group tours can be taken on a private basis and some itineraries are available for private travel only. The private tours and suggested itineraries listed in this brochure are suggestions to demonstrate how multiple places can be connected together, giving an idea of how long you might like to spend in each place and also a guideline price. All our itineraries can be tailored to suit your particular requirements.

Cruises & Rail Journeys Tours are labelled as cruise or rail journey if the core content of the itinerary is by boat or train, including staying on board at night. In such cases, while the sections of the itinerary before and after the cruise or rail journey would operate as private travel, the days during the cruise or rail journey and the relevant transfers and excursions may be operated on a group basis with other passengers who may not be Cox & Kings clients.

Upgrades & Supplements Regional air connections: Most Cox & Kings holidays are based on flights from London Heathrow or Gatwick and in most cases it is possible to connect with those flights from regional British airports for a small supplement. Please ask your tour consultant for details. Flight upgrades: For those wishing to fly in greater comfort, Cox & Kings can offer favourable prices for upgrading to Premium Economy, Business and First Class. Guideline prices for these upgrade supplements are included on the tour page. Please contact your tour consultant for a price quote based on your specific date of departure. The Flying in Style section on pages 168-169 contains more information about the different premium classes on the airlines we most commonly use. Room upgrades: On both group tours and private holidays there may be opportunities to upgrade to a higher standard of room in many hotels. Please ask your Cox & Kings tour consultant to explain the upgrade options to you and provide you with a price quote. Single room supplements: If you are a single traveller joining a group tour there will generally be a supplementary charge. This is because hotels typically charge more per person for single occupancy as the cost of maintaining a room for one person can be almost as high as it is for two. Some of the group tours in this brochure are dedicated Solo Travellers tours, for which the prices include single occupancy of a double / twin room, so there is no additional supplement.

However, before booking your own flights please always contact your tour consultant because there are important issues to be aware of. For example, if a tour includes internal flights there can be an impact on the cost of those flights if they are booked separately from the international flights, or on a different airline from the one mentioned in the itinerary. If booking on a group tour you would also need to be aware of the tour timings and there may be supplementary costs if you require private transfers or additional hotel nights on arrival or departure. We strongly advise against booking flights independently of Cox & Kings for group tours as you would incur significant charges in the event that a group tour is cancelled. Finally, it is important to be aware that, if you choose to book your international flights independently of Cox & Kings, you would no longer benefit from the full Atol holiday protection provided by a packaged air and land holiday.

When to Travel The weather in Africa is very variable through the seasons and in different regions; please see page 10 of this brochure for an overview. The opening spread of pages for each country / region includes climate information and most tour pages include detailed charts showing the average temperature and rainfall in the relevant regions throughout the year. Even greater detail â&#x20AC;&#x201C; and measurements in imperial units â&#x20AC;&#x201C; can be found on our website. Our expert tour consultants will also be delighted to give you detailed advice about the likely conditions at different times of year. Africa is also well known for its festivals. If you are interested in visiting during a particular celebration, please contact a Cox & Kings tour consultant for dates. Some Cox & Kings tours have special festival departures and these are highlighted on the tour page.

North Africa If you are interested in visiting the North African countries of Morocco, Tunisia or Egypt, please see our Middle East brochure or look online at CoxandKings.co.uk

Mobility & Accessibility Many Cox & Kings tours visit places that require quite a lot of walking. In the case of historical / archaeological sites in particular, surfaces can be uneven and there may be a lot of steps. If you have any concerns about how strenuous a particular itinerary may be, please speak to one of our expert tour consultants prior to booking to get a realistic sense of what is involved.

Combining Multiple World Regions Should you wish to combine multiple regions of the world in a single journey, Cox & Kings has a great deal of experience in tailoring such travel plans, including arranging round-the-world flights. Please contact us for details of the various options and a price quotation.

Ensuring Your Enjoyment When making a booking, if you feel that there is anything Cox & Kings should know about that is essential to your enjoyment of your holiday, please ensure that we have been made aware of this, preferably in writing, at the time of booking.

Find out more at CoxandKings.co.uk or from your travel agent

171

Cox & Kings Travel Ltd, 6th Floor, 30 Millbank, London SW1P 4EE 020 3930 5008 â&#x20AC;¢ CoxandKings.co.uk

5035